NBSIR 76-982

Data Processing and Data Analysis

Procedures for Fire Load and Live

Load Survey Program

Robert M. McCabe

Center for Consumer Product Technology

Charles Culver

Center for Building Technology

Institute for Applied Technology

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. and

Larry T. Lee

Joseph G. Hirschberg

J. H. Wiggins Co. Redondo Beach, California

December 1975

Interim Report, June 1973 - December 1975

Prepared for Building Research Advisory Board

National Research Council

National Academy of Sciences

National Academy of Engineering

and the

Public Buildings Service

General Services Administration

Washington, D. C.

NBSIR 76-982

DATA PROCESSING AND DATA ANALYSIS

PROCEDURES FOR FIRE LOAD AND LIVE

LOAD SURVEY

Robert M. McCabe

Center for Consumer Product Technology

Charles Culver

Center for Building Technology

Institute for Applied Technology

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. and

Larry T. Lee

Joseph G. Hirschberg

J. H. Wiggins Co. Redondo Beach, California

December 1975

Interim Report, June 1973 - December 1975

Prepared for Building Research Advisory Board

National Research Council

National Academy of Sciences

National Academy of Engineering

and the

Public Buildings Service

General Services Administration

Washington, D. C.

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, Rogers C.B. Morton, Secretary

James A. Baker, III, Under Secretary

Dr. Betsy Ancker-Johnson, Assistant Secretary for Science arid Technology

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS, Ernest Ambler, Acting Director

ABSTRACT

Data collection and data processing procedures utilized in connection

with a nationwide fire load and live load survey progran are described.

The techniques developed for transferring the field survey data to a form suitable for computer processing are discussed. Procedures adopted

for data analysis are included. Documentation of the computer programs

developed for this purpose is also presented. •

Keywords: buildings; computers; data processing; fire loads;

load surveys.

Note:

This report, to the Building Research Advisory Board, National Research

Council, National Academy of Sciences-National Academy of Engineering, is . the second in a series of three reports prepared by the Center for Building

Technology, Institute for Applied Technology, National Bureau of Standards,

Washington, D.C., under Subcontract No. BRAB 27-73-53 between the National

Academy of Sciences and the National Bureau of Standards. It is being

distributed to the professional comnumty to keep it advised of the data

processing and analysis procedures being used in conjunction with the survey

of office buildings. The results obtained from this survey will be presented at a later date.

1
SI Conversion Units

In recognition of the position of the U.S.A. as a signatory to the

General Conference of Weights and Measures, which gave official status

to the metric SI system of units in 1960, the authors assist readers

interested in making use of the coherent system of SI units by giving

conversion factors applicable to U.S. units used in this paper.

Length •

1 in = 0.0254* meter

1 ft = 0.3048* meter

Area

1 in? = 6.4516* x 10"5 meter^

1 ft = 0.09290 meter^

Force

1 lb (Ibf) = 4.448 newton

Pressure, Stress

1 psf = 47.88 pascal

Thermal

1 Btu = 1.054 X 10^ joule

* Exactly

11
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

ABSTRACT i

SI CONVERSION UNITS ii

1. INTRODUCTION 1

2. DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE 1

3. DATA PROCESSING PROCEDURE AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION. ....... 5

3.1 General 5

3.2 Data Retrieval 5

3.2.1 Introduction 5 3.2.2 Document Scanning 5 3.2.3 Program SCAN - 1 8

3.2.4 Program SCAN - 2 9 3.2.5 Program FIRM 9

3.3 Room Selection 10

3.3.1 Introduction 10

3.3.2 Method of Selection 12 3.3.3 Program ROOM 17

3.4 Data File 1 21

3.4.1 Introduction 21 3.4.2 Program FILTER-EDPACK 21 3.4.3 Program SURVEY 25

3.4.4 Program DTCOPY 27

3.5 Data File 2 35

3.5.1 Introduction 35

3.5.2 Method Used to Determine Wall Coordinates 36

3.5.3 FOSDIC Processing 38

3.5.3.1 Program SCAND 40

3.5.3.2 Program SCANP 41 3.5.4 Central Computer Processing 43

3.5.4.1 Program PLANS 46

3.5.4.2 Program EDIT 49

3.5.4.3 Program FTCOPY 51

ii1
PAGE

4. DATA ANALYSIS 53

4.1 General 53

4.2 Weight Determination (Program MAKER) 56

4.2.1 Introduction 56

4.2.2 Operating Techniques 76

4.2.2.1 Program Capabi 1 i ties 76 4.2.2.2 Statistical Techniques 77 4.2.2.2.1 Percentages 77 4.2.2.2.2 Book and Paper Pile Weights. . . 81 4.2.2.2.3 Accumulated Variances 83

4.2.2.3 Computational Techniques 84

4.2.2.4 Transfer Functions 86

4.2.3 Operating Logic 88

4.2.3.1 DRIVE Operating Logic 88

4.2.3.2 FORMA Operating Logic 89

4.2.3.3 FORMB Operating Logic 89

4.2.3.4 FORMC Operating Logic 90

4.2.3.5 RMCONT Operating Logic 90

4.2.3.6 FSEAP Operating Logic 91 4.2.3.7 BONCOM Operating Logic 91

4.3 Data Retrieval and Display (Programs SEEKER and HISTOG) . . 92

4.3.1 Introduction 92

4.3.2 Operational Techniques 95

4.3.2.1 Program Capability and Limitations 95

4.3.2.2 Selection Procedure 97

4.3.2.3 Diagnostic Messages 98

4.3.2.4 Program Output 98

4.3.3 Operating Logic 100

4.3.3.1 Read and Check Data Cards and

Initialize All Parameters 100

4.3.3.2 Perform Input and Output Operations

Not Involving Card Data 102

4.3.3.3 Find the Parameter That Is To Be Tested and Test It 103

4.3.3.4 Select the Desired Parameter 103

4.3.3.5 Process the Selected Parameter 104

4.3.3.6 Examples of Selection Cases 104

4.3.3.7 Further Description Statistics

Derived with the HISTOG Program Ill .

4.4 Data Retrieval (Program READER) 116

4.4.1 Introduction 116

1v
PAGE

4.4.2 Operational Techniques 116

4.4.2.1 Program Capabilities 116

4.4.2.2 Selection Procedures 117

4.4.2.3 Program Output 120

4.4.2.4 Diagnostic Messages 125

4.4.3 Operation Logic 127

4.4.3.1 Reading Input Room Data 127

4.4.3.2 Selection of Rooms 127

4.4.3.3 Examples of Selection Cases 130

4.5 Regression Analysis (Program BMD02R) 131

4.5.1 Introduction 131 4.5.2 Program Description 131

4.6 Building Analysis (Program BUILDER) 133

4.6.1 Introduction 133

4.6.2 Operational Techniques 135

4.6.2.1 Input Data 135

4.6.2.2 Error Checking 136

4.6.2.3 Load Model . 137

4.6.2.4 Output 138

4.6.3 Operating Logic 142

4.6.3.1 MAIN Operating Logic 142

4.6.3.2 FLMOD Operating Logic 142

5. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 145

6. REFERENCES 146

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A - Data Processing Forms and Instructions 147

APPENDIX B - Computer Programs: User's Manuals 161

1. Data Layout for Census Data Tape 161

2. Format of Building Characteristic Data 168

3. Input Record Format for Data File 2 169

4. Program MAKER 171

5. Output Record Format for Data File 2 261

6. Program SEEKER 262

7. Program READER . • 309

8. Program BUILDER 321

V

1. INTRODUCTION

In 1973 the National Bureau of Standards, working with the National

Academy of Sciences and the General Services Administration, initiated

a comprehensive nationwide survey program to determine fire loads and

live loads in office buildings. Considerations involved in planning

the program, the type of data collected, development of the data collection techniques and the sampling plan adopted for the survey were discussed in a report by Culver and Kushner (1).*

Special data processing procedures and computer programs were developed

in connection with this survey. These procedures have broad applicability and should be useful for other surveys. In addition, some of

the techniques may be useful for other applications. Recognizing this

and the fact that the survey data obtained would be of long-lasting use, particularly with respect to research studies, complete documentation

of the data processing procedures was deemed advisable. Such documentation should facilitate use of this extensive data bank.

The purpose of this report is to fully describe the data collection

and data processing procedures. Program descriptions and instructions

for their use are included. Analysis of the data obtained from buildings

included in the project is contained in a separate report (2).

2. DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE

Data obtained for the buildings in this survey are indicated in Figure 1 and included:

1. Building Characteristic Data

2. Building Occupancy Data

3. Room Data

Criteria used to establish this data, survey forms, and instructions

for completing the forms are presented elsewhere (1).

The procedure adopted for collecting the data is shown in Figure 2. The initial step involved obtaining copies of the building floor plans.

All areas in the building were then numbered for reference purposes.

An initial survey of the building was then conducted to obtain the

* Figures in brackets refer to references listed in Chapter 6.

1
<o

oo

W 5 I Jil Q- O

00 o o • • • r

Mm I

<

>-7 UJ < t O O

00o

oc

CD

00

O Z< < CE OC S => CO

O< Z

OC o . < E ^

c3 ^ "J

d

O i-u C3

O

Zj = < O • • • •

T3

0)OoQ

i.

C7> 2
»— >- CO O

LU

uj> ^^

—I QC

O ^ =3 ^

CO oo cc

CD ^

CO CD

CJ

HRACTE DATA < >-o o

ING UPA a oo

CO

a »—o

LU <

_Joo <Q CNI < iZ

QC

0)

s_ T3

(UUo

Q.Cooo

(U

I.3 3
building characteristic data and occupancy data. In addition, each area was classified according to use, size and the type of firm utilizing the

space. This information was written directly on the floor plans using

a three digit coding scheme (1). The floor plans were compared with

prevailing conditions during the initial survey and necessary changes

made to reflect any changes due to remodeling or renovation.

Following collection of the building characteristic data, occupancy

data and area classification data, the information was processed and

the rooms to be surveyed were selected. This involved keypunching the

building characteristic and occupancy data, and transcribing the code

numbers from the floor plans to the FOSDIC (Film Optical Scanning Device

for 2.riput to Computers) Area Classification Document presented in the

Appendix. Keypunching and transcription of the FOSDIC documents was done at the National Bureau of Standards. Microfilming and scanning

of the FOSDIC documents and transcription on magnetic tape was handled

by the Bureau of The Census. Complete instructions for preparing these

FOSDIC documents are included in Appendix A.

The rooms to be surveyed were selected in accordance with the sampling

plan developed for this project (1). The computer program (Program

ROOM) described in Chapter 3 was used for this purpose. A second

survey of the building was then conducted to obtain detailed information

about the room and its contents for the selected rooms. FOSDIC documents were also used to record the data in accordance with specially developed

instructions (1). These documents were then microfilmed, the microfilm

was scanned using an electro-optical scanning device and the data transferred to magnetic tape for processing. The microfilm provided a permanent record of the data.

Prior to analyzing the data, the two data files shown in Figure 2 were

created. The first file consisted of the building characteristic data,

the occupancy data and the room survey data. All the data were combined

on magnetic tapes. As discussed in Chapter 3, this file was used to determine the fire load and live load for the surveyed rooms and to study the effects of various factors such as building height, building

location, room use, etc., on the loads.

The second data file consisted of the same building characteristic data

and occupancy data as on the first file plus information on the spatial

orientation of all areas within the building (building geometry). The

specially developed procedure for preparing the building geometry data

is described in Appendix A. This file was used in connnection with

studies concerning the distribution of loads throughout the entire

building.

4
3. DATA PROCESSING PROCEDURE AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

3.1 General

Several special computer programs were developed to process and

analyze the field survey data. Programs for the initial data processing, for the creation of Data Files 1 and 2 and for the room selection program are described in this chapter. The final data

processing and the data analysis programs are described in Chapter 4.

3.2 Data Retrieval

3.2.1 Introducti on

The majority of the data used to form File 1 and File 2 was collected and recorded on special FOSDIC documents. The Area

Classification Documents, Forms 1 through 7, and Forms A through C(l) were all FOSDIC documents. The data collection forms for the

building and occupancy characteristics were not FOSDIC documents.

Figure 3 is an overview of the retrieval of these data. The

FOSDIC documents were processed by the Bureau of The Census to

convert the data to a machine readable (digital) form. As

indicated in Figure 3a, high-speed cameras were used to microfilm

the survey documents to provide a convenient and permanent

record of the data. The microfilm was then input to a FOSDIC scanner system which created standard Census 7 track BCD tapes at

800 bpi with even parity. A hard copy listing of the data was also produced. The microfilming and scanning procedure for this

project was similar to that used by the Bureau of The Census in

all their data processing work The scanning procedures and

computer programs developed to produce these tapes are described

In Sections 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and 3.2.4. Based on Census' extensive

experience with this equipment, an error rate of less than one percent due to mechanical or electrical malfunctions was anticipated. Rather than discard any of the data, it was decided

to provide a means for correcting these errors. Computer

programs described in Section 3.4 were written for this purpose.

The building and occupancy data were keypunched on cards and

processed through program FIRfl as shown in Figure 3b. These data were retained in a mass storage file in the computer for later

processing. The machine readable FOSDIC data and data from

program FIRM were used to select the rooms to be surveyed

(Section 3.3) and to create Data Files 1 and 2 (Sections 3.4 and

3.5).

3.2.2 Document Scanning

Each microfilmed FOSDIC document was initially fed through a scanner, and a calibration procedure automatically executed.

5
6
e

0

COi> >. OK K uj Z, to , < J

K O 203

W ' — ?^O 2-3 SH

-J < W

O I*- <

cotr o <

<o'o o X

XM

<

COO

LJ

I-o

<

q:

<

X

o

>

o

z

2

O

O

o

o

z

<

o

z

(U

3

OQ

1

i lis 5 u. o «^ —

< O J <»-

<-> — cr CO ^ 3 < -

m X

o

1

s

CD

ai

IT

CO

_i

7
Preprinted calibration marks appearing on the documents enabled

automatic calibration of each document. This calibration

compensated for mechanical errors such as the shrinkane or expansion of the document, the whiteness and blackness of the

document and the tilt of the document with respect to the edpe of

the film. In addition to document calibration, document position

(top and left edges) with respect to the scanning surface was determi ned

.

After the calibration process was completed, the scanner extracted the data using appropriate read operations. For each

character of information recorded, a group of data positions,

generally a coliimn of numbers, was scanned. The precise position

of this group was ascertained by searching for the exact position

of the preprinted calibrating patterns (Index Marks) on the

document and then moving a pre-determi ned distance from this mark

to the group of data. Each position in the group was read, the

strongest reading selected as the proper answer, and this answer encoded to a BCD character and placed in the output buffer.

After completion of the scanning, the buffer was recorded on a 7 track magnetic tape. Two programs, SCAN-l and SCAN-2, described

in subsequent sections were written to perform this scanning

operation. Appendix B.l illustrates the layout of the data on the

tape for each survey document.

3.2.3 Program SCAN-l

Program SCAN-l was developed by the Bureau of The Census to read

the data from the Area Classification Documents. Along the left

side of each Area Classification Document a column of digits from

one to eight was preprinted with the number "1" having been

filled in during the printing process. After calibration of the

document was completed, this column was read and checked for the

filled in "1". If the condition was true a "U" was recorded in

the first character position of the record, otherwise this

position was left blank.

The second position of the record contained an indication of the success of the calibration procedure. If blank, the calibration

was totally successful. If the position contained an "F" the

calibration was a total failure. A failure in finding any index was denoted by an "M" in this position. For the data read from a missed index an "M" was recorded in the corresponding positions

of the record.

Having completed the calibration procedure, the building number

and floor number were extracted from the document and placed in

the output buffer. Data from each of the eighteen rooms blocks

on the document were scanned using the Index marks as positional

8
reference points. When the document was completed the scanned

data was recorded on tape with a blocking factor of 1.

3.2.4 Program $CAN-2

Program SCAN-2 was developed by Bureau of The Census to read

Forms 1 through 7 and Forms A, B, and C. A unique 3 character

identifier was preceded along the left side of each of the ten

forms. SCAN-2 read this identifier, receded it into the proper

BCD character (A-T) and entered it in the first character

position of the tape record. The second position indicated the

calibration result in the same form as SCAN-1.

Once the form was identified, the proper subroutines were called

to scan and record the data on the output record. After scanning

both sides of 3 forms and storing the data in memory, the record

was outputted to magnetic tape.

3.2.5 Program FIRfl

The keypunched building and occupancy characteristic data were stored on a single file called BLDFRM. This file was comprised

of one element per building. For example, the element called

8024 pertained only to building 24, the NBS Administration

Building. Each element differed only by the three digits at the.

end of the name. As data were gathered for the different

buildings, additional elements were added to the file. Each

building element had the same form. The first 4 card images

contained the building characteristics as found on the building

characteristics data collection form. Following these 4 header

cards, there was 1 card for each firm occupying space in that

building. Finally the data set was terminated by a "PEOF" card.

Appendix B.2 illustrates the required format for the input

cards for an element of BLDFRM.

All the data entered into BLDFRM were processed using program

FIRM. Program FIRM was developed to check the data from RLHFRM

and output it to a mass stoarge file. During processinn, a new file, AXXX, was created where XXX denoted the building number. A hard copy output file was also generated on the line printer

listing the input data, diagnostics and summary tables of the

firms In the buildings.

The building characteristics were read by the program and checks

performed to insure legality of the entries. If errors were detected, a diagnostic was generated, appropriate default

conditions implemented, and the data were put in a mass storage

9
file. The firm characteristic data were then processed. As each

firm characteristic card was read, the firm number, firm type and

firm age were checked. If the aqe of the firm was greater than

the age of the building, the age was set equal to the age of the

building. The data were then put on a mass storage file. Table

1 lists the possible diagnostics produced and the default

conditions generated. After processing all the firm data for a building, the data were tabulated by firm type and age and

summary tables produced.

3.3 Room Selection

3.3.1 Introducti on

The room selection program. Program ROOM, was developed to select

the rooms to be surveyed in Phase I in accordance with the

sampling plan established (1). Input data for the program

consisting of the building characteristics, occupancy data, and area classification data were obtained from the file created by

Program FIRM. For each area in the building this provided

identification of:

1. Room Use - General office, file room, conference

room, etc.

2. Firm Type Occupying Area - Agricultural, mining,

etc.

3. Size of Area - less than 200 sq. ft. or less and more

than 200 sq. ft.

Use of seven room use categories, ten firm types and the two area classifications provided a total of 140 separate categories into

which the rooms in a building were grouped (e.g. neneral offices

occupied by agricultural type firms with an area less than 200

sq. ft.). After grouping the rooms into these categories, the

program randomly selected the rooms to be surveyed in accordance

with the procedure described in Section 3.3.2.

The program printed a list of the specific rooms selected and

several summary tables. These tables summarized the number of rooms in each of the 140 categories and provided a check on the

selection procedure. They were used to insure that the room sample selected was representative of areas contained in the

building. The computer listing identifying the rooms selected

was provided to the field surveyors for use in conducting the room surveys.

10
TABLE 1 DIAGNOSTICS AND DEFAULT CONDITIONS

DIAGNOSTIC

FOR PROGRAM FIRM

DEFAULT

1) ERROR IN MONTH ** M0=

2) ERROR IN STATE CODE ** ST=

3) ERROR IN TYPE RESISTING SYSTEM **=

4) ERROR IN MATERIAL TYPE ** MATERIAL5) ERROR IN OCCUPANCY TYPE **

6) **ILLEGAL FIRM NO. ***

7) **NEXT ENTRY IS A DUPLICATE FIRM NO. ***

8) **NEXT ENTRY CONTAINS A PUNCH ERROR IN FIRM TYPE

9) *A VERY OLD FIRM * AGE =

10) ** CARD READ ERROR **

n) PEOF CARD FOUND IN DATA

January

Alaska

Col umn Concrete

Federal Government

1000

Previous Data Lost

Firm type = 98

Age of Building

Firm Characteristics

Di scarded

Program Terminates

Norma 1 1

y

n
3.3.2 Method of Selection

The general procedure for selecting rooms consisted of systematically choosing approximately 22.5 percent of the room in each

of the 140 u se- type-a rea categories, using a formally randomized

starting point for each category. An index number from 1 to 140 was assigned to each possible combination using the following

relation:

Index Number = 20*(Firm Type -1 )+Area

where

Area = 1 for rooms less than 200 sq. ft.

« 2 for rooms greater than 200 sq. ft.

The randomized starting point for each category was chosen using

a random number generator which allowed the user to input a numher and returned to the user a random number from n.O to 1.0.

The time of day in seconds was added to the run- time-el apsed (in

1/lOth msec.) to produce a starting number for each execution of

the program. This starting number was required in order to

insure obtaining a different set of random numbers for each

building. Every subsequent number delivered to the generator was

the last random number received from the generator multiplied by

8192. The frequency of occurrence for each of the 140 categories

was then compiled and sampling rates for each catenory

determined. A projection of the total number of rooms to be

selected was then generated. If this projection didn't fall

between 21 percent and 25 percent, new sampling rates were established until the 21 to 25 percent criteria was met.

During the room selection process carried out by Program ROOM and

discussed in Section 3.3.3, six tables were formed. An index

number "J" which was dependent on room use, firm type, and area occupied was used for these tables. The six tables used in the

selection algorithm were:

1) Table UTA - the frequency of occurence for each of the

140 unique categories. Initially, each entry in the table

contained a 0. As the data from each legitimate room in the

building was read and checked, the proper J entry in IITA was incremented by 1, i.e. UTA( J )=UTA(J)+1

.

2) Table TAB2 - the desired number of rooms to be selected

by taking 22.5 percent of the number of available rooms for

that category, i . e . , TAB2 ( J ) = . 225*UTA{ 0 )

.
3) Table TABS - values of the increments used for the

systematic selection of rooms in each of the 140 categories.

Because a 22.5 percent sample was desired, each entry in

TABS was initially filled with 4.444 (1./0.225). Within a given category after the first room was selected every

4.444th room was also selected.

4) Table TAB4 - the random number which together with the

corresponding entry in TABS determined the first room in

each of the 140 categories to be selected. Initially, each

entry in TAB4 was the product of a random number and the

corresponding entry in TABS. For every entry in TAB4 whose

corresponding entry in TAB2 was greater than or equal to

1.0, a random number was generated, the product with TABS

obtained, and the result placed in TAB4, I.e., if

TAB2(J) 2. 1.0. then TAB4(J)'=Random No.*TAB3(J)

Every entry in TAB4 was less than or equal to 4.444. Those

entries in TAB4 whose corresponding entries in TAB2 were

less than 1.0 were set to 0.0 initially. Those values in

TAB4 whose corresponding value in TAB2=n.O were set to n.n

and remained so for the duration of the run, i.e., if

TAB2(J) < 1.0 then TAB4(J)=0.0.

5) Table TAB5 - the projected number of rooms to be chosen

for each of the categories, TAB5 ( 0

) = ( UTA ( J

) +TAB4 ( J ) ) /TABS ( J )

.

6) Table TAB6 - the number of rooms chosen for each of the

140 categories. Initially TAB6 was filled with 0.

Due to the method of selection used, few categories with less

than 5 rooms would have rooms selected. Truncation error for

these categories would result in too small a sample si^e and

would also eliminate too many categories of rooms. If a rounding-up procedure were to be used, too many rooms would be

selected. Therefore, upon completion of the formation of UTA,

TAB2, TABS, and TAB4, the entires in TAB2 were reexamined as 70

firm-area pairs. This gave added consideration to rooms with the same use and firm type but different area sizes, and allowed

rooms to be chosen from those categories with less than 5 rooms

and thus neutralized the truncation error. Both members of each

of the pairs were compared to 0.5 and 1.0 and the appropriate

action taken. Table 2 1s a summary of the nine different results

of the pair-wise comparl slons . Table 3 explains each of the

results.

At the completion of the pair-wise comparisons, a projection of

the total number of rooms to be surveyed was determined by

summing the projections for each category. If this projection

13
TABLE 2 RESULTS OF PAIR-WISE COMPARISONS

LET X=TAB2(J) and Y=TAB2(J+1)

Y.LT. .5 .5.LE.Y.LT.1 .n Y.RE.l .n

X.LT. .5 TEST 2 TEST 8 TEST 4 0.0 0.1 0,N2

5.LE.X.LT.1 . TEST 9 TEST 7 TEST 6 1.0 1.0; 0.1; 1,1 1 .N2

X.GE.1.0 TEST 3 TEST 5 TEST 1 Nl .0 Nl ,1 Nl ,N2

NOTE*** 0 and J+1 are the small and large area categories respectively within room use and firm type. Nl is the sample

size produced by the ordinary rule for the Jth category,

i.e., Nl is the integer part of oth category and N2 is the

corresponding integer part from the J+1 category.

14
TABLE 3 DETAILS OF RESULTS

(Page 1 of 2)

TEST EXPLANATION

TEST!

TEST2

TEST3

TEST4

TEST5

TEST6

TEST7

X.GE.l .0 . AND. Y. GE . 1 .0

Entries in TABS and TAB4 of J,J+1 are correct. Nl rooms will be selected from the Jth category and

N2 rooms from the J+lth category.

X.LT.0.5 .AND. Y.LT.0.5

TABS and TAB4 of J,J+1 are correct. N1=0 and N2=0,

X.GE.1.0 .AND. Y.LT.0.5

TABS and TAB4 of J,J+1 are correct. N2=0

X.LT.0.5 .AND. Y.GE.1.0

TABS and TAB4 of J,J+1 are correct. N1=0

X.GE.l.O .AND. 0.5.LT.Y.LT.1 .0

TAB3(J+1 )=UTA(J+1

)

TAB4{J + 1 ) = RA:iDOM N0.*TAB3 (J + 1)

N2 = l 0.5.LE.X.LT.1.0 .AND. Y.GE.1.0

TAB3(J)=UTA(J)

TAB4(J)=TAB3(J)*RAND0M NO.

Nl«l

0.5.LE.X.LT.1 .0 .AND. 0 . 5 . LE . Y . IT . 1 .

0

If UTA(J)+IITA(J + 1 ). .GT. 11 then:

TAB3(J)=UTA( J)

TAB4(J)+TAB3{J)*RAriD0M NO.

TABS(J+L)=UTA(J+1

)

TAB4(J+1 )=TAB3(J+1 )*RANDOM NO.

Nl«l N2=2

If UTA(J)+UTA(J+1 ) .GE.4

.AND. UTA(J) .GE. UTA(J+1)

TAB3(J)=UTA(J)

TAB4(J)=TAB3(J)*RAND0M NO.

Nl-1 N2=0

If UTA(J)+UTA{J+1 ) .GE.4

.AND. UTA(J+1) .GT. UTA(J)

TABS(J+1 ) = UTA(J + 1

)

TAB4(J+1)=TAB3(J+1 )*RANDOM NO.

N1-0 N2=l

15
TABLE 3 DETAILS OF RESULTS

(Page 2 of 2)

X.LT.0.5 .Arm. 0.5 .LE. Y. LT. 1 TAB3(J+1 )UTA( J+1

)

TAB4(J+1 )=TAB3(J)*RAND0M NO.

N1=0 N2=1

0.5.LE. X .LT. 1 .0 .AND. Y.LT.O

TAB3(J)=UTA( J)

TAB4(J)=TAB3( J)*RANDOM NO.

Nl-1 N2=0

16
was not between 21 to 25 percent of the legitimate rooms in the

building, a new cycle value to be used in TAB3 was calculated

using:

Cycl e(ol d )*projected no. of rooms Cycle (NEW) = .225 * no. of legitimate rooms

For those entries in TAB3 with a corresponding entry in TAB2

which was > 1.0, the old cycle value in TAB3 was replaced with

the new cycle value, and then the number of rooms to be selected

was reprojected. If this reprojection did not meet the 21 percent

to 25 percent criteria, the new cycle value became the old cycle

value and the projecting repeated until the 21 to 25 percent

criteria was met.

After the values of TABS met the 21-25 percent criteria, TAB5 was rescanned to insure that at least 1 room had been chosen from

each non-empty use group consisting of 20 firm-area cateaories.

If a non-empty use group did exist where at least 1 room had not

been projected to be selected, TABS and TAR4 were adjusted such

that a room was randomly chosen from that use group. The ium of

the available rooms in that use group was then mu 1 t i pi i ed by a random number giving a random integer. This random integer. ; determined which of the 20 firm-area categories would have a room selected. For that category, TABS ( J ) = lJTAt J ) , and

TAB4 ( J

) =TABS ( J

) *random number. This forced a room to be selected

at random from that use group.

Obviously any one building did not have rooms for all of the

categories. By varying the selection percentage it was possible

to Insure that the number of randomly selected rooms did not

exceed the total sample size required for this project.

3.3.3 Program ROOM

Program ROOM selected the rooms to be surveyed In accordance with

the procedure described in Section 3.3.2 As previously noted, room selection was based on room use, firm type, and the size of rooms. The Area Classification Documents contained data on room

use, room size, and firm number. The building and firm

characteristics data (File AXXX) contained the firm type for each

firm number. The data file from Program FIRM and the magnetic

tape generated by the Bureau of The Census for the Area

Classification Documents, therefore, were used as Input data.

Figure 4 Is an overview of the program Illustrating the two Input

files used, building and firm characteristics, and the Area

Classification Documents. The primary output of the program was

the listing of selected rooms. A diagnostic listing, and a listing of all tables was also produced. An additional 3 mass17
FILE

Axxx

<iSCANNED

[AREA CLAS!

IFICATION

DATA

PROGRAM

ROOM

TO

SELECT

ROOMS

FOR

SURVEY

Listing

OF ROOMS

(ELECTED

FILE: Bxxx AREA

CLASSIFICATION

DATA

FILE.Cxxx

TABLES

FORMED

FILE: RFTxxx

COMPRESSED

AREA CLASS.DAT/

DIAGNOSTICS

AND LISTING

OF AREA

CLASSIFICATION

DATA

LISTING

OF

TABLES

FORMED

LISTING

OF ROOMS

SELECTED

(Duplicate)

Figure 4 - Overview of Proqram ROOM

18
storage files were generated. File Bxxx was basically a listing

of the area data. File Cxxx was a copy of the tables generated

and File RFTxxx was a listing of rooms with their uses and firm

numbers. This file was used in subsequent programs.

As each block of area classification data was input to the

program, several checks were made for completeness of the data.

Table 4 lists the diagnostics generated, the reason for the

diagnostic and the action taken. For each block of area classification data an index number was calculated and the data

recorded on File Rxxx. If the block of data was acceptable this

Index number was between 1 and 140. This process of reading area classification records, checking the data, and rewriting the

records to Bxxx was repeated until all the area classification

documents were examined. Summary totals of the number of area blocks encountered, the number of areas used for selection, and

several other tallys were output to the printer after all area blocks were checked. In addition, a table listing the areas by.

use, firm-type, and size was formed and output. For the

buildings processed in Phase I, approximately 63 percent of the

total area blocks were used for selection. The remainder of the areas were disqualified due to data errors (2 percent), were not areas included in the survey such as stairways, elevators, etc.

( 30' percent) , or were vacant (5 percent).

After Tables UTA, TAB2, TAB3, TAB4, and TABS were formed, as explained in Section 3.3.2, data for each room in the building

were read from Bxxx. By use of TAB3 and TAB4 it was determined

whether that room was to be selected for surveying. As each room

was read, its index "J" was determined and TAB4(J) was incremented

by 1.0. If TAB4{J) was < TAB3(J) that room was not selected. If

TAB4(J) 2. TAB3 that room was selected. The information was output

to the printer and TAB4(J) was set to TAB ( J

) -TAB 3 ( J ) . This process

was recycled until all the rooms were either selected or rejected.

In addition to those rooms explicitly selected, several rooms were to be chosen by the surveyors. On the listing of the rooms selected, approximately 10 percent were specially flagged. The

5th room on the printout and every 9th room thereafter were flagged. Each time this flag appeared, the surveyor picked an adjoining room for surveying.

19
20
3.4 Data File 1

3.4.1 Introduction

Data File 1 was created for use in converting the room information into useful parameters such as the fire load and live load

Statistical studies of the load magnitudes and determination of

the factors affecting the loads were conducted using the data.

To facilitate this analysis, it was necessary to edit the field

data and correct collation and scanning errors.

Figure 5 is an overview of the programs involved in the

generation of Data File 1. Completed survey forms 1 through 7, A,

B, and C were microfilmed and scanned by program SCAfl 2 producing

a magnetic tape (Sec. 3.2.2 and 3.2.4). The data recorded was checked by Program FILTER to determine if any mechanical or electrical malfunctions had occurred during the filming or scanning procedures. Errors detected were corrected

automatically by Program FILTER or with the aid of punch cards by

Program EDPACK. Errors in the original survey data and mistakes

by field surveyors were corrected by Program SURVEY. The task of

merging the corrected data with the building and firm

characteristic data was also accomplished by Program SURVEY which

produced the mass storage version of Data File 1. Program DTCOPY

transferred the mass storage version of Data File 1 to magnetic

tape.

The sequential arrangement of this data on magnetic tape is given

In Appendix B.4. This tape was then used as input to the data

analysis programs described in Chapter 4. Descriptions of

Programs FILTER-EDPACK, SURVEY, and DTCOPY follow.

3.4.2 Program FILTER-EDPACK

FILTER-EDPACK is actually two programs designed to detect

mechanically or electrically generated scanning malfunctions and

to correct the resulting errors. Figure 6 is an overview of this

process. Data recorded on the tape generated by Program SCAM 2 was copied into a mass storage file CDxxx. Each physical record

on both the tape and. mass storage file contained 6 logical

records. Each logical record was one side of one form. Program

FILTER performed 3 main functions. First, each physical record

(6 logical records) was unblocked to 6 physical records which were written to file SDxxx. Second, each record was checked for errors such as calibration failure and form mis-identification.

Finally, the records were checked for proper sequence, e.g.

the back side of a Form 1 must follow the front side of a Form 1.

21
SCAN 2

FILTER

EDPACK

ADD BLDG.

and

FIRM DATA

SURVEY

I

DTCOPY

PROGRAM TO SCAN

MICRO FILMED COPY OF

FIELD DATA & TRANSFER TO

MAGNETIC TAPES

PROGRAMS TO CHECK

DATA ASSEMBLY,

CORRECT COLLATION &

SCANNING ERRORS

PROGRAM TO READ DATA &

CORRECT DATA ERRORS

PROGRAM TO OUTPUT

CORRECTED DATA TO

TAPE - DATA FILE 1

Figure 5 - Overview of Data File 1

22
o

3

23
During execution of FILTER, an error diaqnostic was generated for

each error detected. As there v/ere 10 different forms and each

form has two sides, 20 unique form identifiers were possible.

Tallys were kept for each of the 20 identifiers. At the

conclusion of the execution, these tallys were printed. Each

pair of tallys represented a single form (front and hack). The

entries within a pair had to be identical. If not, correction

card records were entered via EDPACK.

Certain form assembly errors detected were automatically

corrected at the time of detection by FILTER. The majority of

errors, however, were corrected by executing EDPACK to substitute the proper data from a punch card for specific records

in file SDxxx.

The main errors detected automatically or by FILTER and corrected

by EDPACK included the following:

1) Illegal form identifier - A form identifier other than a character between A-T was found.

2) Check bit not blank - The document failed to calibrate

or a fail index occurred on the document at the time of

scanning.

3) First form was not a Form 1 - The first form on the tape

had to be a Form 1 or the data seen until the first Form 1 was lost.

4) Sides of form appear reversed - Apparently the back

of a form was filmed before the front of that form.

Program FILTER automatically reversed the sides of the form

so that the data appeared correct.

5) Very bad sequence error - Purinq filming, 2 forms apparently

stuck together resulting in the loss of the back of 1 form

and the front of the next. Two dummy records were created

on the output file.

6) Too many bad sequence errors - More than 100 bad sequence

errors occurred for a building. The program stopped.

Program EDPACK also packed every 6 records from SDXXX

Into one record in SDExxx which was used as input to

SURVEY.

It should be noted that the tape file was first read into a mass storage file CDxxx. FILTER operated on CDxxx and generated file

SDxxx. In turn, SDxxx was input to EDPACK to generate corrected

data in file SDExxx. Upon completion of EDPACK, FILTER was re- executed using SDExxx as input and generating TEMPX, a temporary

24
scratch file. This final step was not necessary, but did Insure

that errors in SDExxx were non-existent.

3.4.3 Program SURVEY

As the errors generated from electrical or mechanical

malfunctions were detected and corrected by FILTER-EPPACK, errors

In the data due to mistakes by the field surveyors were detected

and corrected by SURVEY. Figure 7 is an overview of Program

SURVEY illustrating three input files, Rxxx and RFTxxx developed

by ROOM, and SDExxx developed by FILTER-EDPACK. A diagnostic

listing and a mass storage version of Data File 1 (Wir,xxx) were

the two outputs generated by SURVEY. Transferring building and

firm characteristic data from Bxxx to WIGxxx was SURVEY'S first

task. By use of RFTxxx, the firm number of each surveyed room

was determined and room use checked. Scanned data from the

survey documents were contained on SDExxx. During processim,

answers for questions on each form were checked for completeness

and validity. For each error detected, a default condition was executed. Correct data, together with defaulted data were reformatted in accordance with the sequence indicated in Appendix

B.4, At the conclusion of checking, defaulting, and reformatting

of the data from an entire room; a single physical record was outputted to mass storage file WIGxxx. A listing of error diagnostics, room identification, and summary information for each room was generated.

As there was no method for initially determining the amount of

data from a room, the output record was of variable lenqth.

During execution of SURVEY the amount of core assinned to the run was dynamically increased or decreased as needed.

One main program and several subroutines comprised SURVEY. The

main program read a document (both sides), determined the form

number (Form 1-7, A, B or C), and called the appropriate form

subroutine to process the data. There were ten form subroutines

in SURVEY. Each subroutine was devoted to processing the data

from a single form type. For each subroutine, the data were accepted in a format as specified in Appendix B.l, and outputted

In the format referred to above. All answers to questions

pertaining to a specific piece of furniture were processed within

the proper subroutine. For example, the type and the dimensions

of a desk on Form 2 were processed within the Form 7. subroutine.

For errors detected on Forms 2 thru C, default conditions were assigned such that no forms were discarded.

In general, many of the forms contained large blocks of

repetitive data. For example, on Forms 2 thru 5 free contents of

paper and books are present. Rather than process these blocks

within each subroutine, certain common subroutines were written.

25
E

ID

S-CDO

Q.

5

>

>o

26
As a result a single block of codinr] was exercised to process the same type data regardless of what form the data appeared on. Similarily, default conditions were used for the common subroutines in the same manner as for the form subroutines.

These common subroutines were called by the form subroutines.

For example, the free contents of paper and books on a Form ? was processed by subroutine PAPER which was called by Form 2. In addition to processing free paper and books, PAPER also processed enclosed paper and books. Subroutine TYCAPH processed

typewriter, calculator, and telephone data. Enclosed contents

other than paper, books, typewriters, calculators, and phones were processed by ENCAGG. Blocks of seating data from Form 6 were processed by SEAT, while blocks of miscellaneous data

from Form 7 were processed by MISC. Table 5 lists the repetitive

subroutines called by each of the form subroutines.

During processing by SURVEY, as a Form 1 was read from SDExxx,

the floor and room numbers were determined. This information was used as an index pointer to RFTxxx in order to extract the firm

number for that room, and also to check that the room use was not

changed from the Area Classification Document. When a discrepancy in the use was found, the "use" on Form 1 was accepted as being correct. The remainder of the data on Form 1 were checked for completeness. For certain data errors detected

(e.g. errors in room dimension) the room was disqualified from the

survey. At the conclusion of the checking of the data from Form

1 the remaining forms were checked for completness and validity.

This was done on a form by form basis. As each form was checked,

a corresponding portion of the output record was formed. As a form was input to SURVEY the form identifier (A-T) was determined. The form identifier "A" (Form 1) indicated a new

room. After outputting the first room to WIGXXX, and printing a summary, SURVEY began processing the data from the new room. If

the identifier was other than an "A" (Form 1), the proper form

subroutine was called, the errors detected, and the default

conditions applied for both the form subroutines and the common subroutines. Tables 6 and 7 list the errors detected and the

default conditions used for each of the subroutines.

This processing continued until an End-Of-File was found on SDExxx at which point a summary of the rooms processed and

disqualified was outputted and the program terminated.

3.4.4 Program DTCOPY

Data File 1 was the mass storage file WIGxxx which contained the

processed data from Program SURVEY. For further processing of

the data, this file had to be transferred to a magnetic tape.

Program DTCOPY accomplished this function by directly copying

27
TABLE 5 SUBROUTINES CALLED BY EACH FORM

Subr

,

FORM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

A

B

C

PAPER

X

X

X

X

TYCAPH

X

X

X

X

ENCAGG

X

X

X

X

X

X

SEAT MISC

28
TABLE 6 TABLE OF DEFAULT CONDITIONS - FORM SUBROUTINES

(Page 1 of 5)

Form Quest ion Def aul t

1 . Bounding Surfaces Fo rn

1. Room Use

2. Normal No.

Occupants

3. Wall Types

4. Ceilings

Floor

Doors

Ceiling Trim

Floor Trim

Door Trim

Window Trim

5. Walls (Full)

(Open & Partial )

6. Wall Openings

(Full)

(Open & Partial

)

7. Partial Height

Parti tions

8. Room Dimensions

Building No.

Floor

Room No.

Surveyor Code

Same as use listed on area classification document if

present, otherwise General

Room disqualified

Accoustical file

Non-combusti bl

e

Not present

Not present

Not present

Not present

Not present

Material - none Covering - none

Data ignored

Doors: Ht. 6 ft. 8 in.

Wd, 3 ft. n in.

Windows: 0 window

Length: If wall is a "Length" wall - Room

dimension of width

If wall is a "Width"

wall - room dimension

of length.

Height: 8 feet 0 inches

Room d 1 squal 1 f led

Build.ing being processed

Same as last or if

first room floor 1 Room disqual ified

Same as last code

29
TABLE 6 TABLE OF DEFAULT COfiniTIONS - FORM SUBROIITIMFS

(Page 2 of 5)

Desk Form

1. Desk Type

2. Proximity to

Wall

3. Desk Material

4. Number of

Drawers

5. Desk Top

Dimensions

Double pedestal

2 feet or less

Alternates between wood an<i

metal for entire buildinn

startinrj with wood.

When desk type

Box-1; File=li

When desk type

Box=4, File=l;

When desk type

Box«3; File=li

is s i n n 1

p

Personal =1

is double

Pers ona 1 = 1 is lens

Per sona 1 =

1

Length 4 feet n inches

Width 3 feet 6 inches

Table Form

1. Table Type With legs

2. Proximity to 2 feet or less

Wall

3. Table Material a) "Single Ped." type

Top = wood; Perl/l pqs = mptal

b) "With legs" type and

both unmarked

Top=metal ; Ped/1 egs=metal

c) "With legs" type and only

1 marked, the unmarked is

the same as the marked

d) If top = plastic and ped/leos

not plastic, Top=metal

4. Table Dimensions Height: 2 ft. P inches

Width: 2 ft. n inches

Length: 3 ft. 0 inches

5. Drawers Without drawers

30
TABLE 6 TABLE OF DEFAULT CONDITIONS - FORM SUBROUTINES

(Page 3 of 5)

Cabinet Form

1. Cabinet type

2. Proximity to

Wall

3. Cabinet Material

4. No of Drav/ers

5. No of Shelves

6. Cabinet

Dimens ions

7. Drawer Type

General purpose

2 feet or less

Wood

Tens " 0; Units

0

= 0

Height: 2 feet 6 inches

Width: 5 feet 0 inches

Length: 1 foot 6 inches

(General Purpose Only)

Box»4; File^l; Personal«0

Shelving Form

1. Shelving

Category

2. Proximity to

Wall

Bookcase

2 feet or less

3. Shelving

Material

4. Shelving

Dimensions

5. No of Shelves

(JIC #1)

Metal

Height:

Width:

Depth

:

3 feet

3 feet

1 feet

1 inch

0 inches

n inches

) Nothing entered 1 shelf

) If units, tens, or hundreds blank, right

justify answers present,

Seating Form

1. Seating Type

2. Proximity to

Wall

Pedestal

More than 2 feet

3. Number of Seats 01

31
TABLE 6

4.

5.

TABLE OF DEFAULT CONDITIONS

(Page 4 of 5)

FORM SUBROUTINES

Material Types Frame=Wood; Seat*Wood; Back»Wood

Other

Characteristics

6. Dimensions

a) If both the arms and the

padded arms questions blankArm =No; Padded Arms=None

b) Otherwise

Arms = yes

Padded seat

Padded back

padded arms Height

:

Width

:

Depth

feet

feet

feet

Fabric

Fahri c Fabric

9 inches

0 inches

0 inches

7 Miscellaneous Items Form

1. Combustabi 1 i ty

Code

2. Proximity Code

3. Dimensions

4. Est. Weight

Non-combustibl

e

2 feet or less

Height

:

Width:

Depth

:

0 feet

0 feet

0 feet

0 inches

0 inches

0 inches

a) If units, tens, hundreds,

and thousands blank:

units=n tens=0

hundreds=n thousands=n

b) If any entry is marked, rinht

justify the four entries and

0 fill significant dinits.

If 3 entries marked are "Space-2-Space" , weinht is

set equal to 7. pounds.

A Free or Enclosed Paper or Books Form

Extra Sheet/Separate Separate

Misc. Item No. 0

Free/Enclosed Free

Proximity Code ' 2 feet or less

32
TABLE 6 TABLE OF DEFAULT CONDITIONS - FORM SUBROUTINES

(Page 5 of 5)

B Equipment

Extra Separate

Misc. Item

Free/Enclosed

Proximity Code

Separate

0

Free

2 feet or less

C Free or Enclosed Other Than Paper, Rooks, T yppv/r 1 ters , Calculators

or Telephones Form

Extra Separate

Misc. Item No.

Free/Encl osed

Combustabi 1 i ty

Dimensions

Weight

Extra

0

Free

Non-Comb

Height 0 feet 0 inches

Width 0 feet 0 inches

Depth 0 feet 0 inches

Right justify answers and zero fin significant digits

33
TABLE 7 DEFAULT CONniTIOriS - COMMON SUBROUTINES

SUBR. QUESTION DEFAULT

PAPER Free or Enclosed Paper and Books

Size

Height of Pile

% Compaction

For Form 5 use book size 10 xf

All other Forms = 8 1/2 x 11

The sum of

legitimate

the number

the heights for

piles divided by

of piles

The sum of the percentanps of

legitimate piles divided by the

number of legitimate piles.

TYCAPH Typewriters, Calculators, and Phones

Typewrl ter

Free/Enclosed Free

Manual/Electric Electric

Ball/Bar Ball

Carriage Length 15" - 16"

Base Dimensions Length: 1 foot

Width: 1 foot

Calculator

Free/Enclosed Free

Manual/Electric Electric

Tape/No Tape No Tape

Ilium RD/Dial RD. Dial

Base Dimensions Length: 1 foot

Width: 0 feet

Telephones

Personal /Cal 1 Dir. Personal

No. Buttons 0

No. Phones 1 ENCARR JIC Boxes for Miscellaneous Items

inches

inches

inches

inches

Free/Encl osed

Comhustible/Non

Est. Weight

Enclosed

Combustible

Right justify data and zero fin significant digits

All : 0 feet 0 1 nches

34
data images recorded on mass storage file to tape. The tape was recorded using a 7 track, 800 bpi drive with odd parity, a blocking factor of 1, and without tape labeling. Data from one room was recorded on a single record. As the record length of

many records exceeded 2000 words, no standard software copying

packages were available. Because of this, records were read

from the mass storage file WIGxxx using VTRAM, a software

package developed at NBS and designed to operate on variable

length records located on a mass storage file without regard

to record length (8). Records were then written on tape using

NTRAN, a Univac system package (9).

At the conclusion of Program DTCOPY counts of the number of

records copied, the number of rooms processed (records copied^

minus 2), and the maximum record length were printed on the line

printer.

3.5 Data File 2

3.5.1 Introduction

Data File 2 was created in order to perform studies on the distribution of

loads throughout the building. In addition to the same building characteristic and occupancy data contained on Data File 1, this file also contains

for each area in the building:

1) area identification consisting of the building, floor,

and room number of each area;

2) the room use (general office, lobby, elevator, etc.);

3) the number of the firm occupying the area; and

4) the geometric coordinates of the area boundaries located

with respect to a global coordinate system established

for the building.

The area identification data were obtained from the Room Locator documents

discussed in Appendix A. Data concerning the room usage and the number of

the occupying firm was obtained from Program ROOM (Sec. 3.3.3) which was executed during the generation of Data File 1. Geometric coordinates were obtained from the Plans documents which were tracings of the floor plans

of a building denoting the wall positions. These data with corrections

were merged with the same building and firm characteristics (Bxxx) also

developed during Program ROOM, which was used for Data File 1.

35
Methods used for the filming and scanning of the Room Locator and Plans

documents were similar to those used by the Bureau of The Census for the

generation of Data File 1. However, due to the high degree

flexibility of the FOSDIC system at NBS; all filming, scanning, and processing for Data File 2 was done at NBS. Descriptions of the techniques

and programs used to scan the Locator and Plans documents and the programs

used to process and edit these data using the NBS UNIVAC 1108 computer

facility follow.

3.5.2. Method Used to Determine Wall Coordinates

In processing each building, all wall coordinates were referenced to a building origin. During scanning of each plan tracing (Appendix A), two positions on the horizontal axis were known to be certain distances from

the building origin. Figure 8 illustrates the building origin (BO), the

two horizontal reference marks (HRl and HR2), and the two vertical

reference marks (VRl and VR2) for a floor plan tracing. In this particular

case, the building origin, the first horizontal reference (HRl), and the

first vertical reference (VRl) coincide. The scaled distance between

HRl and HR2 in Figure 8 is 60 feet (HR2 - HRl) and between the two vertical

reference marks is 48 feet (VR2 - VRl).

Although the four reference positions are expressed in terms of feet from

the building origin, the FOSDIC system determines all distances in terms of FOSDIC modules. For this reason, horizontal and vertical scaling factors

to convert FOSDIC modules to feet were calculated. The horizontal scaling

factor (HSCAL) was calculated as follows:

HSCAL = HR2 - HRl

FHR2 - FHRl

where FHRl and FHR2 are the coordinates for HRl and HR2 expressed in

FOSDIC modules as indicated in Figure 8. The vertical scale factor (VSCAL) was calculated using:

VSCAL = VR2 - VRl

FVR2 - FVRl

where FVRl and FVR2 are the coordinates for VRl and VR2 expressed in FOSDIC

modules. HSCAL and VSCAL relate distances on the microfilm tracing to actual building dimensions.

Once the scale factors were established for each tracing, the horizontal

and vertical coordinates of any point P {P^, Py) were converted from

FOSDIC modules to feet by the following two equations:

36
(•pouJ0Q = 2yHd)

'4^09 = ZHH

(povu 01 = IHHd)

1/) C31

3O

o

c

(U

s_01

(U

CO

° I - «

> _>

00 o V E

N *

a: n > CMa:>

37
= HSCAL* (FPj^ - FHR1) + HRl + PHO

and

Py = VSCAL* (FPy - FVRl) + VRl + PVO.

The terms FPj, and FP^ were the horizontal and vertical components for

Point P expressed in FOSDIC modules. PHO and PVO refer to the distances

between the origin used for the tracing and the building origin (Appendix A).

Referring to Figure 8 as an example, the horizontal and vertical scale

factors would be:

HSCAL = 60-0 _ T r f./^„H I gQ_ i Q

= 1.5 tt/mod.

VSCAL = 48-0 _ , . ....

$5775 " ^-^ ft/mod.

If PHO=0 and PVO=0 (i.e. the tracing and building origin coincide) and

the FOSDIC coordinates of Point P were (47, 37), then the distance of P from the building origin in terms of feet would be:

P^ = 1.5 (47-10) + 0 + 0 = 55.5 feet

Py = 1.6 (37-15) + 0 + 0 = 35.2 feet.

3.5.3 FOSDIC Processing

Figure 9 is an overview of the filming and scanning operation for creating

Data File 2. For each tracing, up to five room locator documents were microfilmed with and preceded each Plans document. This microfilm record was then processed by the FOSDIC computer-scanner system which produced

a diagnostic listing of the run together with a binary tape used as input

to the processing programs on the Univac 1108 computer.

On each Plans document, which was a tracing of the whole floor or a segment of a floor (Appendix A), as many as nine areas were sketched across

and down the tracing. Consequently, as many as 81 (9x9) unique areas were contained on a single Plans document. In order to correlate each area on the Plans document with a specific room number, a Room Locator

document (Appendix A) was completed for each 18 areas on the Plans document.

One to five completed Room Locator documents, therefore, preceded each

Plans document.

38
39
On the Plans document, each area was referenced by "x" and "y" coordinates

which corresponded approximately to the center of the area. Each "x" and

"y" had a value between one and nine. For every area on the Plans document,

its corresponding room number and "x" and "y" position were noted on a Room Locator document. Furthermore, if the area was to be subtracted

from the total room area, then this fact was also indicated on the Room

Locator document. A more detailed explanation of the procedure used to make the tracings may be found in Appendix A.

The microfilm record which consisted of groups of Room Locator and Plans

documents was processed by the FOSDIC computer-scanner system. Outputs

from this processing consisted of a listing of the documents scanned and

a binary 7 track magnetic tape in odd parity written with a density of

556 bpi . This tape was the primary input to the Univac 1108 computer

which processed the scanned data and generated Data File 2.

One fixed-length record of characters was created on the FOSDIC output

tape for each group of Room Locator documents and the single associated

Plans document. As listed in Appendix B.3, the format included provision

for data from the heading and 18 room identification sections of five

Room Locator documents. The space in the record assigned to th^ Plans

document covered 90 rooms, slightly in excess of the expected maximum ' Of

"

81. Unused portions of the record were blank filled.

Separate programs were developed for scanner reading of the two document

types. These programs were combined for the single-pass scanning operation.

The programs were identified as SCAND for Room Locator and SCANP for Plans.

3.5.3.1 Program SCAND

This included the function of:

a) Transport of the films which contained the document

images

b) Calibration on document images

c) Identification of document type (Room Locator or Plans), followed by entry to either (d) or (e)

below

d) Scanning of Room Locator document

e) Entry to SCANP program whose termination results

in film transport (a) above

.i

40
After initialization and memory clear at the start of SCAND, the film

transport was actuated to bring the next image into the scanning operation. The calibration function was then performed on the new document

image resulting in stored constants in the FOSDIC circuits so that subsequent scanning actions would be aligned with the position, size, and

tilt of the new image. Calibration was attempted three times in succession

if an initial failure was found. Failures were rare, being usually due

to improper filming. They were corrected by refilming and rescanning.

Calibration on the Room Locator documents was accomplished through the

regular FOSDIC pre-printed elements. However, because the Plans document

was an unprinted sheet of faintly-ruled paper, calibration material was added artificially. The final arrangement consisted of a mask along the

left edge against which the sheets were placed before microfilming. On top of this mask there was cemented a narrow band containing calibration

elements cut off from the left edge of a Room Locator document. This was done to move the identification mark to a new position.

Identification of document type was obtained through scanning at the normal and the shifted locations during the program SCAND. When the mark was found at the regular position, the document was assumed to be a Room

Locator and entry was made to the appropriate program. Conversely, the

presence of the mark in the alternative location caused execution of the

SCANP program.

The program for Room Locator documents, SCAND, resulted in storage of the

sensed heading information on building and floor numbers, and four refer- ence values for scaling the two axes of the Plans documents. Room data,

covering room identification number and an additive/subtractive indicator were also scanned for all 18 sections on the document. As they appeared

in sequence on the film. Room. Locator documents were scanned and their

data placed in the appropriate storage positions for organization into

the output record. As mentioned, up to five such documents could be

handled. When the sequence was terminated by the presence of a Plans document, as shown by the identification portion of the paper, execution was transferred to the SCANP program.

3.5.3.2. Program SCANP

SCANP functions were:

a) Location of document reference marks

b) Location of room center marks

c) Location of room walls

d) Editing and reporting errors in the functions

a, b, and c

41
e) Preparation of the output record

f) Typing out a log entry

g) Listing the results on magnetic tape

Document scanning which was limited to functions a, b, and c consisted of

searching for marks which were similar in form in all three instances.

Identification of document reference marks and room center marks, as such, was possible because they were found in constrained areas. Wall location

marks were found anywhere in the scanner field of view except for those narrow areas reserved for document references and room centers. They were indexed by information on the Locator documents and the room center

mark locations as determined by function b. The indexing consisted of

predicting and utilizing a point inside the room which was vertically

and horizontally in line with the wall location marks.

Acceptance of any of the marks on these documents was contingent upon the

mark density and the continuity of the mark in a linear manner for 1/4

inch on the original plan. The first marks scheduled for location were

the document reference marks which were found anywhere along a horizontal

and vertical strip whose locations were specified to the document preparer. These locations were eventually listed on the magnetic tape and

used by the programmer to scale the entire document. Two marks had to exist on each axis and failure to detect two was one basis for reporting

a problem in scanning the document.

Two other strips were reserved for the room center marks and location of

these was the second phase of the Plans document information retrieval.

Editing in this area was based on the requirement that the number of room center marks on each axis must equal at least one and not exceed nine.

The locations of these marks were stored in a table for later use in

finding walls.

The final phase of the scan combined the room center mark coordinates

specified on the Locator document (determined in SCAND) with the actual

location of the room center marks (determined in function b as described

above) to predict a point inside the room. This point was vertically

and horizontally in line with the wall locations drawn by the document

preparer. Scanning excursions were made in four directions from this

point to locate the walls. These locations were reported to the magnetic

tape listing along with the room number which was indicated by the

Location document. An error flag, was substituted for any wall which could

not be found.

42
During the course of scanning, the scanner central processor had been

combining essential information derived from Locator document scan (SCAND)

with essential information derived from Plans document scanning (SCANP)

and error information developed in editing both scans. The result was record ready for output to a magnetic tape recorder. Prior to recording,

however, a log entry was typed out which listed:

a) Building number

b) Floor number

c) Number of rooms scanned

d) Errors found

It was possible for the operator to intervene at this time and attempt

a rescan if he felt it advantageous. When he failed to utilize this

option, the results were recorded on magnetic tape.

3.5.4 Central Computer Processing

The objective of the processing done by the Univac 1108 was to check for

validity, merge, edit where necessary, and reformat all input data in order to produce Data File 2. Scanned plans data from program SCAND-SCANP,

the building and firm characteristic data (Bxxx) produced by Program''

ROOM, and the area classification data (RFTxxx) also produced by ROOM • were the main inputs to the processing. PLANS, EDIT, and FTCOPY were programs developed in order to create Data File 2.

Figure 10 is an overview of the procedure used and the sequence of program

executions needed for Data File 2. Program PLANS checked the input data

for legality and completeness. A mass storage version of Data File 2 was created, as were diagnostics produced for errors in the plans data. Some errors detected by PLANS were corrected directly using an on-line technique

of editing Data File 2. Other more serious errors were corrected by

refilming and/or rescanning the Room Locator and Plans documents thus

producing a correction tape. By use of Program EDIT, data from this

tape were merged with the original plans data to produce a corrected ver- sion of the plans data. These corrected input data were agaifi^processed

by PLANS producing an updated mass storage version of Data File 2 and an updated listing of data errors. This process of checking and editing

was repeated until an error free mass storage version of Data File 2 existed. This correct Data File 2 was transferred from mass storage to magnetic tape by use of Program FTCOPY. A more detailed description of

the operation of each of these programs follows.

43
a. m u. <

44
45
3.5.4.1 Program PLANS

Errors in the PLANS data due to inaccurate completion of the documents

or erroneous scanning were detected by Program PLANS. Figure 11 is an overview of the program illustrating three input files, Bxxx and RFTxxx

developed by Program ROOM, and Pxxx, the mass storage version of the

PLANS data. A diagnostic listing and a mass storage version of Data

File 2 (PLxxx) were the two outputs generated by PLANS.

Transferal of the building and firm characteristics from Bxxx to PLxxx

was PLANS' first task. By use of RFTxxx, the firm number and room use

of each area in the plans data were merged with the geometry data for

that area. During execution of PLANS, scanned data and Pxxx were checked

for completeness and validity. For each error detected, a diagnostic

was generated.

For certain errors, detected default conditions were generated; for other errors the entire record of Pxxx was deleted. In addition to error diagnostics, room identification, room number, room use, the four coordinate^

of the room, the room area, and accumulated areas of the floor and building were listed for each area processetj. Table 8 and Table 9 list the errors detected and actions takenby PLANS.. When an error listed in Table 8 w*S

found in a Pxxx record, all' the data from that record was either deleted

completely from Data File 2, or marked for subsequent correction; In contrast those errors listed in Table 9 affect only a particular data of an area where the error occurred.

As previously noted, each record in Pxxx contained data for up to 81 areas.

In order for any of these areas to be processed, certain calibration procedures and scaling parameters had to be properly scanned. As the wall

coordinates of each area were determined using the horizontal and vertical

scaling factors (Section 3.5.2), the FOSDIC coordinates of tffe liprfzootal

and vertical reference marks had to be present. If any one or more of

these four values were missing or flagged to be in error, then none of

the area data from that tracing were processed. Furthermore, if no area centers or more than nine centers were found in either direction on the

PLANS document, then that record was not processed.

After all the calibration and scaling factors for each record were established to be correct, PLANS processed the remainder of the data from each

record. The building number was checked for agreement with the building

being processed, the floor number was then checked for a match on file

RFTxxx. Errors detected during these two checks together with the actions

taken are listed in Table 8. Problems concerned with the room number and

the location of the wall coordinates of each area are contained in Table 9. When all the checks were made for accuracy and completeness of the data, an

46
TABLE 8 RECORD ERRORS

Error

No. Type of Scanning Error(SCAND-SCANP)

Corrective Action

(PLANS)

1 Fail calibrate on any of the Room

Locator Documents.

Entire Pxxx Record, deleted.

2 One or both horizontal references

not found on Plans Document (FHRl,

FHR2).

' • , Entire Pxxx Record deleted..

3 One or both vertical references not

found in Plans Document (FVRl, FVR2).

Entire Pxxx Record deleted.

4 Both horizontal references marked

to be zero feet on Room Locator

Document (HR1=HR2=0).

East and West positions will

be the value of the horizontal offset (PHO).

5 Both vertical references marked

to be zero feet on Room Locator

Document (VR1=VR2=0).

North and South positions

will be the value of the

vertical offset (PVO).

6 More than 9 or less than 1 horizontal area centers found on Plans

Document.

Entire Pxxx Record deleted.

7 More than 9 or less than 1 vertical

area centers found on Plans Document.

Entire Pxxx Record deleted.

8 Building number in Pxxx records

disagrees with building being

processed.

Building number being processed was used.

9 No floor match on RFTxxx Next record on RFTxxx used

for floor number, area use, and firm number for each area in record.

47
TABLE 9 DATA ERRORS

Error

No. Error Corrective Action

1 Room number of area on Pxxx is zero. Room number is zero. Firm

number and area use of last area processed is used.

2 Room number from Pxxx does not exist

on RFTxxx.

Use of area is "Other," firm

number is 999 implying firm

type is non-classifiable.

3 The "x" and "y" entries on the Room

Locator Document were illegal.

Room deleted from Data File 2.

1 4 The "x" and "y" entries on the Room

Locator Document were not on the

Plans Document.

Room deleted from Data File 2.

5 West wall of a room not found by

FOSDIC.

West wall coordinate set to zero.

6 East wall of a room not found by

FOSDIC.

East wall coordinate set to zero.

7 North wall of a room not found by

FOSDIC.

North wall coordinate set to zero.

8 South wall of a room not found by

FOSDIC.

South wall coordinate set to zero.

9 West wall was greater than the East

wal 1 of an area. Room deleted from Data File 2.

10 North wall was greater than the South

wall of an area. Room deleted from Data File 2.

48
output record was generated for each area. This record consisted of

building number, floor number, room number, firm occupying room, room

use, a flag denoting whether or not the area was additive and the coor- dinates of each wall calculated using the procedure described in Section 3.5.2. A description of the format of each record is given in

Appendix B.5.

Program PLANS also printed a list of summary information. This list

included a count of the number of records read from File Pxxx, the total area calculated in the building, and the number of area records written

to Data File 2. A table listing the total area of each floor, the sum of

the floor areas up to and including each floor, and the percent change in area from floor to floor were also given.

3.5.4.2 Program EDIT

As Program PLANS was developed to detect errors in the plans data (Pxxx),

Program EDIT was created in order to substitute correct data for erroneous

data and produce a corrected file of the plans data (Pxxx). Data found

to be in error were corrected on the Room Locator and Plans document.

Those corrected documents were refilmed and the microfilm record rescanned

as discussed in Section 3.5.3. These corrected plans data (CPxxx) were

then merged with the original plans data (Pxxx) using Program EDIT. Correction cards were used to direct the manner in which records from

Pxxx and CPxxx were merged with each other.

Figure 12 is an overview of Program EDIT. The input consisted of three

files. The original plans data on file Pxxx, the rescanned correction

plans data on file CPxxx, and the file of correction directions on OPxxx . were operated on by EDIT to produce a corrected version of the plans data,

Pxxx, together with a listing of the corrections.

Three distinct editing features were available in this program: substitute,

add, and delete. Any record in file CPxxx could be substituted for any

record in file Pxxx. Any record in file Pxxx could be deleted. Finally,

any record on CPxxx could be added after any record on Pxxx.

Each card in file DPxxx contained the number of the physical record in

Pxxx which was keyed upon, and then a record was either added, substituted,

or deleted. The action to be taken and the number of the physical record

on CPxxx was also contained on each card. With the three available options,

file Pxxx was changed in any manner desired providing each change involved

only whole physical records. As each change was implemented, a listing

of that change was generated. The updated plans data Pxxx were then

reprocessed by Program PLANS to form a correct version of Data File 2 (PLxxx).

49
so
3.5.4.3 Program FTCOPY

Data File 2 was the mass storage file PLxxx containing the processed

data from Program PLANS. For subsequent processing of the data, this file

(PLxxx) had to be transferred from a FORTRAN-formatted mass storage file

to a binary-formatted magnetic tape. Program PLANS used a FORTRAN format

so that minor errors in PLxxx could be corrected using the Univac 1108

on-line EDITOR (ED) processor <10) rather than Program EDIT (Section 3.5,4.2)

which was a file editor.

Program FTCOPY read each record from PLxxx with the proper FORTRAN format

and then wrote the binary record to magnetic tape using an NTRAN write

statement (9).

Table 10 lists the tape parameters for the input and output tapes for

Data Files 1 and 2.

51
TABLE 10 DATA TAPE PARAMETERS

Description

Data File 1 Data File 2

Census

Input

NBS

Output

NBS

Input

NBS

Output

No. of Tracks 7 7 7 7

Density 800 bpi 800 bpi 800 bpi 800 bpi

Parity even odd odd odd

Labeled Tape BCD no no no

Method of

Recording BCD

Unformatted

Binary

Unformatted

Binary

Unformatted

Binary

Blocking Factor 6 1 1 1

Format

Specification

See

App. B.l

See

App. B.4

See

App. B.3

See

App. B.5

Record Length Fixed Variable Variable Variable

52
DATA ANALYSIS

4.1 General

Several special-purpose computer programs were developed to provide the

data analyses desired. An overview of the data retrevial procedure and analysis

programs is shown in Figure 13. The primary results to be produced by

these analysis tools are

• Tables of statistical compilations describing the

surveyed rooms and their contents,

t Histograms of the collected information,

• A set of data tapes containing all of the acquired

data in a form readily useable for future -studies

,

• Statistical models of the fire load and live load in office buildings, and

• A set of data tapes containing live load and fire

load models for specific buildings.

The two data files previously described in Chapter 3 provide the primary

input to these data analysis and data processing programs. Program

MAKER first converts the survey data on Data File 1 to fire weights and

live weights using the transfer functions discussed in Reference 1. The

program then checks the validity of much of the data and restructures

it for efficient retrieval. It also provides diagnostic messages and

messages highlighting extreme values.

Program SEEKER is used to abstract information from the "processed data

files" created by MAKER. The types of output provided by SEEKER are

1) Simple sumnary type information presented in tabular form,

2) Data files to be used as input to the HISTOG line printer

plotting routine, and

3) Data files to be used as input to the BUILDER program

where they are used as the data for those rooms which were surveyed in a particular building.

Coding for determining the means, maximum and minimum values, standard

deviations, and number of items is included in this program.

53
Data

File

I

Data

File

2

Program

MAKER

Diagnostics,

Notable

Parameters,

y

etc.

'Processed

Data File

/mognetic tape/

Program

READER

Special

Room

Summary

Tables

Program

SEEKER

Tables of 'Statistical

f Compilations/

Program

HISTOG

Line

Printer

'Histograms/

'Processed

Data File

Data for Surveyed

Rooms

This file generated

only if diagnostics

indicate some rooms

stiould be disregarded.

Program

BIOMEDBMD02R

Program

BUILDER

Statistical

Model of Floor

Loading

primary RESULT of the

PROJECT.

Live a Fire Load Model

for Specific

Buildings

Figure 13 Overview of Data Retrieval and Analysis

54
Program READER is a multipurpose program structured to perform a number

of simple data manipulation tasks. In some instances it performs the same operations as SEEKER but because it is much less general than SEEKER

it performs them quicker and cheaper. Among other things, READER can be

used to mark specific records on the MAKER file so that SEEKER will ignore

them. This is useful if the MAKER dignostic messages indicate that a particular room is erroneous. READER is also used to generate the

regression analysis data file needed by the BI0MED-BMD02R program.

Twenty-three specific pieces of information are placed on this data

file for each room.

The floor plan data from Data File 2 together with the room survey data

from READER and the statistical models for floor loading from BI0MED-BMDO2R

are combined by BUILDER to provide information for all areas within the

building. For the surveyed rooms, direct values of live load and fire

load can be used. For those rooms not surveyed, the floor loading models

are used to compute values for these quantities. The area of the rooms and their spatial location relative to a fixed coordinate system for the

building are provided by Data File 2.

The files created by BUILDER permit future research studies to be made

of the loading for an entire building.

Detailed descriptions of each of these programs are presented in subsequent sections.

55
4.2 Weight Determination (Program MAKER)

4.2.1 Introduction

Program MAKER is one of a series of programs which have been developed to process, manipulate, retrieve, and analyze the fire weight and live load

survey data. MAKER'S primary purposes are to check for validity and to restructure the survey data into a form that can be accessed by the SEEKER

program (Tables 11, 12, and 13).

The survey data collection forms (1) have previously been microfilmed

and the data read onto a magnetic tape in the order noted in Table 1 of Appendix B.4. The MAKER program performs the following operations on these data: reads the data, checks it for consistency, converts the data

into a more useful form by performing many different calculations. Using

weight data and transfer functions, descriptive information about the room contents is transformed into weights. These values are then tested and

another magnetic tape is produced which is designed to be used in conjunction with the SEEKER program and statistical analysis programs to provide

virtually any statistical analysis of the survey data. The program MAKER

consists of a main program called DRIVE and seven subroutines called: FORMA,

FDRMB, FORMC, RMCONT, FSEAP, BONCOM, and DATA.

DRIVE reads the input data tape, processing the data one room at a time.

DRIVE then checks for consistency with the data-collection sheet configuration of the raw data input on Forms 1-7, and calls subroutines FORMA,

FORMS, and FORMC for a consistency check of the raw data collected on Form

A, B, and C, respectively. Then DRIVE converts this raw data into a form that

is used by the RMCONT, BONCOM, and FSEAP subroutines. When these subroutines

have analyzed the data, DRIVE writes the output they generate on a magnetic

tape.

FORMA is called from DRIVE when data from Form A is found in the input databuffer by DRIVE. This subroutine checks the consistency of the data with

the configuration of the data-collection form and assigns it to the proper

vector for further analysis. If the data is for a freestanding pile of

paper or books, FORMA calls subroutine FSEAP to produce the desired output;

if the data is not for such a freestanding pile, control is returned to DRIVE.

FORMS is called from DRIVE when data from Form B is found in the room databuffer by DRIVE. FORMS performs the same function as FORMA except it man- ipulates equipment data instead of book or paper pile data.

FORMC is identical in function to both FORMA and FORMB described above except

that it is used to manipulate miscellaneous objects data and is never used

for freestanding objects; thus, it will not call FSEAP.

56
ce. ooon I o. o o-z. a: >-> Q 33

z: t— < o

33

LU Q£ O I—

Li. LU

a: cu

Z2

(T) <t >— I t— O < Z Q U. •— O Q Ll_ r—

r3oCO • +J

t- • r- > <o (O O) c 0 • r- 0 0

<u ^ - It- 1— 3 3 T3 t/) i~ 0 0 (J 01 o> 0 0 T3 0 c c

»-> <u SC 4J •M 2 -(J •r—

(/) >, <U 3 -4-> 0) -Q 0 (O +J

u

CO > E s- Q. Q. c <T5 0 0 3 en 0 s

OI 3 <o lO

C

•t-J (/I <D <u i- S-

•»

C > c c (T3 0 0

0) •r- 0 U J3 >> >)

03 s- J3 •»—

t-> 3 +J ro E E 4- to > >

to >-> x: 0 1- •r— s_

u 0 0 CT1-—

0 f— 1/1 ^ 3 3 • 3 •1- T3 S- i«- 1/1 to to

vt- E 01 OJ (t3 E 0 0 +J -C T3 -C j= ^— i. ^ ^ 0 I/) 3 u 0 U 'f— u 0

S- i~ r— r— TJ IT3 to n3 '—

(U (t3 (J OJ <U 0) 0) 0

X) +-> 0 3 C 03 (V E 0 (O +J •- 0 0 x: 0 0 1—•

0) OI <J

M S- *-> »-> tn c •<-) to l/l l-J XI T3 0 T3 LO <v 0 T3 0 3 0) OJ 3 E (U (U +j c fO CO C c C T3 c C

33

M OI cnC Dl CT> 0 0 S- -0 ro

"O >-> 0 to 0) r- 1/1 CD l/l OJ <4- . 1/1 to c 14- to • C — l/l S- 1/1 s_ 0 0 C to i/» (O ^ n} 3 (0 3 10 -4-J s_ c E +J +-> to x: -r- U u

1/1 OI 0) 0 s_ s_ OI

u QJ

U -0 • +-> +J OI CU OI (U cu

HI J3 .— 0) 0 J3 3 XI 3 c <u CI fO X) -"-^ J3 •-> XI 0 E &. +-> 0 s~ Its "D C (J 0 0 E 0 3 <u 0 0 OJ «— 0 -tJ 0 +J -!-> 0 QJ 0 0 S- 0 s- 3 0 t— -•-> 1— m I— l/l 1/1 (J _i 1— 1— a. t— Q.

•a: 00 r)

Q£ o

cC UJ

q: h-

•X. —•

Q. 4/1 O o s: o o

CO oc s. Ci 0) 3 X3 cr E

0) 3 o

to

10 -o

too3

I.VB3 o o

00 o

LO

(UE3C

a>c

(UEoo o o

ro

O o

<3- o

0) X3E3 >1

<u01

10

T3OU

I.o>3

(/)

C31 C

00

•oouo

>>>oo o

CO o

Lf)

>1 a0)Eo

4-3C

a.

10

cuc

CD

IWE

(U T3 c 0 0 U c

I. a. 0) <u J3 M M E3 C31 L. c c

OJ

a 0) +J

<0

!-> 3

COm 3O

O .—

57
o1 a.

z:O C3 o z

q: >— Q ZD Z 1— < oZD

uj q: <! iy> Ll_ LU

QC OC

ZDOO <c 1 1—

t3 <: Z Q u_o Q U. z o CM

ZDo \— LU

CO Z3 <:

1— G. OO ZD Oi O

TOou o 2: o- o 3:o QC <_)

a; a

u

O- E

oo z ocouo3coo

to o

II «o 0• nt 0 0 • • 10 n Ol CO E M

II c II II > L. (U

0) 01 OJ >, CD c ^ AO at do

01 0 0 U3 > 0 0 QJ c (/> *— 1— 4-> Q. 3 (U <T3 s_ I/I ""-^ ru E at a. of dt

0) o> -•-> 0 • 0 0 0 0 OJ • <o <i> • • • tn UD QJ "O An 0 II

II

II mb + c ^ 11 II II ^~ 3 0 <o -*-> <o <u c

r- Ol c ' +J c:

u •

O)

•4-J >^ (/I E II c Q) c c

CJ <U 3 <ii 01 E 1- OJ

Z3 *-> -u E c (U _J

L. 1- 0 (/) c c ^ f— •

+-* 0 0) I- 01 0 0 >^ * t/J 4-> E > 0

£3 >^ </) c > c CM 0 s_ 0 CD 0 0 <o * 0 > cn OJ • II Q. c • > TD 1— r~. 3

Z3

— 0 II 0 0 C 0

(/) s~ 0 • t3 <a fO II

U II "oi

C OJ

— C\J OJ ••su c 0

J3 *-> 0 QJ .— QJ >i QJ i 0 E 3 II <U II 13 _i -!-> I. (O 1- S- 3:

zj s_ J_ CO <u 1_ 0) fO <o CO O) c 0 TD OJ > OJ 't- S- E e i- >— c 0 -0 0 E c c ^ u CM

CTl c 0 la 0 0 cu 3 QJ 0 •>- 0 !-> u- 3 0 5 Ll. CVJ Q. CD 0 r— <+- o

OJ>

01E

toc o

ro

O

CM

O

CM oCM o

UD

O

CM o

QJ •— I—3

CO

I/I >»M

QJ

S- TD

10O 3

CO

QJO.

>>c

<oCL3o

(Jo

Olc3

CQ c

•f—c

QJ J3

OO

OC c

<aQ.3U

(Jo

i.OJ -QE3oCM

CM

I/) Oo

TDO3OOc

CM

•o

QJ

10 (0 S- OJ 0 OJ (O

i. TD t- <0 C >a

ow

I. TD 0 C

<o t- 0 3 0 0 3

CM

CM

CO

CM

58
• o• ID

II

O 01O o

CO S CO PO

II 4-> II II O 3 o o • •f- J3

to E

a> o l/l (/) i. <T3 (J IT3 (0 Q. C Q. Q. a> O c « C «. o o o — CM O CM CM

Olo II ^ II il o 1— II , <t n

a: (/) 4-1 <U +J

•(-> , QJ f— Ol 0) o 03 E •- E • E c (J O 1 Q. 13 O r— O CO o O CO "O c • TO o — c Ol 1— o '— II <a T3

II 4-> II i- II

Q ID i/i I/) <u Z (— QJ O 3 •a ^ "O

T3 OJ ro o o o ^ o O •»-> •-> o u O 3 o

uj cc:

O 3 O 1—

U_ UJ

00 <: 1 1— r— -U) :r Q U- £ C\J o o o o Q Ll. o r»-. CTl CM CM CM

IT

O

n u_

O 1— UJ u_

CQ ID C3

Q_ ei; 00 ZD

0£.

O UJ1

UJ •• s:<t UJ

a: 1— eC •— Q. ooo n o. o z: o o

(U ,

4-> ^_ It} E

UJ i~ _l OJ E

as c 0) •-> «t o IQ 'O ^

1— 0) 3 E •-> <u •M I. +J a. <o Ol cr> (O > c c E

1. J_ <j Q

</i o o

a; o QJ 0) o o 1 1

(_)

Q

a>oC i.

<D 0) 3 XI

or E •a- LD 00

(U 3 CM CNJ CM CM CM 3 (—j

CO ro ro CO

O o CO

II It II 11 to o II {J LO II (J (_) (_> II +J 1.

Jl •!-> LO (/> QJ

QJ ro 4-* QJ Q. f-— r-^ i_ 1— t/) ,— 1. J3 n3 Q_

•I— o « Q. o )-> o o o i/i o 3 O CM CM CM O CM

II E <^ It II II «a- O II U II 1— II 1 n3 c ro e s_ QJ +J QJ cu O o OJ OJ a. QJ -— E c o E E o E -Q O o o " 4J

O

O CO o O enO 00 CDO 1/1 • • 4-> • 3 lO

II <— c II II .— ja

QJ E II

II S- II -1-II i_ II II 1- S- II

O

0) QJ a; OJ QJu -a -a JD -o •>- T3 o J3 J3 -Q a 1 s- o J3 O i/l O J3 o Xl E E o c ro o 3 O Ol O 3 o 3 3 3 3 o o o 3 3 S_ 3 3 3 C ^ o o o o o o o o * CVI CM CM CM CM

->

to 3 §

to <4- (U O o

i~ <U <a

OJ

M i- s-

*-> ID £ Ol OJ s~ <D E 0) x> J3 0) E L. E Q. E E +-> <u _E >^ 3 3 ro E +-> s- 4-) C E

lO 4-> ^ i~ o O o o O o o c o lO •a (0 o Li. 3 3 3 3 3 o CM ro tr> VO CM ro ro CO CO CO CO

59
o

oe.

•Si o ts T3 o z C

cc •— <o

I/) Z 1— <u «t o T30

UJ C£. O 1— <: 1/1 U. UJ

a: a: 00 <: 1 h- t-> C3 <c Z Q u_0 Q U_ z o U- o y— UJ U- -—- Q_ < t— 0. oo

Q£ o UJ

t—

LU .. <S UJ

q: >— <c ^

Q. 00O 0 :^0

ca

u

CO

0) O

a*oc I.

o- E

00 z

CO

rT3 3 0 4-> cn x: H

<U *>, c

ft) ->0 CL

I.

II 0

«-

10

(U 0

0. (- <« OI

sM 0 0 0 c

II II

s- -M

OJC

Q.

(O no Q. CL o

ro

1^

ro

O)

s_

IBC

OIQ.O

s_o g (/)

10

Q

Q • *-> CO f~l CO

II

II (J II "

ol

to +-*

L

IT) -*-> > ••— 1— 10 U> Ol id - %- p. » Q. • Q. 0 C» 0 L. CM 0 II 0

1- CM It- (O

II

n ^ U1

<u 0 c .— II Q. S_ O) c (tJ (T3 QJ Q. t-) 0) 0 oo

II %~OJ I— J3 J3

(NJ IDCM

IT)

O

CSJ 3ZO

CM

O

CM E -Q » +J o O CO • • 3 U5 E II

II

OU T3 -O I S- o c (o 000 3 C J3 O

(XI

CX) ro cn

PO

O r— «M ro - CO O • OJ • c s_ r— 10

II II c

OJ

s- *-> a.

OJ c o

CL-.-

lO ro 1- a. o. o O

ro

CO0 CO 0 i_ c 0

"s 0

<+- <*- 0 0

10 ng

-t-> x: S- i- *j Ol O) i~ s- cn cn <u JD J3 <1> Q. E E 4-> >

ID <u 3 3 (O 0 •»-> c: c E 0

CM CM CM CM CM

ID It) <t) (O <o UJ IT) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

»3-

<tJ (U

S-lOc

CL) Q.O

1_o

CM

LD

CO

<T3 OI

l-10C

OJCLo

CM

LT) o

ro

II

Q. O

CM

IIc

a;CLoo

CM

j:3E3o

CM

OJE3o

CM

cn 00 0

ro 0

II in 0 II

+-> \~

0) ID *-> CO Q. IB - CL. o

CMO

II ^ . o T— II (t) CO

«-> (1> <U r- 11 E -O

••- TO

O CO (tj • 5 °

.— X5 XI E

II

O E U 3

XJ I i/l O C Q. o o >, 3 c cn o

CM

100 CO "Oc 00 X x>

<4-0

IB

4-> £i S- L. J= 4-> <u OJ S- CD O) OJ J3 ja <u c CL E E +J

0) <u 3 3

x: c c gm CM CM ro ro ro ro

10 10 fO IB <o IB 3 3 3 3 3 3o

60
<o <d • » 2 •« S « o o • O o O • o • +J • • CO o CO

CO • C71

H

II •!- II in II -r- II 11 0)

M 1— j: U II t— u «4- >i >i C 1— C 1— •«.> CM

•1- (O (/) 0) •.- nj </) > ••- M lO -M > -r- lO

C

S. .— </> +J r— to

•• i- IQ CL lO • i- Q. o to Q. O to >-> • Q. " Q. • Q. • • 00 • • o 00 (/) (/) O (U O t. rtJ <T3 • i~

II o <u <u • CM

O 11 o (U <1> CM o

H- CM • i- i~ E

</) ro (O II ^ • <o <o II 0) O 11 o <u o •» Q. S- c c f— II Q. I. c c r— o < n) oi OJ C (O Of 0) OJ (O • 1/1 a. Q. 0) i- M o. o. -M r— iD M O o o Q. <1> r— 11 o O 0) O » (/> O E J3 « t/l E • II or C -O (« 5- •r- T3 • O <T5 S- O 1 a. ZD O • <U O o • 4-> 1- O • OI o o * • M

z: • O J- o O tn (O • O S- 4- o l(- o <r -a t— <T3 • • 3 O 1— fo • o z c o o r— .— J3 X) O o r- II CM q: •—I

ro II II c L. • • E II II c: S- s_ Q£ (U <u II i- II O E (U OJ II

OC

Q ZD </)

U 4-> Q. rsiM 0) cu (_) 3 M Z 1— Q) OJ c o J=i JD "O 1 fi o) c o T3 1. < C_) "O Q.T- •* E E oca. Q.T- * O X3

Z3

O la to i- !-> 3 3 3 o o >> lO TJ t. •4-> o <o !-> uj oe: U 0.0.0 >4- Z 25^ 3 C C7I a. Q. o 3 >4- 3 M- o 1—

U- LU

a: a: 00 <t - 1 I— »-> o < 03 z o Ll- E o <\J CSJ o O O o o CM CM^

OO CM o • • • • a O Lf) ID CM CM CVJ CO to Lf) CM CM IT) z o LO u.

ZD 1 o t- UJ Ll. OQ ZD C3 —-a. <C

Q.

OO

Q£

O LU >» (— •J LU •• in •r— SI'— E < LU I. •r- !-> X C7) < —•

(/) -•-> o C

Q. OO 10 i- <u O o «/> E o. S Q- o O E c O 0* o o o

a:

u o

on on

Ull o> o o •r* c 10 c M •M +J

•r* LU i. a} oi i. t- M +J

M

_J OI <u JD <u CT> i- S- 1- OO C > c a. E E 4-> > C •O lO <a < o o >> 3 3 la o <V OJ Q. Ql a.

1—

u ••J

CC E r-— o. to fO 1— CO CO CO C C 1— c L s- u OI <U X <u

I/)

M +J

0) <o <o <o re « C c o c 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1—1 *->

4>C

L

0) 0) 3 JD

o- e

0) 3

(/) Z

CvJ CO

in Lnin

<J3 in in

00m in o <— CM CO

vo

61
o «k o o o o • o CM CM CM

oo

II CO

II COII

n

t-»

II •MII 4-> o <4- u «*- (J <4-

>-> CM 4-> CJ 4-> CM

1/) fO C <o C IB

C

<B <a IB a. fh o. tn Q. Lll o <u o o (U • i_ • 1- imO CM CM

IIIU

II II II o o O $ IB IB cc (/I (-) ^ . •*-> .—

o 0) <U Ol E • II E • II E • II cc c o o O 1 o. ID 4-> M

5: o ^ o ^ >*-

O ^ O CD -o o c r— II CM 1— II CM r— II CM

oc «—• n

Q£ II

u c IIu

C II

U

C

Q :3 1/1 Z (— (U o s_ o S- o i- <: <_3 o O J3 +-> O »-> O ^ o O IB 4-> 4-) O IB U •M O IB •M UJ Q£ «_> 3 «+- 3 <+- 3 <*- 3 H- It- 3 >*- 3 14- •4- O 1— < </>

ti_ UJ

a: a: 1 1— 4-> o <: <o Z Q u. E O

O CM CM

OO CM CM o O CM CM o S U- O l« CM CM ir» CM CM Lf) Ln CM CM Lf) If) z o u.

ZD 1 O 1— UJ u_

CO rD

Q.t—

cr o UJ >> >^ ET IB

4-> , ^_

IB

t->

4-> E 4-> E C 4-> i r- 4J

JZ S_ 4-> SI t. +J x:

CT> O)X en OlX cr> CJ> (U

X CT> O) <: •— o c 4-> o c •-> o c

0) <o i- 0) Ol <B Ol CD IB s_ Ol 0) o CL Q. x: E Q. s: o- o s:o C\J CM CM CM CO CO n ro «s- a: o c c C c c c c c c o Q Q o Q o o o o o F— •f— •M +J M -M «-> >-> t-> 4-> 4-> -*-> 4-> 4-> •r" Ui M M +-» M <-> •M +j +-> 4-> 4-> M •M 4-> 1 L. t- t~ t. i- i~ i- t. i~ fc. CO fO iB IB IB (B IB (B <B IB IB IB IB IB o cx Q. CL Q. ca. D. a. Q. Q. Q. a. C3. Q. M

<D IB IB »— <o IB IB IB f— IB IB IB IB >— IB IB c C C 1— c c C c C C C C 1— C C

t- IB i. i- S~ J- IB L. i~ I. i~ IS S. o a> <U X Q) 0) (U <u 3 <U (U (U <u s (U <u

(/) •-> ••->

M t-jM •»-> 4-> 4-> •M

(U c c c o C c c C

O c c c c o C

C ooC I. 3 ^

cr E

Ol 3

«/) z

LO

LO rs. 00

U3

62
iA • Ol tn O C

•a o

C3OI Ol

z:o oz oc —

OL

Q ZD Z 1— •C O=3

UJ Q£ O t—

«X OO

U. UJ

a: o£

ZDoo <: 1 1— CJ <£ z o u.o o u- z o O 1- UJ co => ts —-o.1— CO =D q: o UJ

1—Ui

cC UJ

CC 1—

S": a. </) o s: Q. os: o o Co

•«-> o.u

c/l

01u

</1 z

o.3U I uo

a> a3

(JCoc

l/> <uo

CM

00 > *

t/1 3

^— • U l/l «o c la c c O • o

s. s. c 4-1 0) <u •M o

0)

M -«-> 1/1 o c c ••-> 4-> 4-1 "O I. u

<o c cn

•» «4- o. 3

</> o o <4- OJ

4-) . 3 C uo +J •»-> K> i- (O c c OJ OJ Q. O Ol Ol t_ 14- i- 3 9> 1/) o *-> 0) (-> C 4- o •>- 3 C E o •-> +-> o Ol • i- 0) 01 • o 4.J OJ TD o Ol OJ ro i~ .f— O Q. 3 3 "O OJ OJ 1/1 3 3 r— 1

Ol 3 s_ 01 o 4-> r— r— o o 3 t— fD x: Q. O (O c: • c • CJ E c C C r— CO OJ c c o s-

•1- s_ c c > o u 3 •»-> o -t-J o •r— o 14-

-t-> ••-> o o r— ^— •l-J r— l/l 01 o c +-> -l-J o u- -»-> OJ r— c •>- -f— r— 1/1 4.J fO

1/1 -l-J t-J ( f— CJ) 4-> -4-) to «4- 0; s- Ol fO 1/1 IB c . * OJ (U o O fO o 3 OJ 4-J OJ • r- E o a. o Q. cr o o 3

-a •-> OJ o 4-J 4-) c '—

Ol S. •r— - cn 1+- > Ol ZD

i*- •4- CM o • f—

u 1— -l-J

l/l OJ i/) 1/1 1/1 !-> ^— c CO x:

CL S Q. ^— Q. Q. rTM "4- 3 Ol o •r- (O C o Ol o o 3 o CO

t-> T3 ^—OJ

Ol s. 0) t/1 OJ •r- JC Wl 14- CVJ CM CM CVJ CVJ CM CVJ 4-> o • • • • • • • • 0

00 CO '2 1/1 4-> 3 01 r— 1/) Ol r—. 0

l/l OJ -D !-> 01 u 0

o; c 3 c

i-> +J 1 01 14- 01 -o n3 >^ "O o

(U S- +J OJ c 01 OJ

4-> OJ 3 0) cn o 4-> 1/) .c

IB -o Q. Ol fO (J

u X! 4-> &_ 1 %~ +J

OJ Ol t-> 0) E X) 3 14- HI a a. J= 3 OJ o OJ o 0

s. cn cn

u o S- a.

IQ (-> 4-> Ol S- S- Q. c

<U ^ Ol OJ OJ .!-> 0

S- (-> cn 3 Ol 3 a. OJ OJ c

<o •r- 4- Ol c Ol Ol OJ 0) I 4-J •-> 3 3 ro 0 o fO ro > 14- > a. c S- O! OJ 14- o O) OJ o o 3 (U s. o S- E 3 T3

Q. 0) 0) 0) lO n3 c cr 01 4- 4J 01 o OJ 4-J )-> to S- fO

Ol Ol s- o o +J 01 S- > o > OJ o o i. OJ o J3 OJ O T3 14- 1T3 T3 ^ Ol E ITS (-) E 1 0) 14- o > > > (13 n3 Q.T3 OJ 1/1 OJ o r— o O) (T3 OJ T3 T3 -»-> -o 4-J Ol E 03 E 01 1T3 s. Q. +J O) O) > •*-> -o •4-> ITS Ol T3 Ol ^— o ^— 1 o .— s_ Q. Q. I. >,

Ol fO •!-> (-> +-> ra O) 3 3 01 (C 01 > 4-> i-> O) t-> -o (J O 3 o 3 c o T5 o o c o c O U c 0

-J </) 1— «/> t— «/) 3 1— 3 o o OJ (O OJ > 01

(/I

a >4- 3

II <u

u

•o c

1— 1/1 « *

Ol o CM CO •3- uo 00 CO CO 00 CO 00 00 CO

63
1/1 oen I a.

Z£. oo z q; —I

a:

Q ^

<c <_> uu a:

<_) I—

«C 00

U. LlJ q: a:

r>

</1 <t r— I I— •— Z Q U-O o u.O 00 O t— UJ —CO ^ e3

Q. <:

I— a.

q: o co

1.Q.

(U

0)Oa

a.

w

<U o CL

(BCL

</1

</) (U

</> Q.

(/) +J cn

<u c c

T3 ^ c o St

1/1 OJ

(U <u

s_ * J3 «<- <a o T*UJ

c:tr

</i jx: 3

t/i l/l a*

0) Q) o o

OJ \D c CZ o «3

Ol 'oj J3 u E 1/1

Oo i

furniture

ng

items * * * * * T3C

ro •C o ~" CD w»

(/)

est, A>w ai *S s

OJ CD to 0) l- ni CL CI

»<- | 1 1

Of nf

V-) <U i- to V. -M 4-> 3 OI +-» -*-» 4-> O x>

1_ t. E 01 E i. O) (U 3 C 3 0) -a T3 C 03 C •o o

<o ITJ <1> <D <a rO

4->

O

M 4-J t-> o o O to O O o O

•*-> «-> i4-> 4-> 4-> H- H- 4- 4-

OO o nd o O

O

O

>« 6<

Q. t/1 O £: Q. o 5:o ce. o

CO

0)uC I. a; OJ 3 J3 O- E

(U 3

(/I z

CSJ CMto o CM o

a;QL

•4-

O)

O 1-

•r- fO

•*-> -r- C C

«—I 3 c

in >> E

(U

4-> T3

01

!-> <oE

(O •J

<*- (/) o <u

L. +J

O) J3E3 <U t- C o

>.

0)

lO E <o >

•l-> o -»-> i. o o o 3

t— \— to

CM CM CM CM CM

tr> to to to to LO VO

<u o c 3 o O ' 1/1 «-> o

<e 3 o OJ -!-> o U1 c OJ -t-J 4-

01 to •M

lO E c SIaO CM

O

«-> (O (O *-> OJ c

<u c to T3

u o C E s o 0) c: 1 1/1 0) <u 1 *-> 0) to OJ c XI o to u na t-j o

•r- a> C/l •>> E c i- >-> T3

to 0) OI 01 fO 3

"O o -o 'e «*- •(-> o OI 1 OJ .— <D o +-> •-) to to -o O *-> T3 1 01 OI -C T3 c O OI C <T3 c M OI to OI to OI o

0) S- (O c u <o (U OJ 0) 0) ITS *-> c s- M TJ CM o (T5 I. 4- 2

0) (U s~ c 2 3 O o; T3 O) 1 3 c <o 0) tt- OI o +-> 1 -<-> •M OJ S- <U -M l- la to OJ to to M- 1 a. OI 3 s- c OJ t-> It- +-> It- to (U <u s~ OI ^ CVJ <u c 3 I. o> M- (TJ Ol itj s t*- ^- o O > c IT3 c

<o •.-m to JD o s s- 0) +J <4- ^-> tt- E ti- -l-> +J E jC Ol i. c c o <U o > •4- »-» > 0) +-> o T3 O 4-> o T5 o c

u.

u to

O »< CM 2: CM to i s: 4->

ca

CO

CT> CO oas

CM

CTl in toCTl 00 o

•r-<u

I.

<u • •M <U

•f- i- to 3 O 4-> Q.-1- E C o s. U 3

14- (U x: >— M <0

)-> e

J3

00 JC

o>

O •"- O 0) O 2

CO

s. <U .r- to <4- o

«— -o 3 <i> r— (/) r— O U I— U Uc o

OI

to jC c3 «t- 0 O

CL c

+* o c •<- 01 *-> s_

<o o > Q. 3 T3

cr OJ

OJ >->

OI

u

L. OJ

ra TD

to O*

C71 •- >1

OJ r— 2 Co

f— c «*

64
</) tsO • r- CH c 1 O. r3 z:O CD T3 o 2: c

q: —> <o a: Q Z3 c/) Z 1— 0) «c 0 0

ZD 0

LU Q£ 0 1— <C (/I u. UJ

a: a:

r3

i/l <c 1 1— 4-> CD < IB Z Q u. E 0 s-0 z 0 cyi U-1 0 K- UJ UCD

Q. <t

t— a. q: 0 UJ

1—

LU •• Si —<: UJ < —'

Q. I/) 0 Z Q- 0 s: 0 0

LEoa c0u1/1 o

a>uc t. 3 ^

o- E « 3

00 z

•-> -!-> »-> 4-> 4-> *-> •-> a> a> Ol CD 01 Ol CD C7>

•r- •-

QJ CJ <u QJ QJ oj QJ 3 5 2 3 3 3

(U 0) 0) QJ (U <U OJ (U QJ

s- S- S- S- S- 4- >*- >*- 4- <+- -0 T3 T3 "O -0

<U OJ (U <U Ol OJ <u a> -M M •t-> *-> +J !-> t-> 4-> <o ns 10 (tJ <o (O <o

s- S- S- S- s_ s_ OJ 0) <u O) OJ <u 0) (1) OJ 0 T3 T3 T3 -a -0 -0 a T5

<o <T3 10 fO IT3 (O <o lO <a

t-> »-> -•-> •t->

M

M +-> 4-> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

!-> •M •t-> •*-> -M -«-> !->

M

VI- <4- 14- «- l*- 14- <4- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

>« a*

CM C\J OJ CM CM CM CM CM CM

VO Lf) VO LO <X> in ID CO CO

"O 1 1 OJ

i- I/I «-> <u 0 IB 1 a. 1 0 C (U s- i~ IB 1/1 •<-> QJ 1 O) Q. _^ IB T3 c T3 0. 0 0 i~ 1 OJ IB 1/1 «/1 1/1 0 1/1 QJ QJ E 1 I/I ••- JH 10 0 0 0 0 0 T3 0 1 0 -0 OJ (/) 0 -tJ 0 1/1 4-> QJ E i- 3 <U (/I u •1- ^ IB ^ IB (/I 0 0 c C 0 c

•*-» fO 0) 4-> CD -!-> CD *-> 4-> OJ s- J= I- 0 IB C c IB 0

0> 0) c ^ •!- J= 4->C 4-> c »-> •1- -o OJ M t3 jz -0 -tJ SI QJ JZ

(U 1 a> 3 a> 3 C71 01 Ol 3 </) •(-> +J 1

4-> -tJ 4-) OJ OJ 0 QJ J= OJ QJ OJ r- 3 3 c a> 3 01 3 C71 3

t. 10 •- 3 OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ QJ OJ QJ QJ QJ

<*- 3 3 +J 3 i. 3 3 S- OJ 0 •— 0

<U f 0) OJ c <4-

C QJ «4- QJ »4- OJ V|- 1— !-> i- I. S_ X)

to s- T3 <T3 T3 c -0 (8 *4- T3 iB -a <^

u IB 0 (B > 0 OJ OJ 4-> QJ OJ 4-> QJ 4-> •!- 4-> 0 .— 4-> 0 !-> 1 4-1 0 4-' r— *J 0 +J 1— +-> 0 E !-> IB lO M IB IB IB 4-i (B IB IB 4-> IB IB I/I -l-J I/I IB 4->

»-> S- 4-> S- 4-> 4- i- +J <o IB 4-> 0 Ol 0 0) 0 QJ T3 QJ 0 QJ •0 QJ 0 1— -0 »— 0 T3

(/) CVI H- -a (/) -0 H- T3 </1 -o 1— T3 1/1 -0 1— Ol (/) Q. 1— o CMo

COo o

inoVOo o

COo

Olo

65
IDO

O t3Z

a:

ct:

Q ZD Z 1—

ZD LU a: O h- <C 00

u. uj

q: a: 1 1—

<J3 cC

Ll_ o a u. z o o ZDO 1—

UJ ^Q.

h- <o.

a:

O UJ

t—UJ •• <t UJ

QC 1— < —

Q. (/I O s: a.

Qc: o

CQ

a»uc u

cr E

0) 3

CO z

Q.

<1> >

•-> oo O

S- i~ t- L. 1. J- S- i- <u <U 0) Ol O) a; Ol <L) JD X3 J3 J3 X) JO J3 E E E E E s E E 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z

1- J3

OJ CM

O o o o o o o o O

«3 <X) CO CO CO no "a- CO CO CO CO

*-> «- «4- c o o OJE 1 <o CO CO Q.

ta 01 »-> E 0) (U 0) cn c 0) 3 1 S- <T3 (U •-> •f— CT

lO fOM o Q. Q. <U 0) c jCT> t_ 4-> <u Ol CO C7> <a o o. 3 c c C C i~ o M 3 <u 0) T3 T3 o

a. c c c c c i- T3 «/) lO to ITJ (O 3 0) 1 to M CO +-> 4-J o. O LO 0) U1 CO CO CO

i~ -a <U c > L. (1) (U 0) •-> <n o (U (U Q. a Ol </) J3 Ol CO <u <U <u

1- <o to S- i. s~ +J T3 M (J u E «4- <4- JZ (U «4- o> L. <- 14- 4- M- C|- O O O o o o o o o w o >4- -O ta o 3 <U t- (U Ol i-> OJ 1- i~ $_ S- i. S- • L. i~

»-> f— -M o ^-> eu <v tu cu OJ (1) Ol s- 01 CO (U

»4- lO to to •fJ « J3 J3 JD J3 ^ (U J3 JD

i. I. S- +-> S- s_ E E E E E E E Q- E O E

f- Ol OJ

O 0) TJ OJ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ITJ 3 O 3

Ll. "O (/) o t— T3 i/> T3 Z Z Z Z z z z o. z JD Z O CM CO c» <n o CSJ CM CM CM

66
(U2 • to

0) c > o

•r— 1 -»-> •r— E (-> o i- o U

<c i~ Q.

0£. 1/1 CD +J n— ^— O f— to <T3 a: c *-> C 1 Q. o It-> (U O CD -o 4-) Z c <+- c

a: ' lO o

oc

(/I z t— (U «t o T3

ZD

O

LU Q£

O »«

<J t—

U. Lul 1 (—

M o <: (OE CM CM O I. Q U. o vo Lf> VO Z O 1— Li. =3 ^— 1 O I— Ll_ CD =9 LU —-a.t— < lO ZD CL 0£ O UJ in1

ri I—

LU .. c

<: UJ '5

q: t— «-> <t '-' "5

MJZ o C71 s: CL. »-> *r— o s: <u E o Ol o

a:

<uX </) Ol> wl

roc

LU

a» ^> ns$ .— 2

—1

CD

C

*"

<u 4-> a; «-> < O t— ^ o -c

«->

4-> 4-> a. o **- (O - •-> o o o

I.u <f- 4-1 »< 4-> >

«/)

O <4- OJ (U o X CVJ (/) CM 3: o3

CM

(/I i01 o c Ol<*- o o 10 o c i- o

la •r" > 01 1/1 •M la s~ a> lO Ifl L. ^— II l/l L. (U Ol s

l/l •r—

O i- 3:

u

«1 i. <o

l/l lO o 4- s- (O j:^ o , S- o

J3 (O CL Ol 3 o

"O IT} (->

J E s_ I/) <u 0) c ro fO fO 14-

*-> () s~ o U l/l o 3 (0 ISI •r» s lO #1 <u

4-> r— o -l-> cn

01 E E t- •f— o o

4-> <uO o o c +-> •r—

O t/1 o o > +-> 1—

O) i~ s II •r— >) 0) 0) c o o o t— u

l/l 1 o O <+- 14- in eC o +-> CD o T3 o T3 O c: c 0) 0) a; OJ -i-> t-) • 1— E n3 4-> 4-> 4-1 •4-> 4-> o O i. o U o u o II 3 o 1 Ol HI <u <1> Ol c <t 0) u

<o o <u (U CU <u <u 1 c1 1

l/l1

to1l/l1to1 ber dow e' o o o o o o O E c o

13 o o CM m ^ ID VO Z i SM

O)

oi o

s- o

-o .— s_ •— o

la

O I*- -o o c o CM «3- CM

(/) >

IT3 10 2 x: E 4-> o 1— o o <: c

l/l s 1

OJ o oE tn' c o O .—

4-)

O

—

u S- lO

(0

<4-

u

Oi cnc o a>

(/I •r—c 1— OJ

i- "O ' 0> 1 x: O 01 Q.

l4- 4-»

O

O 1— o *-> t—

cn 01 E 3

to <— o 4-) «4- — OJ o

LL. l/l a:

OJuc u

o; OJ 3 X3 CT E ro LO VO CO

OJ 3 CM CM CM CM CM CM

(/) Z

67
a.

h-

=)o

UJ oc

a: CO

13 o 1— a: LD

z: u.

ct: C3 o ID z U_ 1—1 —-a:ZD UJ (—

t—

O <: Z ZD o. LU 0£ t- H- z 00 O UJ o en 1 O I— o «t

Q£O

CO<: c CM s~

(TJ II

C 1 4-> UJ

II 0)C c

(/I u- OJ c > <u o c

0)

M o <u o 1/1 nj OJ (/I c in o 0) ^ a>

C_J o o I—

O 00 oo

Q 1— o

0^uc t.

OJ OJ O- E

a> 3 o o at o o

</) cri o 1 VO II (J

II Q. o 3 II o> </) • II c n o 3 S II CO « o o 3 01 o • o > O i/1 II r— o c O)

II OJ II to o II to

4-> o o ro "O o C7>

O CM

<u OJ to I. on c OJ c (J 1— 4-> in C7> O r

OJ II c/l <U <J OJ to 4-> t.

II 2 II II >«- II t«-

•r- •» a.

•» <4-

O dl • o i. 1_ «, *o o to o o OJ o *-> 4-> o m o to C\J to o CL •> ^

<D <D • II i. II o o

ro

O II TD 3 II II o II <U 0) 4-> Q. •T3 tn E

II Q..— Q. II c .— OJ o OJ

s- II o to

OJ 0) -M O) . cn fO (-> OJ II 1— 1/1 r- O C CL s_ to -c: i/i u 1 o ^ CD O) cn • •r- QJ OJ Ol ui O to Q -O • <o C TD C CSJ 1— ZJ c -o .— c <o o O ro

•r- O) 01 OJ o 0) r— o O

O

(/) £1. to II >- s cn a. j= J3 1 2 II o

CMw

0) J3E3CX

OJ -oc

to

OJ T3

i/>

<x>

OJE

n3

to

a.o

OJ T3 o«•- o

CM

OJQ. o

CM

10

I.at o

«*-c3C

03a.

tou

•r- +J

<UC

cnE

<acoc

0)3

(U

•— CM 3O

01 *

68
H

Ol. t—o

s:

UJ OL

a: e)

^5 o (— ct: LfJ »—<

a. Z <+- t3 O z

CM

(UO)

1— <_> <o z

UJ ck: 1— 1— z 00 o UJ 1 <: o 1— o <:

cc o • »-> 0) to CL o >> • »->

UIO CM

OJ

<u o II &. E 1 0)

ro c +-> • x:

cn

no COE o CM (U (U

O

OC

"rCO « CL

S. SI (/) a. 3 fO • II O

<U 0) t- Ol c o

(U o lO tJ T5 OT J3 E ac

CO »-» <*- (O

er CO • 3 O 1 o sc J3 • o c

•J E E E O E

lO

O o II +-> c cn c U II 1 \~ ZD ffIt TO er T3 o C CM O

<o 1 us c

er no

(/I 4- s. a; o s_M

OJ <_) O) CD ^

T3 CO c t-J O (O t-J C/1 o r— O 3

CQ

•a:

a;c i- <u <u 3 £i cr E

<u 3

«/) z Mto o s- CM x:

lO I— o• o

r— t.

lU

IIN

t3 " O OO • {

0)E 4-> CO

IT3 Q. na Ol

u

1-

O 0) OJ (O H- +-> CO -Q

S- Ol s- 0)

ct- 14- 03 J2 X3 1—

(/I CO itJ ro 03

a. Q.

O 1— h- ooo00 E o CM CM CM CM CM CM CM O o o 0)

S- CO O CM 00 CO CX> 00 CO 00 00 CM CM CM o

Ll.1 « 3

UX

CO CO OJ 4J ••-J o c

0) Ol "4- +J ••-> o c c o o CO u u D

o> 3 c c o

o. tJ a 3 3 *-> o CJ CT> (U c -»-> c c

x: (O cn 0) C7) o >

L. c la

•-> <u +J <o o c 3

3s .c (U o cr

•a cn O) s- lO <u X <u o O +J

a> > <u <u o o c o 2 I. o c c»- s- > o 0) M- o M- <u >> > I. o o T3

->

M (U ro Ol •-> <4- n3 t-> ct- IT3 ITJ ra <o T3 E o !-> o +J S- ui M O <u O L. %~ %~ lO t-> X (0 IT3 <-> •"-J +J O) <u OJ T3 x:

<o o •-> * +-> o +J !-> «-> -!-> c cn

a> o Oa i~ o T3 fO <o o Q. 1— o 1— CO o. 1— CO +-> (1)

f"^ CO o c

<oE

•o

(O X

69
o. < LU

QCZ3

O 1— on Lf) >—1 Q.

U. cn O Z U- ro Q£

r) UJ

1/1 1— K- <_) <t Z ZD a. UJ a:

(— 1— z oo o LU

a: 1 s: <: o t— o <£

a:

Q

CO<:

C7> o> c c

•f" [ % +-* to (O

<u 0)

lA I/) TDC oc: (0 <oU1

<u (U > >

<u x:

(/>

S- S- s_ o o o »f- <- o O o s- S- (U (U 0) N4 M IM

»-> CL

<1> ouc i. 3 ^

o- E

OJ 3

</> z

•-> Si J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3

CM C\J evj CM CVJ CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM

00 CO CO 00 CO 00 CO 00 CO 00 CO CO 00 00 CO 00 b0) «

4-» 10 10

m L. %~

t. a> a>

(U o "O

Q.

fO 4-> •M

<u a. o O

Q. c 4-> +->

C «-< <o o x: a. c o> C71 ro <-> 4-) T3 sz 0) JZ (U 0^ 4-> 4-> c on 5 cn 3 xz -C

rtJ *r- o> Ol O 0) <U <U Ol <u (U 0) tJ

(/) o .> S > I. (U <u OJ

C71 O) o <u (U o <4- > s> > 1. (U <u <u 0) o t. CO co > 3 >

0) <+- OJ «-

m Q. CL

OO ><- OJ o Ol 1- fO I. "O o CO O > >

i- a> o. (U a. .a i. s- CO

IT} (0 Q. o. o O QJ <u nj T3 <o T3 o o "O Q. cx o

L. a. (U C3. <u ^ (U J3 (U i. ro s- lO 1/1 o

lO

u (/> «1 CO 1/1 OJ Q. (V a. jD o O TJ o O •o o Q. a. o

<u 0) <u <u Ol <D 0) n} tu o (U u (/) O (/I u CO O CO o a. Ol Q. <u ^ (U

ra 3 o c o c: o c O c i- i- s-

«4- (/) 0) <u a> 0) (U 4- 01 "4- c>- L. u o o U (U 0) <u 3 -o c T3 c T3 c -o c T3 s. T3 1- T3 •a Ln (/) UJ </> LU 1/1 LU CO LU CO Lt. CO Ll. CO u. CO

in 00 as

O CM cn «*• LO CO I»» 00 en o CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM

70
o

1— (/> ZD •«-> o.

1— c

=> => o "Oc

•• s: lO <:

Lu a: (/) Q£ CO <u ID o o >-i a; o

1— Q- z. Ll- OC CJ o

U_ 1—1 —- q; •-> Lul t/1 (—

1— <_) < Z ZD o

LU o: Li- 1— t— 1 Z I/O u. O uj

QC 1 z: «£ O (— o <:

OC o c c

(O

a>

t/l </) o a c c

(O la

t/l (/) > >

</> (/>

s- L. o O

«4- «- o o

s. s.

(U (U N ^4 •

1/1 (/> lA </) OJ O 01

•1- •>- Ol Ot. t- Ol OJ o CL o Q. o lO o n

ri D. CL

a> 01 0) 0) OJ 0) 0)

I. S14- 11 rO

««- 4- o o o O »

0) 0) 0) 0^

C71 a> cn

<0 <0

s_ 1_ I. s_ (U Ol QJ > > > >

T3a T3 T3

0) Ol Ol

»-> •4-> -•-> !-> j= ^

C7> CD

0) OJ a> QJ 2 3 5

*< *< »«

CM

00

CM

oc5

u

I/) 0) ouc i.

0) 0) 3 ^

O- E

(/!) Z

(/I oo

0)

O)u

V)oo

O)

O)w

-a

CM

00c

o;E

a.

-o

CM

003

cr

O)u

T5

O)c ^

0> C7I O

CM

00

cr

<u

<uu

-o

<+- O) o *J

<o T3 S- O) OJ

lA -a o

«— •-> u o c c

CM

00

CM

00

I— CM

CO CO

CO

CO CO CO 3

crVu

T5 4J

O) ^(/) CT> O <-

r— O) O 3 C

L. -o —

l/» 4-

CO

CM

00 00

Ol

*-> e c a.

o; •,- E 3

a.3

cr

Qi

q;u-.- o •— 4- QJ O 01

i.

QJ 3u o1/1

00

CO

CM

0C53

cr

QJ

QJo

CM

Lf)

CM

in

CM

LT)

CM

LO

QJo

JZ

a.

QJ oo

jQ

QJOJou

>aQ.Eoo

CO

QJCL

n3Q.

0)OJ

iQ.Eou

CM ooa

QJo

IBQ.Eou

OlQ.

roCL T3

Ol

CLEo

(J

CO

71
a.I—

=>o

^<LU C£. oe: CD => o h- a: ir> I—I o. z uo; C3 o z Ll_ >—I ID

=> UJ

CO I— C5

I— o <:

LU ai t- I— Z </1 O UJ o a: I z: < o I-<c

uC i. a; 0) cr E

oo z

4J

n oo <u

C7> 10 rsl TJ o ^ o

0) r— 0)a.

>,

4-> c QJ <L o c i. ^ S_ (U TO o o t- o o c Ol (-> i_ c

j:: a> ^ >- O +-> ro o 1/1 I. c •-> t. ai 0) o 0) o

<- 5 (->

M

</) !-> o X) c O o 0) o c

lO c a> ->

s~ 3 +->

4-) «*- <a 3 CL +J o

_E t/> 3 CU j:i T3 t- O 1/1 t-) <u +J (U I. (/I to <o •o </) (U +-> c c <U cn Q.

lO <o VI J-

»-> i. (O o •r- O) E 4-

Irt +-> 1/1

O 1 o 1 o 1 O

CM CM CM CM o

00 00 00 00 CM

CM

00

CM

00

4-> 01

*r— E T3

0)

M (U (U 2 x: !-> O) 2 UJ

0) 9) •-> o L. 2 i. a> J= a>

•r— oi 2 T3

<4- oi-o

t. 0) c <u

•r— "O 2 S- •1- -•-> %- 0) >> 3

</) <u >*- 4- a. CJ1 T3 o s- ••- E O OD o o (U

(/I o 0) 0)

u 2 c O c S- a. o a; 0) <- </> i/i a> o <u (0 i~ •M c 2 •r" o. a> (O <o o 4-> !-> <*- *i

L. o O JZ U IQ 4-> «-> 0> C7I ro

I/I 4->u <a -r- tJ

01

O o T3 »— QJO o I- 1— I/I u. 2 t—

<u

4->

i. T3

«-> o

ir> 00

«3- cn o I— m in

72
• • CO

LU (/) _l +J »—•

•r- Z3

QZ T3 «< Cm

1- s: z *t i/> LU q: <u 5: C3 -o

Q. o oo =3 Q. LU OZ 1 1 1 < z +j o => <o _J 1— E

<C

O ^ 1 r> o o a: Ll. z t— 1 LI- 1— LU

(/) tx. < O) 1— 1- <: z o LUz o o<_5 t—

s: o. O 1— o ^ QC o n

LE c

<c o

Q.U

</l

OC

0) 01 O- E

a> 3

(/) z • o• • CM • o o • II Ol • ^ Q. CM M >»

II U- !->

II i~ CM (/) Q) O 'r- r— *-> <l) J=

•1- (O T3 »-) Q.I—3 (/) <4- ^ O M O O >— 3 o to O LO -Q U Ol •

#•

C i- o o <u o o • • • • o CL -)-> •—CO • Ol o

ID II II II 0) F~

II t-> •M 1—

(U i- <+- •— 0) <u >*-

•r- 4-)

C CM

O i- Q.-r- O o

S- ^ C S- 1+-

0) Ol <1> J3

O o Q. Q.I— e s- fO >> 0) 3 Ol Q. 4-> (-> 3 Z Nl

1/1 CL

O

CM

O

CM

O

CM

O

CM

CM CM CM CM CM00

CM

CO

CM

00

i-<u JDB

"O Q.

cr> c

</) ra 0) 0) o c s- C o « o

x: T3

a. -M i. 2 (U U o O s- JZ o o O 04 C7> o

4->

u o) i. 2 (U o >^

<+- Ol CD o o 0) o > oj 0) 4-> 'i i~ •r- 2 L. O

<u <U o X JD Ol •>—> <o 4-> o E > i. O •!-> i~ 3 T3 i. O T3

a. Z _J Ll. (/> Q- 1— l/t oo

00

I/I o

a>u

«*-o

(/) T3C3O>3

CT

0)

00 o •—

!-> <U

•r- (TJ >

<U bO O +J

&- •>- <a Ol g ^

(O OJ

•»-> I_

t/1 •!-

"O r-

</> <:* * *

73
RMCONT is called from DRIVE to check and produce output for the furniture

and miscellaneous freestanding items in a room (from data collected on Forms 1-7, A-C). The RMCONT subroutine produces a total picture of the room contents, not only the furniture size and weight, but also a description of all the contents (the output produced is listed in Table 12).

FSEAP is called from either FORMA or FORMB for the checking and production

of data describing freestanding piles of books or paper, or freestanding

equipment (the output produced is listed in Table 13).

BONCOM is called at the end of the room analysis to compute and check the room totals and to produce the data to describe the room itself (the output of this subroutine is listed in Table 11).

DATA just provides transfer function data to the other subroutines. A generalized flow chart describing program operation is shown in Figure 14.

When the output described in Tables 11, 12, and 13 is written on a FASTRAND

file or on tape, two records are generated for each room. The first is a ten-word record with each word equal to NBUF, the number of words in the output record. The second record is the processed data. It is NBUF words long.

When the output is being written on a magnetic tape, up to approximately

3,200,000 words will be written on one reel. If the capacity of one reel

is exceeded, the program will write a ten integer word record of all

999999 's at the end of the filled reel. If the room has terminated abnormally, the tenth word of the ten word record is set to zero (see Table 7 of Appendix B.4 for additional details).
f START J ze: READ DATA FROM BUILDING HARACTERISTICS

FORM

FIND INDEX. COUNT

STOP

HO MORE DATA

PROCESS DATA

FROM BUILDING CHARACTERISTICS

FORM I

/READ DATA FROM/ 'BUILDING OCCU-/ PANCr FORM

PROCESS DATA FROM BUILDING

OCCUPANCY FORM

READ DATA

FOR ONE ROOM

f(FORMS 1-7, A-C)

FINO AND TEST GENERAL ROOM DATA (FORM 1)

AVAILABLL

CALL BONCOM FORM A- TO DEVELOP

ROOM TOTALS I

WRITE OUTPUT

ON FILE AND/

OR PRINTER XPROCESS

f B JNEXT ROOM

TEST COUNTER

TEST

INDEX

FORM 2-5

FIND AND TEST

DATA ON DESK; TABLE. CABINET,

OR SHELFI CALL FORMA . FORHB. OR

FORflC IF EXTRA

SHEET FOUND

CALL FORMA OR FORMB TO PROCESS FORMS

A OR e

CALL RMCONT TO PROCESS FURNITURE DATA

CALL FSEAP TO PROCESS FREE- STANDING

MATERIAL

CALL FSEAP IF FREESTANDING

MATERIAL IS FOUND I

FORM 6-7

5

FIND AND TEST

DATA ON SEAT

OR MISCELLANEOUS

OBJECT I CALL FORMA.

FORMB. OR FORMC IF EXTRA

SHEET FOUND I

CALL RMCONT TO PROCESS FURNITURE DATA T

CALL FSEAP IF FREESTANDING

MATERIAL FOUND T

Figure 14 General Flow Chart for Program MAKER

75
4.2.2 Operating Techniques

4.2.2.1 Program Capabilities

MAKER is designed to read the room data in the order in which the forms

for data collection are completed. DRIVE determines which data-collection

form is being processed and proceeds to either call subroutines FORMA,

FORMB or FORMC, or (for data from forms 1 through 7) to process the raw

data in DRIVE. DRIVE makes sure that the raw data values are consistent

with the data collection forms. If any discrepancies are found, an error message is printed. Appendix B.4 lists the messages that are printed

along with the conditions which activate them. The occurrence of some errors causes termination of the analysis of this room and requires going

on to another. FORMA, FORMB, and FORMC perform similar tests.

DRIVE has two methods for data output: (1) writing the output in an un- formatted binary form on a magnetic tape (this option is for minimum output time using the Univac 1108 Fortran V library function NTRAN), or (2)

printing the output in a formatted form. Method 2 can be used to check

the output, because it does not disturb the output produced by method 1. DRIVE also has an option for the use of the location of room contents in the room. As the survey stands, it is only determined whether or not some portion of the item is within two feet of the well. Exercising this option

would make other room location procedures possible, but more programming

would be necessary at that time. (Both the options discussed above and the means for exercising them are defined in Appendix B.4.)

RMCONT, FSEAP, and BONCOM perform similar tests to DRIVE, FORMA, FORMB,

and FORMC, but these tests usually require a preconceived notion of what

data values make sense when different data values are considered together.

Even though it is possible to have certain values filled in on the data

collection forms, the data may be meaningless when considered in light

of other values. For example, consider a) the number of buttons on a telephone and b) whether or not it is a call director. Obviously, a phone with zero buttons cannot be a call director, but the data collection

forms allow such an inconsistency. This type of error is checked for by

RMCONT, FSEAP, and BONCOM. In addition, checks are made to insure that

the subscripts used to access data in a transfer function are meaningful.

Messages are also printed whenever a derived value is improbable or notable even though the input data is consistent. An example of this would

be a file room which has been recorded as having more than 11 occupants.

Certainly a file room would not be expected to have a high occupancy rate. These tests are made so that such occurrences will be noted and follow-up

checks for validity may be made if desired. Many other values are checked in this way. The mnemonics tables in Appendix B.4 have details

76
on the form of these checks*.

In addition to checking for abnormalities in the raw and processed data,

program MAKER also checks for the use of non-standard transfer function

values. These occur when the program must use a transfer function for a size category for which no data was found. Additional data on the transfer functions is given in Section 4.2.2.4.

In order for subroutines RMCONT, FSEAP, and BONCOM to function, they

must be supplied with data by the DRIVE, FORMA, FORMB, and FORMC routines.

RMCONT, FSEAP, and BONCOM are intermediate data processors and operate

only from call statements in the other subroutines. Thus, DRIVE, in coordination with FORMA, FORMB, and FORMC reads the raw data, makes elementary consistency checks, and produces input for RMCONT, FSEAP, and

BONCOM. These routines then process the data using transfer functions * to calculate the desired load data. DRIVE then writes the complete

data set for the room just processed, according to the method selected

by the user, and proceeds to the next room.

4.2.2.2 Statistical Techniques

4.2.2.2.1 Percentages

Several of the derived parameters produced by program MAKER involve a percentage and the standard deviation of that percentage. Specifically,

the following items (from Table 4 of Appendix B.4) are of this nature:

92, 93 Percentage (and standard deviation) of fire weight enclosed • in metal containers (derated) - >'. •

•

96, 97 Percentage (and standard deviation) of movable fire weight enclosed

within two feet of the walls (derated)

98, 99 Percentage (and standard deviation) of movable fire weight within

two feet of the walls (derated)

100,101 Percentage (and standard deviation) of total fire weight

enclosed (derated)

102,103 Percentage (and standard deviation) of total fire weight that

is paper (except books) (derated)

104,105 Percentage (and standard deviation) of total fire weight that

is books (derated)

* In FSEAP limit mnemonics are: FREEL(l)

In BONCOM limit mnemonics are: LMT(19)

In RMCONT limit mnemonics are: CABL(3), DESRL(5), EWCLL, ENWL, FREEL,

FWTL, MtfTLT, SHELFL(2), TABLEL(2)

77
106,107 Percentage (and standard deviation) of total fire weight that

is enclosed in plastic (derated)

123,124 Percentage (and standard deviation) of total live weight within

two feet of the walls

All of these items have two important characteristics in common: they

involve a ratio wherein both numerator and denominator are random variables and wherein the value of the numerator is formed from a subset of

the denominator. Consequently a similar approach can be used for all of

the calculations.

If the desired ratio is defined as ,

and X is defined as

X = u + V

where u and v are independent random variables, a straight forward, albeit

approximate, approach can be developed to calculate

z (the expected value of the ratio)

and

' (the standard deviation of the ratio).

In general both u and v are the sum of a number of independent random

variables, each of which is only described by its mean and standard deviation. For example, when x is the total fire weight, it is the sum of the

fire weight of each paper pile, each book pile, and each piece of furni- . ture and equipment in the room. With one exception*, all of these

individual items have been assumed to be independent. Consequently, the

collection of items which make up u is independent of the collection of

items which make up v. Consequently

E[x] = X = u" + 7 (1)

E[(x-x)2] = = + (2)

The corresponding equations used in program MAKER to calculate z and a were derived as follows: ^

2 . iL= JL.

X u+v

1 1+y (3)

See Section 4.2.2.2.3

78
where y = v/u (4)

Use the first-order approximation technique based on the Taylor series

expansion (page 180 of Reference 4 or Section 2.3 of Reference 5):

E[F(x,y)] = F(x,7) (5)

Var[F(x.y)] = [ff]' o^' . a/ . 2[|f][|^l a^^ (6)

'-'^^-'mean ^ '-^^-'mean ^ '-^''-"-^^-'mean

Using equation 5, the average of y is given by

7 = V/u (7)

where V = average value of v [v > 0]

u = average value of u [u > 0]

and the variance of y is given by equation 6

where a =0 because u and v are uncorrected

uv

Next equations 5 and 6 are applied to z

1 ^ (1+y) u+v r= -^-z^ (9)

The above formulation cannot be applied to two of the derived percentages

because they involve quantities which are related to each other by multiplicative constants. These are items 112 and 113 from Table

112,113 Total room fire weight (and standard deviation) as a percentage of the total room live weight

79
Using an approach analogous to the one just discussed, the mean and

variance of this ratio can also be approximated as follows:

z = v/u (11)

where u = total live weight

V = total fire weight

n

1=1 EC .u

.

1 1 i=l

(13)

where u^ = weight of item i

c^ = fire weight conversion factor for item 1

The u^- are statistically independent but u and v are not independent.

First equations 5 and 6 are rewritten to accomnodate an indefinite

number of variables:

I. a) E[F(x.)] = F(x.)

o II. b) Var[F(x.)] = X)

1

far

[3x. mean.

for x^. independent

Thus

z = v/u

2

(14)

1

» (l/u^jVc 2_(27/ir2)X;c.a 2^(72/u^)i;a^2 (15)

i i i

80
4.2.2.2.2 Book and Paper PHe Weights

Errors in the book and paper pile weights involve three considerations:

random variations in the basic weight conversion factor (P, , o ), inexactk p ness in the recorded pile height (h), and inexactness in the recorded

pile compaction factor (c). P. and a are defined in Reference 1. The

K p inexactness in h and c are due to judgmental errors on the part of the

surveyors and the approximations inherent in the data collection forms

which only allow h to be recorded to within ±.5 in. and c to be recorded

to within ±10 percent.

The weight of a pile of books or papers is given by

Wp = P,,hc (16)

where W = total weight of pile - lb

P

P. = weight conversion factor for appropriate size

group (k) - lb/in

h = pile height - in c = percent of compaction

The variance in h can be approximated as follows: the data collection

forms allow recording the height to within iO.5 inches. Consequently,

we can assume a uniform probability distribution over this range and zero probability outside of this range. Under this assumption the variance is (Reference 6)

a. =l^!t:lW^= .2857 in (U)

'h 3.5

An analogous argument also can be used to obtain an estimate of the

variance in c because here the data collection forms only allow recording

the height to within 5 percent. Consequently

' ^^^-^^^'J'-"^^^ - .02857 (18)

2 05

This is not quite exact, because when c is 100 percent, = = .0143.

C J . 3 The analysis procedure did not include this reduced value for 100 percent

compact piles. Consequently, slightly conservative values will be

obtained for a... w

81
— 2 — 2

P. and o (from Reference 1) together with c and a (equation 17) and

_K P2 c _

h and Ot, (equation 18) are used to calculate the expected pile weight w

2 and its variance a . P. , h, and c are assumed to be independent ran- W K dom variables.

w = E[w] = E[P^h c]

= F^K c (19)

= E[(w-w)2] = E[w2] - w^

' E[Pk^] EEh^] ECc^] - Pj^^h^c

^

' (V+Op2)(h2+a^2)(r2 + o^2) . P|^2^2-2

- F^c^Op^ + (20)

where w = mean total pile weight - lb

2 2 a = variance of pile weight - lb w

P|^ = mean weight conversion factor - lb/in

'92 2 a„ = variance of conversion factor - (lb/in)

h = recorded height - in

2 2

= variance of pile height - in = .08163

c * mean recorded compaction factor

2

= variance of compaction factor = .0008163

The relative magnitudes of Op, a^, and used in this study are such that

the height uncertainty (a^^) and the compaction uncertainty (o^) contribute

82
very little to the overall uncertainty in the pile weight for all but the

very smallest piles. For example, consider the 8-1/2 x 11 inch size

group (height = 12 in, compaction factor = 1.0):

= 10.23% including Cp, o^, and effects

= 9.82% including Op and effects

a = 9.52% including only On effect

Another contributor to uncertainty in the pile weight is the irregularity

in the top of the pile. This will, however, contribute even less to the

total variance than the uncertainty in compaction or height. Consequently,

this effect has been neglected.

4.2.2.2.3 Accumulated Variances

In general all of the items in the room are assumed to be uncorrected.

This being the case, the accumulated variance is just the sum of the

individual variances

= Z o^^ (21)

i

^

There are a few notable exceptions to this general rule. All involve

multiple items which are likely to be very similar:

• Multiple desk drawers of the same type (box, file, or personal)

in the same desk

• Multiple cabinet drawers in the same cabinet

• Multiple shelves in the same set of shelving

• Multiple chairs of the same type, material, and

characteristics

Even though there may be a large variation in, for example, the weight

of box drawers in wood, single-pedestal desks considering all manufacturers

and all models, one can expect that in any specific desk all of the box

drawers will be very close in weight. This is so because in any specific

desk, all box drawers will be from the same manufacturer and will probably have been manufactured at about the same time. Consequently, all

of this type of drawer in the subject desk can be assuned to have the same weight. A similar assumption has been made for all of the above

items including all chairs of the same type found within the same room.

83
Consequently, in the cases listed above, the individual items were assumed

to be perfectly correlated. Then the variance of the sum is given by:

o/ = (no)^ (22)

where n = total number of identical items

2 o = variance of the individual item.

4.2.2.3 Computational Techniques

In computing the projected floor area of a freestanding paper pile, the

dimensions of the paper size are used with the assumption that paper would

be piled on its surface. However, when the floor-area of a freestanding

book pile is computed, it was assumed that books would be standing on their shortest edge so that the projected floor area is the shortest edge

dimension multiplied times the 'length' of the book pile.

To compute the exposed area of books and papers in a bookcase, it is assumed

that one surface of the bookcase is open. Thus, only one side of the

book piles in the bookcase is exposed, while the top and one side of the

paper piles enclosed are exposed as shown below:

AREA

84
In the case of free shelving, the ends of the book pile and the sides

of the paper pile are included in the exposed area of books and papers.

The exposed surface area of a free or freestanding paper pile is computed

as the sum of the four sides plus one surface. The exposed surface area of a free or freestanding book pile is the sum of the ends, the front,

the back, and the top as shown below:

FREE OR FREESTAND ING BOOKS

To compute the total door area of a room, the average door area of the

doors in one wall is multiplied times the number of doors in that wall.

These values are then summed over each wall in the room. The total

window area is computed in the same manner.

To compute the fire weights of the bounding surfaces, it is necessary

to find the wall area of each wall and to determine the trim lengths.

The wall area is computed by assuming that the length dimension gives the

size of walls 2 and 4 and the width dimension gives the size of walls 1 and 3. The wall area listed in the results does not include the effect

of door and window cut outs.

The trim lengths are determined from the total perimeters of the doors,

windows, the floor, and the ceiling. Ceiling trim length is assumed

to be the same as the room perimeter, but floor trim length is computed

by subtracting the total door widths from the room perimeter. The

window and door trim lengths are computed by adding up the average perimeter of the door and window in each wall times the number of doors and

windows in each wall

.

The bounding surface fireweight is the fire weight of the ceiling material,

celling trim, floor material, floor trim, full and partial wall material*,

full-wall covering, door material, door trim, window trim, and internalpartition surfaces.

The material types for internal partitions and partial height walls will

be the same as for wall materials, except for fabric which is assumed to have the same fire load per square foot as drapes.

85
The opening factor is a parameter of significance in determining the

rate of fuel consumption during a fire. It has been calculated here

according to the definition given on page 11 of Reference 7.

Opening Factor = A /FT

where A total window area

H average window height

total room surface area including the ceiling,

floor, doors, and windows

This parameter is only calculated if the room has four full height walls.

4.2.2.4 Transfer Functions

None of the weight data, either live or fire weight, produced by this

study is the result of direct measurement. Instead, an inventorying

technique was employed wherein various visual characteristics of the

Items were recorded. Transfer functions were developed to convert this

data into weight for commonly occurring items: paper, books, desks,

tables, seating, shelving, cabinets, telephones, typewriters, calculators,

and partitions. These transfer functions and the data upon which they were based are described in Chapter 3 of Reference 1. For less common

items, a weight estimation was made by the surveyors.

These transfer functions, which provide both a weight mean and standard

deviation, are coded in subroutines RMCONT and FSEAP. The data (Tables

8 to 14 of Reference 1) is provided by subroutine DATA. For some categories (for example, metal double pedestal desks 7 to 9.5 ft square in

area) no data was found. To allow for the observance of such an item,

weight data was generated by extrapolation/interpolation from existing

data. This was done for all of the missing categories except plastic

items. The weights for these were set to zero. Certain combinations

of transfer function indicies should never be accessed but are required

to complete the matrix. These values have been set to -999. Any time

one of the -999., estimated, or zero weights is used, the program

writes a message on the printer. The RMCONT output No. 49 also reflects

the occurrence of a zero used for the empty weight of a room content.

86
Before the room survey data could be converted to weights, the missing

data of Tables 8 to 14 of Reference 1 had to be completed. Although

most of the missing categories were not expected to be found, provisions

had to be made to provide weights for any that were observed. This was done by interpolation or extrapolation from existing data. These interpolations were based on data from similar furniture, but the exact procedure depended on what data was available.

For example, if there was no weight for a wooden file cabinet of a certain area and height, the following procedure would have been followed:

First, the adjacent height and area categories would be checked. If

data was available here, the missing category would be obtained using

linear interpolation. If this was not possible, the next technique

attempted would be to scale the missing value from existing data for

other area and height categories of wooden file cabinets. If there was

still no available data, then the weight of a metal file cabinet in the same size category would be scaled, the scale factor used here would be

based on the average difference between metal and wood cabinets. Pre- viously estimated values were never used for these calculations.

The standard deviations used with the extrapolated weights are based on the largest percentage standard deviation among the existing data for the

general category under consideration. In the above example, the largest

percenlfage standard deviation among all wood file cabinets would be used

to determine the standard deviation for the extrapolated weight.

A complete tabulation of the transfer function data is given in the program listing of the DATA subroutine. All the extrapolated and interpolated values are shown as negative weights. Whenever program MAKER uses one of these negative values, it first writes a diagnostic message to indicate that an extrapolated value is being used and then makes the weight

positive. In addition, each time an extrapolated or interpolated value

is used, Y(NBUF+49) is set to 1.0 (see Table 12).

87
4.2.3 Operating Logic

The data for each building must be written on a separate file. Each file

consists of the data from the Building Characteristics Data form, followed

by the data for each surveyed room within that building. The data for a particular room may be in any sequence except that the data from Form 1 must be first. The data for an individual room are assumed to be contained

within one record. The data from each form must be in the sequence specified on the form.

Whenever DRIVE encounters an end-of-file mark on the input tape, it assumes

that that building has been completed. It then tries to read data for

another Building Characteristic Data form. Whenever two end-of-file marks

are encountered in succession, DRIVE assumes that the end of the magnetic

tape reel has been reached. It then writes an end-of-tape message and looks

for another reel if a multiple reel file is being processed.

4.2.3.1 DRIVE Operating Logic

The program DRIVE is the main program of MAKER. DRIVE reads the raw data . from cards (NAMELIST input), or tape/FASTRAND files. The tape or FASTRAND

files are written in unformatted binary form using the UNIVAC 1108 Fortran V library routine NTRAN. The input for one room is placed in a buffer. DRIVE

then determines which data collection form provided the data in each suc- cessive part of the buffer. If Form 1 was used, the data contained on this

form, used in the program output, are placed in the vectors that describe

the room characteristics (BUILD, DOOR, NR, PARTI, PART2, ROOM, WALL) and are used later as input to BONCOM subroutine.

As these vectors are being filled, checks of the consistency of the data are made to be sure that the form of the raw data is proper. If small errors

are discovered, the room will be analyzed, leaving these data blank. If more severe problems arise, the room may be skipped and another room read

into the buffer. If the problems are with reading the tape or file, the

whole program will be aborted. Table 5 of Appendix B.4 gives these messages.

If the data encountered are from data collection Forms 2-7, the information

needed to provide the output data about that room content will be placed

in the vectors to be used by subroutine RMCONT. These are CABNG, CALC,

DESKG, ENCL, FREE, ITEM, MISC, MPILE, NCALC. NITEM, NPILE, NMISC, NTELE,

NTYPE, SEATG, SHELG, TABLG, TELE, TYPE. After the data have been placed in these vectors, checks are performed as described for the data from Form 1. A detailed description of the messages that are printed and the conditions

under which they are used can be found in Appendix B.4. Subroutine RMCONT

is called and the output data for that particular piece of furniture or miscellaneous object are put into the Y vector.

88
If the buffer data are from Form A, B, or C, then subroutines FORMA,

FORMB, or FORMC are called, respectively. They perform the functions that

DRIVE does on Forms lto7. If the data on Form A or B are for freestanding

objects, then the subroutine FSEAP is called from either subroutine FORMA or FORMB, and output data are put into the Y vector (i.e., output buffer).

After the data buffer has been completely analyzed, DRIVE calls subroutine

BONCOM which computes all the room characteristic data and the room totals

that summarize the contents of the room.

When all the output has been developed and readied in the Y output vector

for one room, depending on the writing alternatives used, either the library subroutine NTRAN is again called to write the output in unformatted

binary, or the output is printed in a fonnatted form. The next room is then read from the data tape. When the end of an output tape is reached,

a message is printed. If any problems arise, the run is aborted, but barring

this occurrence, all of the rooms surveyed will be analyzed sequentially.

4.2.3.2 FORMA Operating Logic

FORMA subroutine is called from the DRIVE program when data from a Form A data collection sheet are found in the data buffer. The Form A data collection sheet is used either for additional paper or book piles on a particular piece of room content, or for book and paper piles that are not associated with any other room content. These are called freestanding piles

and are assumed to be sitting directly on the floor. The output information

desired in this case is different from that required when the pile is asso- ciated with a piece of furniture. The FORMA subroutine determines the

piles' position. If it is data for a freestanding pile, the FSEAP subroutine is called. This subroutine computes weights for freestanding equipment and piles (the input data to FSEAP from FORMA are FREE, MPILE, NPILE)

If the use of Form A is for paper or book piles on a piece of furniture,

control is returned to DRIVE. DRIVE then calls RMCONT to restructure and

produce all the output required for that piece of furniture. Like the

DRIVE program, FORMA also contains numerous consistency checks on the data.

4.2.3.3 FORMB Operating Logic

FORMB is very similar to FORMA except this subroutine deals with the data on the Form B collection sheet used for equipment, either freestanding or associated with a piece of furniture. Again, if the equipment is freestanding, FORMB calls subroutine FSEAP to provide the output required for

a freestanding piece of equipment. The data which FORMB supplies are: CALC, NCALL, NTELE, NTYPE, TELE, TYPE. If the equipment is on a piece of

furniture, control returns to DRIVE directly. The RMCONT subroutine then

adds the equipment data into the furniture output (i.e. puts it into the

Y vector).

89
4.2.3.4 FORMC Operating Logic

FORMC is used for data obtained from a Form C data collection sheet.

These are designed for miscellaneous items. These items can not be freestanding; Form 7 is used for miscellaneous freestanding items. These are miscellaneous items present on or in a piece of furniture. Values are supplied for MISC and NMISC. After the data on the Form C have been re- structured, they are used as input to RMCONT when a piece of furniture is

being assessed. Consistency tests and messages are also used in FORMC.

4.2.3.5 RMCONT Operating Logic

The subroutine RMCONT is called from the DRIVE program when data from data

collection Forms 2 to 7 are found. These data sheets are used to describe

furniture and the furniture's contents.

Data for both the furniture and equipment transfer functions are in the

first section of RMCONT.

The second section of RMCONT is designed to determine which type of furniture is present and to direct the control to the portion of the program

designed to determine the weights and other required output. The empty

furniture weights are determined with the transfer functions. They are checked to see if they are within the limits expected. Checks are also

made to see if the data supplied are reasonable. Reference 1 and Appendix

B.4 list the transfer functions used in the computation of the weights

along with the definitions of the size and type categories. If in checking

the transfer function it is found to be an estimation and not part-of _the

data provided in Reference 1, a message will be written to this effect and

an entry of 1 .0 wil 1 be put in Y (NBUF + 49). Thus,-, in using SEEKER, these

data so calculated may be determined.

Once the empty weight of the furniture has been computed, the weight of the

contents is assessed in the third section of RMCONT using the equipment

and pile transfer functions. The values of these weights and the data for

the transfer functions are checked. If appropriate, a message is printed.

The last part of RMCONT is used to increment the room totals used later by

BONCOM. The total floor loading of the furniture is computed and checked.

As the output for RMCONT has been computed, it is put into the Y vector.

The value for NBUF, the location along the Y vector at which this piece of room content data is written, is given by the amount of data already processed. Thus, after RMCONT is completed, 52 is added to NBUF to establish

the starting point for the next set of output data. The output of RMCONT

is given in Table 12.

90
4.2.3.6 FSEAP Operating Logic

FSEAP is called from FORMA or FQRMB to generate the room contents data

for output and to add to the room totals used by BONCOM.

FSEAP is set up similarly to RMCONT except that it applies only to equipment, paper piles, and book piles. The transfer functions and the checks

are the same as in RMCONT. As in ROMCONT, the value for NBUF (the location

along the Y vector where this piece of room content data is written) is

increased to establish the starting point for the next computation.

4.2.3.7 BONCOM Operating Logic

BONCOM is called by DRIVE when the end of the room data is reached. The

first part of BONCOM is data for the bounding-surface fire weights and the

internal -parti tion live weight. The second part of the subroutine is the

computations of the bounding-surface fire weights and the descriptions

of the room. These are checked for consistency and for extrema. The

elements of vector LMT are the limits used to check on the presence of ex- treme values.

In the last section of BONCOM, the totals that had been added each time

RMCONT and FSEAP had been called are changed to the percentages desired

as output. When both the numerator and the denominator of these calculations have standard deviations associated with them, a special function

described in the Statistical Techniques section is used. A complete list

of this output is available in Table 11. Even though BONCOM is called at

the end of the analysis of a room, the output data from BONCOM are placed

at the beginning of the output for the room and each room total has a con- stant location in the Y vector.

The third section of BONCOM computes the derated fire weights for the room.

91
4.3 Data Retrieval and Display (Programs SEEKER and HISTOG)

4.3.1 Introduction

Program SEEKER is the sixth in a series of programs which have been developed to process, manipulate, retrieve, and analyze the fire and live

load survey data. Its primary purpose is to retrieve the processed data

generated by program MAKER. The user must provide the program with three

basic pieces of information:

• The parameter to be selected,

• The parameters to be tested, and

• The limits that the tested parameters must satisfy before

the selection will be made.

The parameter to be selected and the parameters to be tested are identified by means of the code numbers shown in Table 2 of Appendix B.6.

For example, suppose the user wants to know the live weight in all clerical

offices that have been surveyed.

• First, he must determine the live weight code number from

Table 2 (code number = 77).

t Second, he must determine the condition code number. In this case, the condition is the "room use" (code number = 19).

• Third, he must determine the range of values which the con- dition satisfies. In this case, the condition must be

"clerical" which, according to Table 2, is represented by

the number 2.0.

When the information is input to the program, the program will search the

room-survey data tape and select the live weight of all clerical offices.

In other words, the program will select parameter 77 in those rooms where

parameter 19 has the value of 2.0.

The program will save all of the selected parameters in a mass-storage or

tape file specified by the user. These values can be saved in either

coded or binary form, or they need not be saved at all. In addition to selecting and saving the specified parameters, the program also automatically performs the following calculations:

• The number of items found, n

0 The sum of the value of all items found. (l"x^, where is the

actual value of a selected item)

92
f The sum of the square values of all items found, E

• The maximum value found, x^(max)

• The minimum value found, x^. (min)

t The mean of all items found (z^x^/n), and

/l"x^ - (Ex.)^

• The standard deviation for all items found, \ —

Additional secondary operations may also be performed (see Section 4.3.2.1).

Another important program capability is the ability to select four room parameters at one time and write them on a file, together with their building number, floor number, and room number. This capability can be used to retrieve the room live load plus standard deviation and the fire load plus

standard deviation for all surveyed rooms in any specified building. This

will be needed when a total building is to be characterized from a live and

fire load standpoint by program BUILDER.

This section has been written with more of a user's manual flavor than the

other sections of this report. This has been done because this program

will have to be operated by the reader if he desires to retrieve any of

the data generated and saved on magnetic tape by program MAKER.

All of the tables referenced in Section 4.3 are to be found in Appendix

B.6. A general flow chart of program SEEKER is shown in Figure 15 .

93
CYCLE THROUGH THE ROOM

DATA. CASE BY CASE. TO NO

StE IF ANY OF THE CASES- DATA IS PRESENT IN THIS ROOM

CYCLE THROUGH THE ".OR." CONDITIONS OF EACH CASE

NO

CYCLE THROUGH EACH IS THIS^

".AND." CONDITION IN <r THE LAST ".OR.

THE ".OR." CONDITION CONDITION^

I ^^CH E C IC " . AN

D

<^ONOITION TO SEE in>- NO

YES .

RETRI EVE THE ITEM OES I REO FOR THIS CASE. INCREMENT THF COUNTERS FOR THE OUTPoT SUM- MAR* AND. I F TO BE SAVED. AOD

TO DATA ALREADY ACCUMULATED

FOR THIS CASE

^OATA COMPLIES^

,YES

IS THIS

THE LAST ".AND. CONDITION

T

Figure 15 General Flowchart for Program SEEKER

94

'
4.3.2 Operational Techniques

4.3.2.1 Program Capability and Limitations

Program SEEKER can handle any type of selection problem. For programming

purposes, however, the selection procedure is broken down into six types

of problems, depending on (1) the type of parameter that is to be selected

and (2) the type of condition(s) that must be satisfied.

The parameters stored on the processed-data tape which is being searched

by SEEKER are of two types: room descriptors or room-content parameters .

The room descriptors consist of 132 numbers which fully describe the fire

and live load characteristics of a room. These 132 values, which are described in Table 2 of Appendix B.6, have been determined by program

MAKER for each and every surveyed room. Because the room descriptors exist for all rooms surveyed, regardless of the number of items in the room, they are the easiest to locate. A very simple logic is used in the program

to locate room descriptors.

The room-content parameters describe the items in the room. These parameters are further divided into two categories: furniture and stand-alone

non-furniture. All furniture items in a room are described on the processeddata tape with 51 parameters each. These parameters, which are also described in Table 2 of Appendix 8.6, delineate the type of furniture (desk,

table, cabinet, shelving, seating, or miscellaneous) plus all appropriate

fire and live load data. The description of all materials in or on the

furniture item is included within these 51 values. All stand-alone non- furniture items are described on the processed-data tape with 11 parameters

each. Three types of items are covered by these parameters: stand-alone

paper, stand-alone books, or stand-alone equipment (typewriters, calculators, telephones, or unspecified). All known fire and live load parameters are included in these 11 values.

Because the number of room-content parameters stored on the data tape for

a given room depends on the number of items in the room, these parameters

are more difficult to locate (see Table 7 which shows the form of the room data tape produced by MAKER). The program, therefore, has been

structured according to whether the selection is a room descriptor or a room-content parameter and whether the test conditions are room descriptors,

room-content parameters, or both. Consequently, the six categories of

problems which SEEKER can be used for are as follows. These six categories

cover all possible combinations of selection and condition parameters.

95
FLAG(K)* TYP(K)* DESCRIPTION

1 1 The item to be selected is a room descriptor. All conditions to be

satisfied are room descriptors.

ected

2 or 3

isted

1 The item to be selected is a room- content parameter. All conditions

to be satisfied are room descriptors.

to

be

sel

1

to

be

te 2 TnP lilt 1ILC^IM 1"Pm "fn L*J hpuc jcic^^LcU Pr"hprl tlbc ad ^nnm lUUIII descriptor. All conditions are room-content parameters.

of

parameter

2 or 3

Type

of

condition

2 The item to be selected is a room- content parameter. All conditions

are room-content parameters. The

condition parameters must apply to the same item as the selection

parameter.

Type 1 Both

1 & 2 The item to be selected is a room descriptor. The conditions are both room descriptor and room- content parameters.

2 or 3 Both

1 & 2 The item to be selected is a room- content parameter. The conditions

are both room descriptors and room- content parameters.

*The mnemonics FLAG and TYP are defined in Table 4 of Appendix B.6.

Whenever a room-content parameter is a condition for a room descriptor,

the first room-content array that satisfies this condition is sufficient for the room parameter to be selected. Also, whenever an ".OR."

condition-set has both room descriptors and room-content parameters to be tested, the user must insure that all of the room descriptors precede all of the room-content parameters.

96
In addition to selecting specified parameters meeting specified conditions

and performing the operations discussed in Section 4.3.1, the user has some additional options available to him. He may choose to have each selected

parameter multiplied by a constant prior to any of the output operations

being performed. He does this by setting KON(K) = 1 and inputting a value

for MULTIP(K)*. Possible reasons to use this capability are

• To convert the data to metric units, or

t To convert percentages to fractions.

Still another option available to the user is to divide the selected parameter by another parameter. Not all parameters can be matched to perform

this. A room-content parameter nay be divided by another room-content

parameter or by a room d'^scriptor; however, a room descriptor cannot be

divided by a room content-parameter. This operation is performed by choosing option 3 or 4 and specifying a value for ITEM2(K). A possible reason

to use this capability is

• To convert -t-he selected parameter to a percentage or fraction

of some other room descriptor.

4.3.2.2 Se1ecti6n Procedure

The selection procedure is based upon satisfying one ".OR." condition-set

comprised of several ".AND." conditions.

The ".OR." condition-set is a combination of from 1 to 10 conditions, all

of which must be satisfied before the ".OR." condition-set is satisfied.

The conditions which make up the ".OR." condition-set are called ".AND."

conditions. These ".OR." and ".AND." conditions are analogous to the .OR. and .AND. logical operators in the Fortran computer language.

The selection will not be made unless all of the ".AND." conditions within one of the ".OR." condition-sets are satisfied. If more than one ".OR."

condition- set is satisfied for the same parameter, that parameter will be

double counted.

For example, the program will retrieve the

Total Room Live Weight = Parameter to select

in

Clerical Offices with Floor = ".OR." Condition-Set 1 Areas Between 100 to 500 ft2 with Two ".AND." Conditions

*See Appendix B.6 for detailed instructions.

97
And in

General Offices with Floor ^ = ".OR." Condition-Set 2 Areas Between 200 to 400 ft with Two ".AND." Conditions

Up to ten ".OR." condition-sets may be used at one time. All of the items

selected for the case during a single run will be co-mingled, regardless

of which ".OR." condition-set was satisfied.

The user must take care to insure that each ".OR." condition-set ex- cludes all other ".OR." condition-sets.

4.3.2.3 Diagnostic Messages

Program SEEKER has extensive error checking. The diagnostic messages are

as complete as possible and should provide considerable assistance in

locating any problem. Many errors will result in program termination prior

to the processing of any room-survey data.

A complete listing of all messages is given in Table 5 of Appendix B.6,

together with additional explanatory information. Three types of diagnostic messages may be printed. The first category deals with errors and

inconsistencies in the card input data. These errors will cause run ter- mination prior to the processing of the room-survey data tape. All of

the card images will be scanned, however, prior to termination.

The second category of diagnostic messages deals with data transmission

problems under NTRAN control. Any time an abnormal transmission occurs,

a message will be printed. In some cases, these errors will cause early

termination of the run. The user should be particularly alert to these

messages even if they do not cause run termination.

The third category covers miscellaneous items not involving card-data or data-transmission errors.

4.3.2.4 Program Output

The program produces several different types of output, depending on the

desires of the user. In all cases, however, the following data will be

printed:

• The number of items found, n

t The sum of the value of all items found, z"x. , where is the

actual value of a selected item

98
fl The sum of the square of all items found, z"x^

• The maximum value found, x^(max)

• The minimum value found, x^. (min)

fl The mean of all items found, E^x^/n, and

,^n .2 a/2

n 2 \

The standard deviation* for all items found.

Z x

1 n

n

This data is printed in a clear, unambiguous format (see Section 4.3.3.6

for examples)

.

If the user specifies that the selected items are to be saved (OPT(K) = 1 or 3), two alternative formats are available. If OUTFLG = 1, the selected

items will be written on the designated mass storage file as binary information with 300 words per record except for the last record. The UNIVAC

library routine NTRAN is used to perform this writing operation. If OUTFLG

= 0, the selected items will be written on the designated mass storage file

as coded information. Each line of data will have 10 values written with a (10E12.5) format.

If the user specifies option 5, a third type of output will be produced.

Under this option, four room descriptors will be selected at one time.

These are determined by the user when he specifies ITEM(K) and ITEM2(K).

The first item selected is ITEM(K); the second is the item next to ITEM(K)

which, in many cases, is the standard deviation of the first item; the

third item selected is ITEM2(K), and the fourth is the item next to ITEM2(K)

(For example, if ITEM(K) = 77 and ITEM2(K) = 81, the four parameters would

be 77, 78, 81 and 82). The selected items are written on the designated

mass storage file, along with the associated building number, floor number,,

and room number. The data is written as coded information with one room

per line using the format (3F10.0, 4E12.6). In addition, the first line in the file will contain the case title and the second line will contain headings for each of the seven pieces of data.

Following completion of the run, the user may transfer the data from the mass storage files to either the printer or the card punch. Instructions

for performing this operation are given in Table 6 of Appendix B.6.

The equation used for this calculation is a= (Z x^. )/n - x 1/2

99
4.3.3 Operating Logic

For discussion purposes, program SEEKER can be conveniently divided into

five segments. Although the program is written without subroutines, its

operational commands logically fall into these five categories. The input card configurations given in Tables 1 and 3 of Appendix B.6 provide

a useful accessory to the following descriptions. All program mnemonics

are described in Table 4 of Appendix B.6.

4.3.3.1 Read and Check Data Cards and Initialize all Parameters

The first operation that the program performs is to initialize various

parameters such as the reel counter and the error flag. Approximately two dozen variables, many of them subscripted, are initialized at this time.

The variables NI, NJ, and NK* are set with a DATA statement at the time

program SEEKER is compiled. The user should verify that the values

used were identical to the values used by program MAKER which generated

the room-survey data tape.

Following these operations, the program reads and checks the card data.

First, it reads the CASE card to determine the number of cases to be processed. Included on the same data card are the output flag, OUTFLGi the

number-of-rooms flag, NROOMS; and the input data flag, INFLAG. NROOMS is used to minimize running time if; and only if, option 5 is selected for

all cases. If option 5 has not been selected for all cases, the program

will ignore whatever value has been input for NROOMS. If NROOMS = 0 this

flag is also ignored. A maximum of 20 cases are allowed per run. If more

than 20 cases are input, only the first 20 will be processed.

Next, the data for each case is read, one case at a time. The first card

gives ITEM(X), OPT(K), NOR(K), ITEM2(K) and KON(K), while the second card

gives the title for the case. ITEM(K) defines the primary item to be

selected, OPT(K) defines the option, NOR(K) defines the number of ".OR."

conditions, ITEM2(K) defines the secondary item to be selected, and KON(K)

is the multiplier flag. All of these input parameters are defined in detail

in Tables 1 and 2 of Appendix 8.6. If the user desires to select some room parameter from every surveyed room without any requirements having to be

*NI = Number of room parameters (132).

NJ = Number of room-content, furniture parameters (51).

NK = Number of room-content, stand-alone non-furniture parameters (11)-

100
met, he may set NOR(K) = 0. KON(K) determines whether the user wishes to multiply each selected item by a constant. OPT(K) and NOR(K) are tested

for acceptability. If KON(K) = 1, the multiplier constant is read next. Otherwise, the multiplier card is not expected and must not be present.

All ".OR." condition cards for the case are read next. A maximum of 10

".OR." conditions are allowed with up to 10 ".AND." conditions in each

".OR." condition. The explanation of ".OR." and ".AND." conditions is given

in Section 4.3.2.2. The number of ".OR." conditions to be read is given by

NOR(K). The data for each ".OR." condition consists of the number of ".AND."

conditions, IAND(K,J) which is on the first card of the ".AND." condition

set; the location of the item to be tested, CON(K,J,I); plus the upper and

lower limits, LIM1(K,J,I) and LIM2(K,J,I), for each condition. These are located on the second through the fifth card of the ".OR." condition-set.

If the upper limit is zero, the program recalculates the upper and lower

limits to be plus and minus one percent from the lower limit input by the user. If both limits are input as zero, they are reset to +.01 and -.01,

respectively. A check is made to insure that the limits have been input

in the proper sequence.

When all the input data has been read, a series of compatibility checks are made on ITEM(K) and ITEM2(K). Following this, additional checks are made

on ITEM(K) and ITEM2(K) and the location flags, FLAG(K), are set:

ITEM(K) < NI FLAG(K) = 1 Room Descriptor

NI < ITEM(K) < NL* FLA6(K) = 2 Room-Content (Furniture)

Parameter

NL < ITEM(K) FLAG(K) = 3 Room-Content (Non-Furniture,

Stand-Alone) Parameter

ITEM(K) and ITEM2(K) are recalculated at this time to simplify the search

procedure performed later.

The last operations performed on the card-input data are to check CON(K,J,I),

to set location flags for CON(K,J,I), and to recalculate CON(K,J,I). The

CON(K,J,I) define the location of each condition that is to be tested. It is

defined by the user on the ".OR." condition cards. The location flag for

CON(K,J,I) is FLAGC(K,J,I):

CON(K,J,I) < NI FLAGC(K,J,I) = 1 Room Descriptor

NI < CON(K,J,I) _< NL FLAGC(K,J,I) = 2 Room Content (Furniture

Parameter

NL < CON(K,J,I) FLA6C(K,J,I) = 3 Room Content (NonFurniture, Stand-Alone)

Parameter

*NL = NI + NJ

101
Each CON(K,J,I) is recalculated at this time to simplify the search procedure performed later.

During the preceding operations the program will set an error flag, ERR,

to true whenever a fatal error is discovered. This flag will cause program termination following the processing of all of the card input data.

4,3.3.2 Perform Input and Output Operations Not Involving Card Data

The second category of commands in program SEEKER involves input and output

operations related to the room-survey data. Table 7 of Appendix B.6 gives a description of how this data is stored in the input file. First, the program

reads a ten word record that has all its elements equal to the length of the

next record. The next record contains the data generated for each room. Seco

the program reads all of the processed room-survey data for a single room

into a storage buffer, Y(15000). If there are over 15000 elements for the room, the dimensions of program SEEKER are exceeded and it will immediately

stop execution. Following both reads, which are done with NTRAN, the program checks the status of the transmission by checking the block-statusword (II) set by NTRAN.* If the block-status-word indicates "device error"

or "transmission aborted," an error message is printed and execution is stopped. If the block-status-word indicates that the end of the magnetic

reel has been reached, the program will switch reels and start processing

the next reel of data.

The end-of-tape flag for which the program is looking is a 10-word record

where each word is 999999. When- this is found the program will print a message but will not stop execution. The room-survey data tape created by

program MAKER has this 10 word record at the end of each intermediate reel

of a multi-reel file.

If the data for a room has been found to be undesirable or erroneous, the

tenth word of the ten-word record will have been set to 0 or -1 (see Table

7 of Appendix B.6) SEEKER always tests this tenth word and if a 0 or -1 is found the subsequent data record will be skipped.

Any time the program stops execution early because of a transmission error,

it will print the standard output data for each case (see Section 4.3.2.4)

and dump all of the partially filled storage buffers onto the mass storage

files. Obviously, the data printed and saved will only cover that portion

of the room-survey data tape processed prior to the transmission problem.

A part of the output logic is located within the search-and-test DO loops.

This logic transfers the data in a storage buffer XBUF(300,K) to a mass storage file each time the buffer becomes full. Each column of XBUF is a storage buffer for a different case. The first column is the buffer for

Case 1, etc., throught the twentieth case. These operations are found near

the end of the program.

Reference (9)

102
Another type of output operation occurs whenever option 5 has been chosen.

Under option 5 the program does not use the storage buffers, XBUF. Instead,

it writes the data directly onto the mass storage file. The data written

on the file includes (1) the title, (2) the column headings, and (3) seven pieces of information for each room (see Section 4.3.3.5 for additional

details).

4.3.3.3 Find the Parameter That is to be Tested and Test It

The heart of program SEEKER is the logic which finds and tests each of the

conditions to be tested. Each time a new room is read into the Y-buffer,

the program begins its search over. It completes each case before proceeding to the next one. Within each case, it completes each ".OR." conditionset before proceeding to the next one. And within each ".OR." conditionset, it completes each ".AND." condition as fully as possible before proceeding to the next one.

If the condition to be tested is a room descriptor, the program immediately

determines where to look. It then tests the value found at this location

in the Y buffer and determines if the condition is met (-'LIMl (K,J,I ) , <LIM2

(K,J,I)). If the condition is met, it tests the next ".AND." condition.

If the condition is not met, it immediately goes to the next ".OR." condition-set and starts over. When and if it finds an ".OR." condition-set

for which all the ".AND." conditions are met, it locates the item to be

selected. Once it finds the item, it proceeds to store and/or process the

item. Then it proceeds to the next case. When all of the cases have been

processed, it reads another room of survey data from the room-survey data

tape and starts the search procedure over.

If the conditions to be tested are room-content parameters, the process is essentially the same. The search logic is more complex, however, because

the data blocks are not all of the same size. Some items within the room

are described with 51 parameters while others are described with only 11 parameters.

When the ".OR" condition-set consists of both room descriptors and room- content parameters, additional complexity is introduced. In this instance,

the program first sets the condition flag, TYP(K), equal to 1 and searches

the room descriptors. If and when these are satisfied, it changes the flag

to 2 and searches the room-content parameters.

4.3.3.4 Select the Desired Parameter

The selection of the specified parameters depends on whether the items are room parameters (FLAG(K) = 1 ) or room-content parameters (FLAG(K) = 2 or 3). If the item is a room parameter, the program immediately determines

where to look. It then proceeds to store and/or process the items.

1C3
If the item is a room-content parameter, the process is essentially the same. Provisions have been made, however, to account for the different

data-block sizes.

4.3.3.5 Process the Selected Parameter

The processing of the selected parameters depends on which option has been

selected by the user:

Option 1 - Determines the maximum and minimum values found, the average

value, the sum of the items, the standard deviation, and the

total number of elements found. Saves the item on a data

file for subsequent analyses.

Option 2 - Identical to Option 1 except that the selected item is

not saved for future use.

Option 3 - Identical to Option 1 except that the selected item is

divided by another specified item prior to processing.

Option 4 - Identical to Option 3 except that the selected item is

not saved for future use.

Option 5 - Identical to Option 1 except that four selected items are written on a file in the following format: building number,

floor number, room number, parameter i, parameter i + 1,

parameter j, parameter j + 1.

Following this, the program determines whether it should go to the next case (FLAG(K) =1), test the next block of data (FLAG(K) > 1, TYP(K) = 2), or select another item (FLAG(K) > 1, TYP(K) = 1).

4.3.3.6 Examples of Selection Cases

Following are three examples which illustrate the manner in which the user establishes the selection and test parameters. The computer results

for these examples follow in Figures 16 and 17.

104
Example 1

1 1 1 1 „l,....l..

If i.Ul.ilnl,. .1 .1.1 D n n n n < .1. w % u u 11 u n n

1 1 w

-

D

1

tl S

-F'

K t

i ]

c hIt

1" s

!

!

n

n P M 1 0 F I

)

) s u K V F

}

0 N 0

3

2. ITEM(K) = 137; this case is to select the total live weight of furniture. OPT(K) = 1; the data is to be saved, either on tape or mass storage as determined on card 1 by the value of OUTFLG. NOR(K) = 1; one ".OR." condition-set. ITEM2(K) = 0; no second item is to be selected. KON(K) = 0; no multiplier is indicated and card 4 is not included.

3. TITLE(K,13) = DESK WEIGHTS IN ROOM 10 FL 3 SURVEYOR NO. 5; case title.

(First 78 characters on card 3.)

4. Not present because KON(K) = 0.

5. IAND(K,1) = 4; there are four ".AND." conditions in ".OR." conditionset one.

6A. C0N(K,1,1) = 4, LIM1(K,1,1) = 10.0, LIM2(K,1,1) = 0.0; the first ".AND."

condition is parameter 4, the room number. The room number must equal

10.

C0N{KJ,2) = 3, LIM1(K,1,2) = 3.0, LIM2(K,1,2) = 0.0; this ".AND."

condition is parameter 3, the floor number. The floor number must

equal 3.

C0N(K,1,3) = 9, LIM1(K,1,3) = 5.0, LIM2{K,1,3) = 0.0; the third ".AND."

condition is on parameter 9, the surveyor number. This parameter must

equal 5.

6B. C0N(K,1,4) = 133, LIM1(K,1,4) = 2.0, LIM2(K,1,4) = 0.0; the fourth and

last ".AND." condition applies to parameter 133, the furniture type.

This parameter must equal 2, a desk.

Note: The furniture condition is after the room-descriptor conditions.

Note: Example 1 selects the total live weight, including contents,

of every desk in rooms on floor number 3 with a room number of 10 and

surveyed by surveyor number 5.

105
Example 2"*"

1 1 ! > 1 .1 II „|„ 1' n «« - 4 -I.l VI .,|i.l..

«.

71

i

G

2

f L

1 0 tJ6

P

£

1 1

0

1

^ 0 1

1c f 1 L L I r L f. S I R M i F 1 a 0 J 0 p V z I I. H K Ii J r

. i1

r

,2 1 i J 0 9 I . :t

2. ITEM(K) = 77; this case is to select item 77. (Item 77 is the total

live weight in a room.)* OPTiK)"* =3; select two items, then divide

the first by the second and save the result on an output file. (The

type of file is determined by card 1). NOR(K) = 1; one ".OR." condition means that the first ".AND." condition set must be met for the

item to be selected). ITEM2(K) = 86; the second item to select. Be- cause option 3 was selected, item 86 will be divided into item 77 (item 86 is the occupied floor area). KON(K) = 1; the multiplier flag

is equal to 1. (This is set to 1 when the selected item is to be multiplied by some factor; if this is zero, card 4 is to be omitted.)

3. TITLE(K,13) = AVG FLOOR LOADING OF ALL ITEMS IN RMS FA=180-190, SURV=2,

(IN KG/METER SQ). This is the title of this case. The program cannot

read more than the first 78 characters of one card.

4. MULTIP(K) = .456E1; this card gives the value of the multiplier to be

used to convert the data (in this case the multiplier is the conversion

from pounds per square feet to kilograms per square meter).

5. IAND(K,1) = 2; the number of ".AND." conditions in ".OR." conditionset 1 (there are two ".AND." conditions in this case). When IAND(K,1)

is greater than 3, item 6A will require more than one card.

6A. C0N(K,1J) = 24, LIM1(K,1,1) = 180.0, LIM2(K,1,1) = 190.0; the first ".AND " condition is parameter 24, the floor area of the room. The lower limit is

180 square feet and the upper limit is 190 square feet (rooms with area between 180 and 190 square feet will satisfy this condition).

C0N(K.1.2) = 9, LIM1(KJ,2) = 2.0, LIM2(K,1,2) = 0.0; the second ".AND."

condition is parameter 9, the surveyor number. The lower limit is 2.0

and the upper limit is zero. When the upper limit is zero, the parameter must equal the lower limit to satisfy this condition.

*Card 1 of the run set-up is not included herein. See Table 1 of Appendix B.6

for data on card 1

.

*Refer to the selection code table. Table 2 in Appendix B.6.

i^K refers to case number. Up to 20 cases may be processed on one run.

106
Example 3

1 1 1

?!

1 t4 iijii U Q 71 a u w :t: I* u e • •l"il»l>l u u w H II p W H H u u 1) M 41 tt U u H » M n ti II hU fj :7 H

1 Y

1

-1

r ill I

^' &

J

A.I

T

0 s 1 h r. L [ P t i

H t 1 c h T S s u e V E T E D 8 T R V E 0 R N 0 2 - r

3

1

3

3

1 3

1 3 4 T

"

I 2

4

2. ITEM(K) = 137; select item 137. (Item 137 is the live weight of a room-content. ) OPT(K) = 2; option 2 means the output will not be saved

but the totals will be computed. NOR(K) = 2; two sets of ".OR." conditions

are specified. (ITEM(137) will be selected if either is met.) ITEM2{K)

= 0; no second item is to be selected because OPT(K) / 3, 4, or 5. KON(K) = 0; the items selected are not to be multiplied by a constant.

(Thus, card 4 must not be present.)

3. TITLE(K.13) = FILE CAB AND SINGLE PED DSK WEIGHTS SURVEYED BY SURVEYOR

NO. 2; this is Case K's title.

4. Card 4 is not present because KON(K) = 0.

5i. IAND(K,1) = 3; three ".AND." conditions in first ".OR." condition-set.

6Ai. C0N(K,1,1) = 9, LIM1(K,1,1) = 2.0, LIM2(K,1,1) = 0.0; the first ".AND."

condition is parameter 9, the surveyor number. The lower limit is 2.0

and the upper limit is zero. When the upper limit is zero, the parameter must equal the lower limit (i.e., must be surveyor number 2) to satisfy this condition

C0N(K,1,2) = 133, LIM1(K,1,2) = 2.0, LIM2(K,1,2) = 0.0; the second ".AND."

condition of the first ".OR." condition-set. The parameter to be tested

is item 133, the type of furniture. The lower limit is 2.0 and the upper

limit is zero. Thus, furniture type must equal 2.0, a desk.

C0N(K,1,3) = 134, LIM1(K,1,3) = 1.0, LIM2(K,1,3) = 0.0; the third ".AND."

condition applies to parameter 134, the type of desk. The lower limit

is 1.0 and the upper limit is zero. Thus desk type must equal 1.0, a single pedestal desk. All three of these ".AND." conditions must be

met for the live weight to be selected under the provisions of this

".OR." condition-set.

Note: The first ".AND." condition dealt with a room descriptor (those between 1 to 132). It is necessary for the room parameter to be first when a mixed ".OR." condition-set is used. In this case, the weight of a desk

1n a room surveyed by surveyor number 2 would be found first by determining, whether the room was surveyed by surveyor number 2. Once this has

107
been established the search will then begin for a desk. When such an item is found, it is then determined whether ITEM(134) is equal to 2 for a single pedestal desk. If so, then the program will proceed to ITEM(137), the live weight, and choose it as a data point. The order

of the room-content conditions is not important (condition 2 could have

been condition 3, and 3 could have been 2; however, condition 1 must

always come before the room-content conditions).

511. IAND(K,2) = 3; the second card 5 gives the number of ".AND." conditions in ".OR." condition-set two.

6A11. C0N(K,2.1) = 9, LIM1(K,2,1) = 2, LIM2(K,2,1) = 0.0; again, data com- pleted by surveyor number 2 is desired. This is the beginning of

".OR." condition-set two.

C0N(K,2.2) = 133, LIM1(K,2,2) = 4.0, LIM2(K,2,2) = 0.0; this furniture type. Item 133, must equal 4.0, a cabinet.

C0N(K,2,3) = 134, LIM1(K,2,3) = 1.0, LIM2(K,2,3) = 0.0; the third ".AND."

condition requires that the type of cabinet must equal 1.0, a file cabinet.

Note: Example 3 selects the live weight of every single-pedestal

desk and every file cabinet in rooms surveyed by surveyor number 2. The weights are co-mingled and treated as a single variable.

108
<?

aa

a

a

«0 o »— »— »--»- M •-t z •-••-« M XXIX UJ X X XXX XXX »- _l _l _> _1 UJ —1 _l _J -I —J _1 • X

a:a OLa z z z a z Z Z K

u UJ UJ Ui UJ IS Ul UJ UJ Ul UJ UJ UJ UJ

-> a. a. a. a. z a. z z z z z z

Ik. a. a. a. a. a. a. z z z z z z

t- 3 3 3 3 z 3 3 • 3 3 3 3 3 3

_J o

a. o o o o o o z 000 000 o o o o O o 000 000 » • • • • • z • • • • • • o Ki m <v O (V o ni IM m la — a o >- > o UJ a > n 3 in a 3

<3

na

aa <a

aaaaa

a « o

_l -»-»-- >- ^ »— *-»-»- • • •-t *^ Pii* Z X X X X f X X XXX XXX *^ »i« t-i o a o ¥-a ^

IT _J _J _l _l _J _l Ul _» -I _l -1 -1 -t

O z >- o • CE a: z K z z O UJ z z z z z z c UJ Ul U UI Ui UJ > UJ UJ UJ Ul UJ Ul z 'X X Z 2 1 z 2 2 2 2 Z Z c c c o o O 3 000 000 a a _i —1 -1 -J _l _l CO —1 _l _1 _l _J _l o a z a

CD >- ^ 9-X 3 » o» » 1^ 3 »• K»a

X Z UJ Kl IM Z f- Kl Kl Kl Kl o o > O I a X o a p—t O 9) a a a a a O Ui a M a

u. z c UJ UJ UJ UJ Ul UJ UJ I4J Ui UJ UJ o o c o I-- o c 000 Q 0 0 o c o c o a COO 000 o IL U U U CI H u o a o CI CI CI CI CI 0 ? _l ru o z z z z «\J _l z z rsj o z z z z z z o X — o o a o X « o c X UJ coo 000 UJ UJ Z

•-• oo o o o o O

Q 000 0 0 Q

n a; z z z z — IS z z z z z z z z o c c o z o c 000 000 l» z LJ U <-> U u u d CI CI CI U LI

_l o an

f\j Kl 9 -«—• rtj »• «\l K» « a o a o

_i z c Z X • • • A a z • • • O 13 o o o o o z o o O 000 a 0 0 z •-• z z z z z o z z Z ffi z z z z z z

UJ o -< X z z z z _1 z z CI z z z z z z o o o o u. o o 000 coo X UJ

<n ^ IS —I »-»-- »- ^ > n m Cj " o o o o a « "* o o 000'" 000 UJ Z Z Z 2 z z z z z z z z

0} .o o o o .CO

a 0 0 000

a - O

U

UU CI a. « ^ *-> CI Z -o CI 0 CI " 0 CIu

u z O <n ^ . , a <n ^ 0 • • • • . . .z

u. z o o o o o o z 000 000 c f\ It O 7 z z z ^ UJ S z z z z z z z z z •

<n

-* 2-« « •«•< c * * * O »-« u CJ ^ z

•>

X •-•

Qzo n X « az — " z X •-•o

lONI

W

X o Ui

X o ujxii

a

¥- »- »- »- o CI • . oco MO zo

** z 05 z0 w • M ai * o»- * —

»-

w Ul

M •1 Ui ««u •>M « X « X « X o »- u»- u»-

a:

10

(8tn

o.EXo3

Q.C

0)

109
UiX •Oz

»- o z o o o o <r o c -a a » (\j o • • • • O IP Z

i/^ ^ ^ ^ • o » <» o » » a ^ »^ Kl to • ^ z

Ui • M « U M o o tf> tf> o> z z .?-»-•- — u> UJ Z 2 Z z

IT

O <n

rX UJ UJ UI Ui

O u. )- uj UI z r

X UJ

>- ID

Ui> 2 UJ UJ Ui CO

or 2 Ui Z 2 •«X

•>

X UJ _J _l _J UJ

K> -1 3 O V) UJ —1 u. • or _i 4 UI Uj O « O u

U. U. 3 3 Ui U.

K»

O u. _i _i UI cr 0> o O < « 3 •« 2 a > > -1 3 o X

UI

X « o <-• »~

X oia 3 XX >• •> o O X to Z) o » (T o o 3 Z X UJ UJ •-• c s o r o M « o X > U- 2 X Z '« »- UJ z or _J •<••>-• 1 o o

UI « or

X

X UJ u. z

»- o > o o z> •> w O UJ UJ « <r o X »- UJ Z Z X '« u. X « X >- »- UJ 3 o

«•a

X lO z -« « »- •< »- Mi a. UJ »- B X •» o

HK UJ kj

•>

X

X

Ui »- o •

Oi zM o o z z oco -« M» »- >- > -* o UI o z > — ^ 3 <\j 3 a. 1/1 fM o 1^

O

•> • 9- IM ^-O «) 3 o i/> o

f\j XT • r*- Z CO =a • 3 • O • O <o r\j • 9 r- • o o ro • « r~ i>j » 9 nj m c- >- r- « «) a- ^ Aj

r\i « •< "fo z m i/> r\i f%j • —• t nj UI ry O o « UJ n n >- n ac. UJ o »5 »— <n <n tf5 X > O »J »- »- to CO <»

u. 2 •-• Z 2 1- »- •- a. 2 2 2 t- t~ *- 3 UJ U Z Z 2 z 3 3 Ui UJ z z z

CO

O CO

X Z UJ oj UJ UJn

O CO z z ui u; UJ

XU >- UI UJ z z z UJ U. >- Ui UJ

XXX

(E Z _J _l UI UJ UImm 2 _t

CO UJ UI

_i Uj UI Ui

UJ _l -1 _i z k- X UJ UI Ui <n X I UI UJ UI Z UI z z Z 2 UI Z

UJ _l •« z

-« _l _J _J

•9X UJ _l -1 -1 UJ Z ui _l _l _J

X

UJ _1 _1 o o

UI z

_J _l

O o »- UJ _i u. « ac J£ Ui -i « UI UJ C o> O o CO « M UJ c a> o

U. 3 3 UI u. o U. 3 3 UJ U.

-i

O u. _i

—> Ui a. •»

O Ij 1 _) Ui (Z _» O •« « 3 « Z O •« -« 3 < Z

a: > > _• 3 o X UJ a: > >• _l 3 O

UI

X o a. UI

X •« C> c-i k. UJ m 3 z X > « UJ O 3 X X >• CO »- O a I (O 3 3 « cr UI o X V) 3 3 * a 3 X X Ui UJ O _i o 3 Z z UI UJ M

CJ o Xa

— —t i3 I h. 19

u z o •-• 13 Z >• z Z K Z « Ui Z z >» Z •« •- UI

or _l < 4 •-• (Z o O or _J < « — a. o o UI •« a z X u: u. z CO UJ -< a: X X UI u. »- u -> o o 3 »— »- o > o o o UJ O UJ UJ « (E o o Ui O UJ Ui « or -J X ^ UJ Z Z X '< k. z X »- UI Z Z X X »- »- UJ 3 O « X »- ^ UI 3 O

IX « Z CO z •« CE Z •> Z o •< »- •« o a. UJ »- •< a. UJ »-

-1X « O o X to

u. » M UI ki ki ki

(»XX •a _i

X > w o

0)a.E

IT3

O)

s-3

cn
4.3.3.7 Further Descriptive Statistics Derived with the HISTOG Program

While SEEKER provides some descriptive statistics, the development of more complex statistics has been left as an option to be exercised through

the use of the program HISTOG. HISTOG reads the data files that SEEKER

has created and performs computations requiring all of the data at one

time. The specific items produced are histograms, fractiles, and medians.

HISTOG is a separate program, but it is designed so that it may be run after

SEEKER either as a separate run or in the same run. When PLTFLG f 0 in

input card number 1 of SEEKER, a one line summary of information is written

on unit 4. This is used as input to HISTOG to scale the histograms being

created. The description of the input data in Table 9 describes the procedure for using HISTOG. HISTOG may also be used when a data file was created by SEEKER with PLTFLG = 0 and no such descriptive data was created.

In this instance, the needed information must be taken from the printed

output produced by the SEEKER run.

The HISTOG program is made up of five subroutines. Three of these are modifications of UNIVAC 1108 Stat-Pack programs, and the other two are written to facilitate data input and to do further computations.

The driving subroutine is called HSTART. This subroutine reads the card

and data file input and calls the other subroutines. If the user desires,

this subroutine can also be used to punch a card deck of the data.

If a histogram is to be created, HSTART truncates the group size so that it is a multiple of hundredths, ones, tens, or hundreds depending on the actual step

size computed from the number of groups warranted by the sample size using the

following formula:

Number of Groups = (3.3* log (number of data pts) + 1)

The user can override the number of groups by setting NFINE=-1 and inserting

the Namelist card STEPS with the new step size for each case.

Then HISTA is called. HISTA is a modified version of the UNIVAC routine

HIST. The basic modification has been in the output format. HISTA then

calls GROUPA, a modified verison of the UNIVAC routine GROUP, to group the

data. GROUPA has been modified so that the first group can never start with

values less than zero. PLOTIA is then used to plot the histogram; PLOTIA

is identical to the UNIVAC routine PLOTl

.

If the fractiles and the median are also desired, HSTART will call FRACT

to order the data and to determine the upper 90 percent and 99 percent

fractiles and the lower 5 percent and 1 percent fractiles. FRACT also

calculates the median as the middle value if the number of data points is odd or the average of the two middle data points if the number of data

points is even. A further HISTOG option exercised in FRACT is the listing

in descending order of all the data points present for a particular case. This option may be requested on the first HISTOG data card or it will be

furnished when the fractiles are desired and less than 100 data points are

present.

Ill
Figure 18 gives a general overview of the logic of HISTOG. Figures

19 and 20 show examples of the output generated by HISTOG. These

two histograms are from the same data, the first has the number of groups

dictated by the sample size, while the second has half the step size giving a bit more detai 1

.

112
113
IT «

•>Z ' O

M

»- o -« UJ > o o

oc

u •-• UJ V) > o

(no.*-*

a> 3 o o o o oc a> Ul

u.O •-•

O

U. UJ •O -I z o O « o O oa ac <M o z z * z

oin UJ

•-1 o u

acUl

O

OL >

Ul UJ UJ

OM

O 3 X

-1 *~

O « o a > O

X o o u o o •-• z « o o X o < z • O X

H- e • in

•)

a o >- <M a> VI

o.a

X 3 O o o a. »- o o: 3 w K O O '« a: u. o

-1 -JO o < Ul o

>-• _• I z o MZ o « « « Z w

•I u. •»

»- o u. U- nj o X « >\i o O O o ir> o »- u • o z z X Ui • •"••I a 30000-

V. uj _j « a. a. o >

UJ

u « « >

or or UJ UJ

u

a ocUi z UJ 2 Z U. o o

•oc

(O -Mto

<f-o

<u "q. E

to

a. • 3 ^ own

114
• m rvi m

z

« Ul > o o

ac a •-• UJ O) > o

0) a. ru S 3 o

O O

o UJ

u. o id c

u. UJ •O J z

» o •* e z • u o C <n o z

»- ft z • z O if> UJ o u

a. >

UJ o 3 X o * o

a. > o z

« o o u

o o •-» 2 '< o o z O

« X • o X " o • o

<n 9 O >- m

a. s 3 n o

o a. ^

QC 3 O

«9 O -« < UJ —•-11 o -•«- o • z o <e Z •-•

•-t u. >v •

• « O U. IL •*> « IM o o O

o

o »- o z z

UJ • II 3 o 3 O X

ui _i 9 a a. o

rx. n *- < » n UJ UJ u

s &.»-•-« o

hi Z lu Z Z ^ > •-• ^ UJ UJ « Z •> «J V> X

rvi

UJo

»-

• r- z

• UJ o o

a:

ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo

a.3

a

13Z

CM

II

3

O

E

O

o.E

X

o

CM

0)

115
4.4 READER Program Description

4.4-. 1 Introduction

Program READER is designed to process the output from MAKER by accomplishing

a series of tasks that cannot be performed with SEEKER.

Whereas SEEKER is designed to find the same room parameter in rooms with

certain characteristics, READER is designed to retrieve all or part of the room data and to either print it or copy it onto another tape (or mass storage device). Thus, READER is oriented toward dealing with the data

by room instead of by type of data.

4.4.2 Operational Techniques

4.4.2.1 Program Capabilities

READER has been designed as a multipurpose program that can be used to perform certain data manipulations that have proved necessary in using

the data created by MAKER. In addition, it can also extract data needed

for analyses other than those accomplished with SEEKER. Below is a list's of these capabilities:

• To provide a one-line or summary listing of the data for all rooms or for particular rooms

• To produce a listing of all of the room data (including all data

on room contents) for all rooms or for particular rooms

• To create an output file of selected room parameters that can

be used as input to the UCLA Biomedical Statistics Program

BMD02R or other statistical programs in that series (Table 14)

• To create an NTRAN output file for all rooms or for particular

rooms

• To extract specific rooms or blocks of rooms from the data tape

t To perform any operation desired by user. A blank subroutine,

called DUMMY, is incorporated into READER to provide a location

for a user supplied subroutine.

• Each room is described on the data tape with two records (see

Section 4.2.1). The tenth word of the first record is an error

flag used to identify a room with erroneous data. READER can be

used to set this flag to mark room data which the user feels are erroneous.

116 <
t To print the room parameters (i.e., the first 132 elements of

the data record as described in Table 1 of Section 4.2) for

particular rooms

• To write a new output tape (in binary) with only the room parameters (elements 1 to 132) for particular rooms

The above described functions of READER are summarized in Table 15.

READER consists of the main program READ and three subroutines: DATAC2,

WRITER, and DUMMY. The READ program reads the input tape and selects those

rooms to be used. It also produces the new output tape and prints a oneline summary.

DATAC2 is called from READ. It sets up a data file using specific parameters for each room. This subroutine also dichotomizes data that are of

a non-continuous nature. For example, there are seven room types with

each type corresponding to an integer number from one to seven. To use these

data in a linear regression requires defining six dichotomized variables.

DATAC2 performs this dichotomization on seven different room parameters.

It was designed specifically to facilitate the use of the UCLA Biomedical

programs for data analysis.

WRITER is used to list either the entire data record or only the room parameters. The format used to list the entire data record is the same

as program MAKER would have used. a. •.

DUMMY is a blank subroutine. It provides a means by which the user can tailor the operation to suit his own needs. All he need do is replace

DUMMY with his own FORTRAN source deck. DUMMY can be used with the

selection processes in READER in the same manner that WRITER and DATAC2

are cal led.

4.4.2.2 Selection Procedures

There are three methods of room selection available for most of the operations performed by READER.

The first method selects those rooms that have their identifiers input to the program in the NAMELIST variable RNUM. Each room to be selected must

be identified by building number, floor number, and room number. The

order of the rooms in the vector RNUM is unimportant.

The second method selects all of the rooms between specified limits. Such

a case would be when the user wanted only the rooms from the fourth building

on the data tape. He would then specify the number of rooms preceding the

desired building and the number of rooms in the desired building. The control variables NSKIP and NO are used for this purpose. Multiple skips and

reads may be accomplished (up to 10).

117
Table 14. REGRESSION ANALYSIS DATA FILE

(Page 1 of 2)

A. Dichotomized Data

Room use

1. General

2. Clerical

3. Lobby

4. Conference

5. File

6. Storage

7. Library

Building vertical load system

1. Column

2. Bearing wall

Building building material

1 . Concrete

2. Steel

3. Masonry

4. Wood

Building occupancy type

1 . Federal government

2. State government

3. Local government

4. Private

5. Private and government

Firm type (SIC code)

1. Agriculture, forestry, and fishing

2. Mining

3. Construction

4. Manufacturing

5. Transportation, communication, electric, gas. and sanitation

services

6. Wholesale and retail trade

7. Finance, insurance, and real estate

8. Services

9. Public administration

10. Non-classifiable establishments

113
Table 14. REGRESSION ANALYSIS DATA FILE

(Page 2 of 2)

Geographic location using ZIP code

1. Northeast 0<ZIP£l9999

2. North central 42801 £ZIP<^ 58999 or 60000<ZIP£69999

3. South 20000 <. ZIP £42800 or 70000£ZIP£79999

or ZIP = 99999

4. West 80000< ZIP£ 99998 or 59000£ZIP< 59999

Surveyor numbers, from 0 to 24

Continuous Data

Floor number

Firm age

Age of building at time of survey

Building height

Number of firms in building

Number of occupants in room Room area Room volume

Live load PSF

Fire load PSF (derated)

Fire load PSF (un-derated)

Percent of floor area covered

Total number of items in the room

Total weight estimated by surveyor

Weight of heaviest item in room Room opening factor

lis
The third selection procedure is a combination of the other two. It allows the user to select specific rooms from a predetermined block of

rooms. A case where this third option will prove useful is when

certain rooms are desired from near the middle of the tape. Skipping

to the first room and stopping the search after the last increases the

efficiency of the computer.

Table 15 gives a summary of the sixteen different functions READER can perform. The OPTION values delineate the different selection procedures

discussed above.

4.4.2.3 Program Output

READER can produce four different types of printed output, ranging from

a one-line summary to a complete listing. The user determines the type

of output by setting LAM in the NAMELIST input file, SINPUT.

• Type 1 - a complete listing. Set LAM = 2. Both the room parameters and the room-content parameters are provided. See

Tables 1, 2, and 3 of Section 4.2 for a complete data description. Figure 21, which is an example of the Type 2 output is

applicable to room parameter portion of Type 1 output.

• Type 2 - a listing of only the room parameters. Set LAM = 1. The room parameters are the first 132 words on the data record.

These data include the description of the bounding surfaces

and various room totals. See Table 1 of Section 4.2 for detailed data description. Figure 21 is an example of Type 2 output.

t Type 3 - a data summary. Set LAM = 4. Only the most important

room descriptors and room totals are provided. Figure 22 has

an example of this output.

• Type 4 - a one-line data summary. Set LAM = 5. Figure 22 has an example of this output using only one room. The heading is listed only once per page. Thirty-five rooms can be accommodated

on each page. This option is designed to produce a summary list

of all the data on the data file. If the optional REAL statement

is used to diminish core size, this can be an efficient method

for determining what data are present.

In addition to printed output, READER can produce two kinds of modified

data tapes. The control variables LAM, RNUM can be used to set the room error

flag to -1 (erroneous data) on specified rooms

f Type 1 - entire data record copied to new tape. Set LAM = 3. When OPTION is set to 0, those rooms identified in the RNUM

vector are marked as erroneous by setting the error flag to -1.

120
Table 15. READER CAPABILITY

(Page 1 of 1

)

OPTION = 0 OPTION = 1 LAM = 1

LAM = 2

LAM = 3

LAM = 4

LAM = 5

LAM

LAM = 7

LAM = 8

Use WRITER to print the

first 132 words of room data for those rooms in

RNUM from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Use WRITER to print all the words of the rooms in RNUM from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Write a new tape in NTRAN

binary with error flag set

to -1 for those rooms in

RNUM from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Print a set of summary data

for all rooms in RNUM form

NSKIP{jK) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Print a one-line summary

for all rooms in RNUM from

NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ{jk)

Write a new tape in NTRAN

binary with only the first

132 words for all rooms in

RNUM from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Call DATAC2 to create a data file of those rooms

in RNUM from NSKIP{jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Use WRITER to print the

first 132 words of room

data for all rooms from

NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Use WRITER to print all

the words of the rooms from

NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Write a new tape in NTRAN

binary that has all the rooms from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Print a set of summary

data for all rooms from

NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Print a one-line suimary

for all rooms from NSKIP(jk)

to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Write a new tape in NTRAN

binary with only the first

132 words for all rooms from

NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

Call DATAC2 to create a data file of those rooms from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk)

+ NQ(jk)

Call the user-designed subroutine DUMMY for those rooms

in RNUM from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

The mnemonics used here are defined in Appendix B.7, Tables 1 and 2. OPTION = 0 - select only the rooms specified explicitly.

OPTION = 1 - select all rooms in the specified block.

Call the user-designed subroutine DUMMY for those rooms from NSKIP(jk) to NSKIP(jk) + NQ(jk)

121
o c o o o o o

o c c o o o o

-C O O AJ

IT * O O O122
3

Q.3O

0)a.

>>o

Jl o « • • » cn S Zl o O o K • I O O u.

a so ^ MOO)

JO* I • " o- ut ^ ^ • a o

0> ^ » ^ 4 o

2> 3 d r- ^ • «1 I X. v » »^ </> C ^ »^ u. 3 1^ • o » • •- a »- < • o o ^ jr —> -vi o I »-« I • • ^ ^ 3 » a.O u. £ JJ X « <o O 3 « ft z o u 3: _kj —• •

I*. ^ o « a < o z ^ z c u

(X 3 o T C — OT ~ • I UI

O

C 3 «- > o

_1 -<

U _1 • a ^- • 2 3 iT •- jJ y> X X a »- o 3 ^ o

u. • ^ • C X. -> ^ a 9> X Xj 3 CO >4J 'a 2 «. U X _l a. • « « lO <M •»- a

rf< 3 CO o — -jJ o

r-- • _j • 5 • J> I »- • — -« O >- — Z *- • — I * CO o Q »• -• IC O

-» -I 01 • —• * »-

r» «; c r c X -30100 or • ^ o • •-•»«»-» CO- IT 3 T — «- X Me 3 r d «o 3 a: 3 le J 3 Cv D o W >- to ^ « ir> uj z z a • • > UJ UJ < » a r » a. • « 3 3

<n o u

M

XX < • o a uj C 3 3 a z a or <« oo 3

Q.

Q.

>>X

UJ 3 « r « uJ Z « »- 3 3 » _i

-» u.

a. < u. 3 •- I

;i »- o

>-> a. U. Q Z o

a. oj

>•

_l o

or I O O

X

X 3 ( Z O

(/I

O UJ o 0) i/t £ <c ^ 01 <: UJ r- o £ Irt Q.->- +J D. 1/1 >> >i U 1- 01 ^ ^

01 01 ^ U •<-> a. o ttj -tJ !-> ^ lO O 0)0) O Cl vr> 1/1

4/1 oi CT> cn CT» 3 C C C (O n3 <U O ^ ^ OJ o

ajTJTJTD !«-<- 0>- C C C C ij- lQ<OrT3(t) l-U >*-»*-

4A f— l/l 1/1

-r- o <U

U <U QJ «— rt3 — CO

T3*-'OOE'*-'<-><-*-'

in

0)Ol S1- >, Ol

Ol 4- -O Ol S- l- C OJ XI C O

OJ ^ O

O •—>-' •— -O-O OJCJ'^ lt-JU-UO_J

TD t/1 O T3 -O 3

dJ ^ dJ <U

O ID PF^EEll II IIOUJ

—lOO—II

O-— 000_10Li.l/l_J o o o o o

1_ 1- 4- S- O; 0> O) ^ -Q X) . EEEEESEEil

zzzzzzzz:*

i/> o; in o- •*

I— UJ i£ ~ _i on UJ OO CL Q 3 U1/1 UJ z a: <t o o1>-iOQ-Oaujet

1/1 CQ cQ «t I— uj<<tX^»/)</ioo< Oh-uoz:u.u.u-o c3o

Cl 3

o.

«-> 3o

Ql

>>

Ol :eo

01 "

I- t—

.,- l/l JZ r- 9 3 C i_ 0) 2 •4>J OJ ^ t/1

OlE s- 3 O) I. c .a 01 cn 3 e C C 3c

T3 S- r- O E

•— o o 3 r- O

mLi.ce

u 1/1 0) "O J3 1- • 3= 9J C <«- i. o o

>1 i- O) Ol > J3

OJ ' 0) (U

i<- 0) = T3

O)

—

S. E O

OO 3 3 O O O

1/1

4-O Oi

1= '—1. O -o 3 .r- 0 OJ — n_

S- *J >—

ro Ol c s. <-> O)

-r, '

<T3

C O) ' O 3 ^ t3 ' '— Tj <— C r—

OJ UJ 3 m > *J O

•rO Q.

O 3

a.

+-> 3O

UJ

o.

>» ac

Q.

>io

CLE

ra

CM

S_ I—

Ol •— ^ o; E u o «

l/>

Q- UJ

O •—• I/) I—

O > Q

— u. ^ —

a: 3 ~ «t UJ UJ cQ o _i>— Ol— 301— (— f— _i s: >-u.i :r_i«c uj3:i/ij:u.«o:3

OC UJOI— ^ _JO C^UJI— OUJLS z t30X> CJi— <t«t"-ujujQ;<:~ U.Q. aooQ£z:zauj)— uj=>o>—-ccuj)— ujo<c)— _l_l033UJi— q:03 — ZU.UJ303 0.0 cDu.a:(/iz_j3<c)— —13 o i— »* f123
If OPTION is set to 1, the room data files are copied

verbatim although specific rooms or blocks of rooms can be selected using the NSKIP and NQ control variables

previously discussed

• Type 2 - only room parameters (first 132 words) copied to new tape. Set LAM = 6.

The final type of output produced by READER is a regression analysis

data file. This data file contains all of the information anticipated

to be needed to perform a regression analysis of the live load and

fire loads in office buildings. This option is selected by setting

LAM = 7. Each room is described with 23 types of information arranged

into four lines (or four cards if the data are punched). DATAC2 is used

to generate this data file.

Part of the data is non-continuous data (i.e., variables with only integer

values) that are dichotomized and part is continuous data that are transferred

directly to the new data file.

The dichotomized data are given a value of either 1., 0., or -1. Below

is an example of the dichotomization method used:

t For building material, the alternative values are:

1 = concrete

2 = steel

3 = masonry

4 = wood

0 DATAC2 will write three variables: XI (8), XI (9), XI (10):

The value of Z is -1. in DATAC2. It may be set to another value by changing the DATA statement. This method is used for all of the aforementioned

dichotomized variables.

The format of the output file is on four lines. The first line is the

dichotomized room descriptions, except for surveyor number and geographic

location:

Mat. Jm.

12

3

4

Values

XI (8) Xl(9) Xl(lO)

1. 0. 0. 0. 1. 0.

0.Ill0. 1.

124
mrictL

lOtOINS tTJTH. .l\ UILOING auiLOiNS

\ l»TEI»l»L OCCUP»NCT

1001 USE -7 \ =1 =5 f>W nPE =8

I - 1 . - 1 . - ' . - 1 . - 1 . - i .

I

: . I: c . .|- 1 . - . - I . - 1 .

1

0'

. c

.

: . n . ~

The second line of output is the remaining dichotomized room description

and part of the continuous data:

NUIBtl Cf tECCttPMIC FLGOi «EE OF lUILDINC NUNSER OCCUPtNTS KOOH LOCATION NUMeED FIM 'CE lUILOING HEIGHT OF FiavS IN ROOM ROON AREl VOLUME

I £l =20 :;8 '^ 3l8 ;=0 =224 =1904

The third line consists of the remaining continuous data:

FIIE LOID TOTAL EJTINITED OF FIIE LOtO LIVE LOiO PSF t OF FLOOD NUKBEfi OF lEISHT nEAVItS'r ROOM PSF r$F (DEEATEO) km COyEREO ITEIS IN ROOK IN ROOM ITEM OPENING FACTOR (UNOERATED) = 21.092 =.349 =30. 1 48 ^8 =14 =115.33 =-1 =17.433

1 21.3S£ J - . 1 u -

1 Mb.i5

The last line is the dichotomized room surveyor number, from 0 to 24:

tOIVETOI MUltEl m. i

0 . 1 2 3 4 5 8 7 I i 10 11 12 13 14 13 18 n 18 H 20 21 22 23 24 |0, Q. . 0. 0. C. 0. 1. 'i. ,• . 0, I,. 0. n. j . r. . ^. J. 0.

The output file from DATAC2 will be written on the unit specified on the

NAMELIST input card as the value of NOUT. The four lines shown above are

all less than 80 characters long, so that the assigned unit may be a card

punch.

4.4.2.4 Diagnostic Messages

The diagnostic messages in READER are of three types:

125
• Messages concerning the NAMELIST input data,

• Messages relating to the NTRAN operations, and

• Messages relating to the values of data to be processed

1n DATAC2.

Table 3 in Appendix B.7 gives these messages and the conditions under

which they are printed. It should be consulted on encountering any such

message.

The messages relating to data processed by DATAC2 do not imply the termination of the run. They do mean, however, that processing of that

particular room will not be continued and that room will not be added

to the output file.

126
4.4.3 Operating Logic

READER first reads the function options from the NAMELIST card, SINPUT.

It then reads the data tape, applying the selective procedures to determine which rooms shall be processed. It processes the selected rooms according to the function options. Figure 23 is a general flow chart

of the operation of READER.

4.4.3.1 Reading the Room Data

The room data being read by READER were created by program MAKER. The

data are binary, odd parity, 800 bpi density and were written with the

UNIVAC system routine, NTRAN. Tables 1, 2, and 3 of Section 4.2 together

with Table 7 of Appendix B.4 describe the data. Two records are used

for each room. The first record has 10 words, each of which gives the

length of the second record. If, however, the data were flawed when

MAKER processed them, the tenth word of the record will be 0. The second

record is the data produced by MAKER describing the room. If the user

later decides, for any reason, that he does not want to use a particular

room in his analysis, he may use READER to set this error flag (i.e.,

the tenth word of record one) to -1. This is done by setting OPTION = 1 and LAM = 3. The new tape generated by READER will be identical to the

input tape except that the error flag will have been set. to -1 for the

specified rooms. The NAMELIST control variable, RNUM, is used to specify

the room to be flagged. Up to 50 rooms can 'be flagged on one run.

If this error flag has previously been set to -1 by READER or to 0 by MAKER,

that room will be skipped when the DATAC2 subroutine is used to create a regression analysis data file (see Section 4.4.2.3).

The control variables, NSKIP and NQ, are used to skip over blocks of data.

This results in lower computer costs by reducing the number of tape read

operations required. This requires some knowledge as to where on the tape

the rooms of interest are located. Another way to reduce the computer

cost is to redimension Y whenever LAM options 1, 4, 5, 6, and 7 are used.

Since these options (see Table 15) only operate on the room parameters,

only the first 132 words of the data record need be read. Consequently,

for these cases Y should be redimensioned to Y(132) from the nominal

Y(15000). This can be done by changing the DIMENSION statement in the source deck and recompiling the program.

4.4.3.2 Selecting the Rooms

Room selection can be accomplished either by specifying groups of rooms

(OPTION = 1) or by specifying particular rooms (OPTION = 0).

127
c

STOP y*~'j^PSINI ERROR MESSAGE

C

STOP

PRINT MEANING

OF STATUS ,40R0

CALL WRITER TO PRINT COMPLETE

ROOM DATA

WRITE DATA ON UNIT NOUT IN NTRAN BINARY

PRINT

DATA SUMMARY

WRITE ONE-LINE

SUMMARY OF ROOM DATA

If LAM

IP LAM

3

WRITE ONLY THE Ut

132 WORDS ON UNIT NOUT IN fITRAN binary/ yes

CALL DATAC2 TO WRITE A DATA FILE FOR 8I0ME0 PROGRAM'S ,

If m

6,NO

If LAM

CALL USER DESIG:<ED SUBROUTINE DU."W

Figure 23. General Flow Chart for READER

128
To select groups of rooms the user must first determine where on the input

tape each group begins and how many rooms are to be included in the group.

NSKIP gives the number of rooms to be skipped from the end of the previous

group, or from the beginning of the tape; NQ is two times the number of rooms to be selected.

A graphic representation of this operation is shown below:

tf oir*

z

NSKIPI 1

1

nqUI 'a NQ(2) NSKIP(3| n ] NSKIP|4)^

y. il zi

Itl uir

r NSKIP( 10) NQ(lO)

IN lit ctoyr \

IN 2a< MOUP

NUNIEI lEtD

IN 3f« saour

END Of OlTt

FILE

NIMBCI IE«D

IN 101b ecoup

Up to ten separate groups may be selected in one run. Additional groups

may be obtained by stacking runs. If all the room on the input tape are

to be processed, NSKIP must equal 10*0 and NQ must equal 90000, 9*0.

NSKIP and NQ are each vectors dimensioned for 10 elements. Thus (10*0) means each element is set to zero and (90000,. 9*0) means the first element

is set to 90000 and the rest are set to 0. These are the default values.

Particular rooms can be chosen by specifying the building number, floor

number, and room number for each room to be selected. The control variable

RNUM is used for this information. Up to 50 rooms can be specified. This

selection procedure can be used in conjunction with the first procedure

for situations where all the specified rooms are in a particular building.

NSKIP is given a value to carry the read to the beginning of the building.

If the rooms are located in definable areas, this method should speed up the selection process. This cannot be used for LAM = 3 because all the rooms are to be written on the new tape. To use this procedure, OPTION

must be set to 0. The program checks each room against the input data

and selects those for which a match is obtained. An example of this procedure (OPTION = 0) is given below.

$INPUT RNUM = 2,3,5,10,20,1 ,25, 3,50, NC = 9, LAM= ?$END

would select room 5 on floor 3 in building 2, room 1 on floor 20 in building 10, room 50 on floor 3 in buildng 25.

NC must equal three times the number of rooms; LAM may be

any of the 8 available options.

129
4.4.3.3 Examples of Selection Cases

Example 1

$INPUT LAM = 1, NSKIP = 5, NQ = 1 $END

LAM = 1 calls WRITER to print the first 132 words of room data; NSKIP(l)

= 5 skips the first five rooms on the input tape assigned to unit 9; NQ(1) = 1 reads only one room after the first skip (the default value of

NQ(2 to 10) = 0, so after reading this one room, the read will stop);

OPTION = 1 by default.

Example 2 $INPUT LAM = 3, OPTION = 1, RNUM = 1,1,3.25,3,50, NC = 6,

NOUT = 10 $END

LAM = 3 writes a new tape; OPTION = 1 selects those rooms in RNUM and

writes them with the tenth word in the first record as a -1 ; RNUM =1,

1,3,25,3,50 - the rooms to be selected are building 1, floor 1, room 3 and

building 25, floor 3, room 50; NC = 6, NC must equal three times the number

of rooms; NOUT = 10, the tape output file is a tape assigned to unit 10

with the input, by default, a tape assigned to unit 9.

Example 3

NO INPUT CARD PRESENT

Since OPTION = 1, NIN = 9, NSKIP = 0, NQ(1) = 90000 and LAM = 5 by default,

a one-line summary will be printed for all the data on the input tape

assigned to unit 9.

Example 4

$INPUT NSKIP = 10,50,30,7*0, NQ = 5,17,85,7*0 $END

NSKIP = 10 skips 10 rooms; NQ = 5 reads 5 rooms; NSKIP = 50 skips 50 rooms; NQ = 17 reads 17 rooms; NSKIP = 30 skips 30 rooms; NQ = 85 reads 85 rooms; OPTION =1, LAM = 5 by default, produces a one line summary for each room; NIN = 9 by default, means the input tape is assigned to unit 9.

130
4.5 Regression Analysis (Program BMD02R)

4.5.1 Introduction

The data created by Program MAKER is amenable to analysis by any statistical analysis technique desired. Programs SEEKER and READER have been

designed to retrieve this data efficiently and to save it for analysis.

In doing so, they also provide some of the basic statistical parameters

which characterize the data (Sections 4.3 and 4.4). For the specific

purposes of this study, however, use was made of the Biomedical Computer

Program, BMD02R, to perform stepwise regression analyses of the PSF live

load and the PSF un-derated fire load. Although the results of the

regression analyses are reported in Reference 2, a brief description of

the BMD02R computer program is provided here.

The results of these regression analyses were subsequently incorporated

into Program BUILDER (Section 4.6) to provide a statistical model of the

live load and fire load in offices.

4.5.2 Program Description

The program computes a sequence of multiple linear regression equations

in a stepwise manner. At each step one variable is added to the regression equation. The variable added is the one which makes the greatest

reduction in the error sum of squares. Equivalently it is the variable

which has highest partial correlation with the dependent variable partialed on the variables which have already been added; and equivalently

it is the variable winch, if it were added, would have the highest F value. In addition, variables can be forced into the regression equation.

Non-forced variables are automatically removed when their F values become

too low. Regression equations with or without the regression intercept

may be selected.

Output from the program includes:

(1 ) At each step:

(a) Multiple R (b) Standard error of estimate

(c) Analysis-of-variance table

(d) For variables in the equation:

1. Regression coefficient

2. Standard error

3. F to remove

(e) For variables not in the equation

1. Tolerance

2. Partial correlation coefficient

3. F to enter

131
(2) Optional output prior to performing regression:

(f) Means and standard deviations

(g) Covariance matrix

(h) Correlation matrix

(3) Optional output after performing regression:

(i ) List of residuals

(j) Plots of residuals vs. input variables

(k) Summary table

A complete description of program operation, computational procedures

and operating instructions is provided in Reference 11.

132
4.6 Building Analysis (Program BUILDER ) 4.6.1 Introduction

The function of Program BUILDER is to recreate the psf live load and the

psf fire load in every room of a specified building. It does this by

using the statistical models previously developed (Sections 4.5 and 4.6)

for those rooms for which survey data is not available. If there are rooms

in the building for which the user knows the loads (for instance, if a room was surveyed during this study), the program will use the actual load

if that is desired.

The program is arranged into a main program and one subroutine (FLMOD).

The main program performs all input and output operations, all data

checking, all calculations on rooms with known loads, and all calculations of floor and building totals. The subroutine performs the load

calculations using the statistical model. If the user desires to perform

a live load or fire load study using a different statistical model, he

will have to modify the FLMOD subroutine.

If desired, the program will print the complete description of each room or room segment. Included here are such things as the east, west, north,

and south wall locations; the room use; firm data; psf live load; and

psf fire load. In addition to this optional output, the program always

prints a number of floor and building totals.

The program is dimensioned for up to 600 room or room segments per floor.

The general program flow is shown in Figure 24.

133
READ BUILDING

CHARACTERISTICS FORM

READ DATA FOR

SURVEYED ROOMS

I

READ FIRM DATA

AND DETERMINE FIRM

SUMMARY

READ ROOM DATA,

TEST ROOM DATA,

TRANSFER DATA TO STORAGE

DETERMINE LIVE LOAD

AND FIRE LOAD (PSF)

FOR ENTIRE FLOOR

CALCULATE AND PRINT

BUILDING TOTALS

Figure 24. General Flow Chart for Program BUILDER

134
4.6.2 Operational Techniques

4.6.2.1 Input Data

Three types of input data are required for Program BUILDER. The first type

is a set of run parameters defining the type of input and output desired.

The second type of data is the room-plan information (including building

and firm characteristics), and the third type is load data for specific

rooms. The first two data sets are always required but the third is optional.

The run parameters are all logical variables input on one NAMELIST input

record. This record is always required, although none of the variables

need to be specified if the user desires to use the default values. These

variables define:

• Whether load data for specific rooms is being used,

t Whether all of the output is to be printed,

• Whether the room-plan data is to be read from a NAMELIST

input record, a binary tape file, or a binary FASTRAND file,

and

• Whether the output is to be written on a binary tape file,

a binary FASTRAND file, or nowhere.

The specific details required by the user are given in Appendix B.8 (Table

2).

BUILDER is designed to read the room-plan data tape (Data File 2) according to the tape format described in Table 1 of Appendix B.8. Each file

on the tape represents a single building. The first record contains the

building characteristic data (25 words) and the next record contains the

firm information (8 words per firm). Each subsequent record contains

data for one room or room segment (34 words). The tape must be in binary

format and must have been created with the NTRAN software for the UNIVAC

1108. All of the rooms or room-segments for a specific floor must be

adjacent to one another, but within a given floor the rooms may be in any

order.

To facilitate program checkout and to provide additional flexibility, the

program will also read the above data from cards (in NAMELIST form). The

data must be in the same sequence as required for the magnetic tape. A separate NAMELIST input record is required for each data record. The

building characteristic record is called TEST!, the firm data record is called TEST2, and each room-plan record is called TEST3. The arrangement

of this data is described in Appendix B.8 (Table 2).

135
Load data may also be used for specific rooms if the user so desires. This

is done by setting the run parameter SURDAT = TRUE and providing the required

data on cards. For each room being given a specific loading, the following

information must be provided:

• Building number

f Floor number

• Room number

• PSF live load

• Standard deviation of live load

t PSF fire load

• Standard deviation of fire load

This data must be provided in the specified format (IHb, 3F10.0, 4E12.6).,

If more than one building is being processed on the same run, the surveyed

data may all be placed on one file or a separate file may be used for each. • building. Two title cards are required at the beginning of each file and

an end-of-file card is required at the end of each f i le . The building

sequence in the surveyed-data must match the building sequence in the roomplan data. Program SEEKER (See Section 4,3) has a special option for generating the surveyed data in the required form.

4.6.2.2 Error Checking

The program performs a number of data checks to insure that the data is internally consistent. If it finds inconsistent data, an error message is

printed, but generally the run is allowed to proceed.

On the building characteristic data, the following items are checked:

• Building number should be less than 102,

t State number should be less than 52,

§ The construction date should be between 1800 and 1974,

• The number of stories should be less than 101,

• The vertical load resisting system, the building materials,

and occupancy type should be one of the designated indices.

On the firm data, the following program checks are made:

• That the firm number is less than 1001,

t That the firm type is one of the standard industrial classifications.

136
• That the firm age is less than 175 years.

The program also checks the load data being input for specific rooms and the

room-plan data against the building-characteristic data. If an inconsistency

is found here, the run is terminated. The items checked are:

• The building number,

• The floor number,

• The substitution flag ;o or 1),

• The room use flag (1 to 12).

4.6.2.3 Load Model

The live loads (psf) and fire loads (psf) produced by BUILDER are developed in three ways depending on the room use and on whether specific data

was input for the subject room. If specific data was input, that data is

used without modification. If the room is designated as a stairway (use

index = 8), elevator (use index = 9), corridor (use index = 10), other

(use index = 11), or vacant (use index = 12), the loads and their standard

deviations are set to zero.

If, however, the room is one of the types of rooms covered by the survey

(use index =1 to 7), the statistical model discussed in Section 4.5

and in Reference 2 is used to generate the floor loading. Subroutine

FLMOD performs this determination.

The fire and live "load models incorporated into BUILDER depend only on the room use. OtheV'possibl e variables were investigated but found to be un- important compare^'to. the effect of room use. The details of this investigation and the rt<?^l.s themselves are discussed in detail in Reference 2. FLMOD simply selects the desired floor loading from the following list

which defines, the model s in their entirety.

PSF Fire Load

Use Use Index PSF Live Load Un-derated

General 1 9.2 7.5

Clerical 2 10.1 6.4

Lobby 3 4.0 4.4

Conference 4 5.7 5.2

File 5 25.3 16.8

Storage 6 15.8 12.7

Library 7 26.4 24.7

The standard deviations of the live load and fire load are 7,82 and 6.22,

respectively, irrespective of the room use.

137
4.6.2.4 Output

The room-plan data is provided to the program on a room or room-segment

basis. Because each room-plan record only contains data for a rectangular

area, several records are required to describe non-rectangular rooms. The

addition flag (0 or 2 = add, 1 or 3 = subtract) defines whether the area should be added or subtracted from other elements with the same floor and room number. The results produced by program BUILDER retain the same data

blocks as existed in the input. Each room will be described by one or more

records just as it was on the input tape. The sequence of these data blocks

may be rearranged because all blocks with the same floor and room number wil

be adjacent to one another in the output.

The items included in the output are described in Table 16. Most of the

information included on the input tape will also appear in the output. In- stead of having a firm number, however, each room will now have a firm type

and a firm age. The printing of this data is optional.

When the output data is being written on a magnetic tape or FASTRAND file,

the first record will be the building characteristic data and all subsequent

records will be the room-plan and load data. After all room records for a single building have been recorded, a single "end-of-f i le" mark will be.

recorded. When the last building being processed is complete, another "endof-f ile" mark will be recorded on the tape. If the data is being written on tape, the UNIVAC software, NTRAN, is used. However, if the data is being

written on a FASTRAND file then a normal Fortran binary write is used.

In addition to the data shown in Table 16, the printed output also contains

several floor and building totals. For each floor, the program produces:

- total live load (lb)

- total fire load (lb)

- total live load determined from surveyed data (lb)

- total fire load determined from surveyed data (lb)

- total area (ft^)

2

- total surveyed area (ft ) - total area of stairways, corridors, elevators,

and other (ft2)

- total room area broken down Into 12 use categories

(ft2)

For each building - all of the items listed above, plus

- number of firms broken down into 10 type

categories

138
- number of rooms broken down into 8 use categories (not including stairways, corridors,

elevators, and other)

All of these floor and building summaries are always printed.

139
TABLE 16. ROOM PARAMETERS: OUTPUT OF BUILDER

(Page 1 of 2)

Building Characteristics (Record 1)

1 Surveyor No. (001 to 999)

2 Building No. (001 to 200)

3 State No. (01 to 51)

4 Zip No. (00001 to 99999)

5 Year Built (1700 to 1974)

6 Number of Stories Above Ground Level (00 to 99)

7 Vertical Load Resisting System

1 = column

2 = bearing wall

8 Building Material

1 = concrete

2 = steel

3 = masonry

4 = wood

9 Occupancy Type

1 = federal government

2 = state government

3 = local government

4 = private

5 = private and government

10 Number of Firms in Building (001 to 999)

140
TABLE 16. ROOM PARAMETERS: OUTPUT OF BUILDER

(Page 2 of 2)

Room Data (Record 2 and Subsequent)

With respect to building origin

1 Floor No. (00 to 99)

2 Room No. (000 to 999)

3 West coordinate (ft)

4 East coordinate (ft)

5 North coordinate (ft)

6 South coordinate (ft)

7 . Flag

0 = add area, not surveyed

1 = subtract area, not surveyed

2 = add area, surveyed

3 = subtract area, surveyed

8 Firm type (00 to 99)

9 Firm age (000 to 200)

10 Room Use

1 = general

2 = clerical

3 = lobby

4 * conference

5 = file

6 = storage

7 = library

8 * stairway

9 * elevator

10 = corridor

11 = other

12 = vacant

11 Mean fire load for room (psf)

12 Standard deviation of mean fire load (psf)

13 Mean live load for room (psf)

14 Standard deviation of mean live load (psf)

•15 Area of room (i.e., room segment)

141
4.6.3 Operating Logic

4.6.3.1 MAIN Operating Logic

Almost all of the operations required for the program are contained within

the main program. This includes all input and output, and most data

manipulation. Whenever an end-of-file mark is encountered on the input

tape, the program assumes that the building has been completed. It then

tries to read data for another building. Whenever two end-of-file marks

are encountered in succession, the program assumes that the job is complete.

The operation of program BUILDER is described graphically in the flow chart

of Figure 25. The major operations of the main program are as follows

(shown sequentially):

• Initialize parameters and read $INPUT

t Read, manipulate, and test building-characteristic data

• Read, manipulate, and test data for surveyed rooms

• Read, manipulate, and test firm data; form firm totals

• Read and test room data until floor number changes

• Determine all load parameters for the floor just read

+ If room was surveyed, use that load data

+ If room is a stairway, corridor, elevator, other, or vacant, set loads to zero

+ Call FLMOD to determine load parameter for remaining

rooms

• Write the output on printer and/or tape or FASTRAND file

• Calculate floor and building totals

• Write floor and/or building totals on printer

• Proceed to next floor or building

4.6.3.2 FLMOD Operating Logic

FLMOD was structured in anticipation that the fire and live loads would

depend on a number of parameters such as room use, room area, and firm

type. Consequently it determines the true area of each room prior to determining the loads. In the final formulation, however, the loads are only a function of the room use. Consequently, FLMOD simply uses the

Use Index to select the proper load (mean and standard deviation) from

a table compiled into the program. The Use Index varies from 1 for a general office to 7 for a library. The desired loads are placed in the

M0DEL2 matrix for output purposes.

142
C

START )

/ read or set /

/run parameters/

INITIALIZE PARAMETERS

/ READ / CHAR.

8L0G. /

DATA /

FORM BUILD

1

TEST

CHAR.

CLDG. DATA ____/ ERROR /

/ MESSAGES /

( STOP )

ZREAD FIRM I

DATA /

FORM RftFIRn

TEST FIRM DATA

ERROR MESSAGE

DETERMINE FIRM TOTALS BY TYPE

/WRITE BLOG. /

CHAR. DATA /

/READ DATA FOR /

FIRST ROOM /

TRANSFER DATA

TO nODEL

ERR • TRUE

Figure 25. Detailed Flow Chart for Program BUILDER

143
9DETERMINE

FIRM TYPE. AGE

TRANSFER FIRM

DATA TO MODEL

SET NFL

-H 600

l<NFL-H605

NRM - NRM + 1 NORECD-riORECD+1

i

FORM ROOM

i

TEST ROOM

DATA —

y

FLFLAG - 1

REARRANGE MODEL

TO PLACE LIKE ROOMS TOGETHER

TEST FOR SURVEYED

ROOM AND USE THAT DATA WHERE POSSIBLE IN MODEL

2

ERROR MESSAGE

^/ TERMINATION /

/ MESSAGE /

r

/krite building/

(750) / TOTALS /

Z

WRITE END-OF- /

SLOG MESSAGE /

DETERMINE FIRM

TYPE. AGE

CALL FLMOD TO CALCULATE LOAD

DATA FOR NON-SURVEYED

ROOMS IN riODEL2

WRITE PROCESSED

DATA ON TAPE I OR PRINTER /

ZERO FLOOR

TOTALS

CALCULATE

FLOOR TOTALS Z

WRITE FLOOR /

TOTALS /

CALCULATE BUILDING TOTALS

NRM 0

SET NFL 7

TRANSFER DATA ERR • TRUE

PROCESS NEXT BUILDING

PROCESS FLOOR

TO MODEL

TRANSFER FIRM DATA TO MODEL Figure 25, Detailed Flow Chart for Program BUILDER

(continued)

144
5. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Several staff members at NBS and the Bureau of The Census contributed

to the development of the computer programs contained in this report.

The program for scanning the FOSDIC documents was written by Alex

Courtney, Bureau of The Census. The authors developed the computer - programs described in Chapters 3 and 4. Leighton Greenough and Irvin

Pulaski, from the Product Engineering Division, NBS, wrote the computer

program for scanning the floor plan tracing^. Dr. Joan Rosenblatt, ; Applied Mathematics Division, NBS, provided .continual guidance on selection of the room survey sample and the mathematical procedures

adopted to reduce the survey data. Newton Breese, Center for Fire

Research, assisted in debugging the computer programs, preparing the

floor plan tracings, and processing the, survey data.

145
6. REFERENCES

1. Culver, Charles; Kushner, Jill, "A Program for Survey of Fire Loads

and Live Loads in Office Buildings," NBS Technical Note 858, May 1975.

2. Culver, Charles, "Survey Results for Fire Loads and Live Loads in

Office Buildings," NBS report in preparation.

3. Standard Industrial Classification Manual , U.S. Bureau of the Budget,

Office of Statistical Standards, Washington, DC, 1967.

4. Benjamin, J.R.; Cornell, C.A., Probability, Statistics and Decision

for Civil Engineers , McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1970.

5. Ku, H.H., "Notes on the Use of Propagation of Error Formulas," Journal

of Research of the National Bureau of Standards, Vol. 70C, October - December 1966.

6. Natrella, M.G., Experimental Statistics , National Bureau of Standards

Handbook 91 , August 1 , 1963, Pages 2-9.

7. Robertson, A.F.; Gross, Daniel, "Fire Load, Fire Severity, and Fire

Endurance," ASTM Special Publication 464, 1970.

8. VTRAN - NBS Developed Subroutine, Computer Services Division, National

Bureau of Standards, May 1 , 1974.

9. NTRAN - UNI VAC 1100 Series, FORTRAN V Library, Programmer Reference

UP-7876, Section 4.18.

10. Text EDITOR (ED) - UNIVAC 1100 Series, Operating System, Programmer

Reference UP-4144, Rev. 3, Section 18.4.

n. Dixon, W. J., Editor, BMP - Biomedical Computer Programs , University

of California Press, 1968.

146
APPENDIX A

DATA PROCESSING FOfy^S AND INSTRUCTIONS

The forms and instructions used to collect data in the rooms surveyed were presented in a previous report (1). In addition, special procedures were developed to randomly select the rooms to be surveyed in the 23

buildings in Phase I and process information on the building geometry.

Instructions for preparing the Area Classification Documents used for

the room selection and the Plans Document used to generate the geometric

coordinates for all areas within the building are included in this

Appendix.

147
Instructions for Ccnpletion of Area

Classification Document

The Area Classification Document is a FOSDIC form used for caiputer

processing of information on the firms occupying the building and

the use of each area within the building. Information to be recorded on this document is obtained from the building floor plan blueprints

used in the initial survey of the building. After completion, this

document is used as input to a computer program which randomly selects

the specific rooms to be surveyed within a given building.

The building number and floor number are recorded on each sheet of

the floor plans. Each area (room, corridor, elevator, etc.) on a given floor has been assigned a number. Ihis number is circled on the plans. For each circled room number, a one or three part code

number, e.g. 3-2-2, 11, or 5/1/10, has also been recorded on the plans.

Ihis code corresponds to the different sections to be filled in on the

Area Classification Document.

Each digit in the code number represents a different section of the- POSDIC fonn. The first number is the firm number, the second tells

whether it is an enclosed or open room, and the third tells what the room is used for. In some cases, the code will be only one number.

In that case, the code number represents room use. Most of the time

this one digit number will occur in elevator spaces and stairwells and

the like where firm numbers are not ^proprlate. A single digit code

Is also used for vacant rooms.

Using the floor plans, fill out the Area Classification Documents.

On each Area Classification Document, first fill out the building and

floor number at the top of the page. There is no specific order

required for recording the roans on the document, i.e. numerical order

of roans is not necessary. However, only roans from the same floor

may be on the same sheet. A floor may have more rooms than can be

recorded on one sheet. In that case, after conpleting a sheet. Just

fill out another sheet with the same building and floor Information

at the top and continue.

First, fill in the fimi number in the section entitled FIRM using

the first number in the code.

Next, fill in the circled roan number in the section entitled ROCJ'I NUMBER. Do not use the special mark in this section indicated for

subtraction.

148
Next,

code:

fill In enclosed or open roan using the second number in the

1 - fully enclosed

2 - open: with partitions

3 - open: without partitions

Skip the section entitled NO. IMAG. ROOMS.

Next, fill in the room use using the third number in the code:

1 general

2 clerical

3 lobby

H conference

5 file

6 storage

7 library

8 stairway

9 elevator

10 corridor

11 other

For vacant rocras, indicated on the plans as 12, the ROOM USE should

not be marked but the nuntoer 5 should be marked in the Z column.

Where there is only one number in the code, do not fill in anything

for finn number or enclosed or open room.

The X and Y columns should be left blank in all cases.

Next, fill in the Z column using 0 if the roan is less than or equal to 200 square feet and 1 if it is more than 200 square feet-

(Ihe area of the room is usually marked on the plans as so many "sq. ft." or " czi " or the Z value has been indicated. ) If there is only one number in the code, the square footage need not be marked in the Z column. If a roan has the same firm number as the room before it,

the "same as before" circle may be marked in lieu of firm number.

If an area having no firm number connected with it, such as an elevator, cones within a group of rooms of the same finn number, "same as before"

must also be marked. When starting a new sheet, the firm number should

be marked in block 1 even if it is the same as the last block filled

out on the previous sheet.

In the top section of the fonn, the blocks labeled 1 throu^ 11,

"H6R.REF.1,""H0R.REF.2,""VERT.REF.1," and "VERT. RES'. 2" should be ignored.

The Area Classification Documents for each building should be stacked

together in order by floor.

The following is an exaiiple of a record for one roan.

149
The following data was recorded on the floor plans:

BLDG 24

FLR 5 CD

88/1/2 ( in the irdividual

287 ^ I roan or area

The conpleted section of the Area Classification Document is as follows:

150
I d <n 1^ 'XQ ly m tj- in N

I ("o lO 1^ 'o o

O M s;- in ti) N ci:- itQ .^1 n . O ^' 10 '•> .

'n ^ v'' n o: ^

in i5

<n i5

'n '

I

in ^ (•-. .

'n v5 N.

.n 1^ ^. .

. o »-< ly (O a' c7> UJ

Q£ O n d- in \3 ^ -'0 C' ^ O 1-1 (\j m ^- <n k5 Ni CC' o

. 0 t-t <.\j n in ij) 'io o

Q M lu n t!- (n i5 CC' o

o lu n ^ fO i5 fM .'i:- cTt

O '0 n <i- (n <^ N 0"! o *u n ^ -n ^5 'X cr> O ^- (n :>: cr^

• o 'X' cr>

(O r- 'C' <7i

^ O ^ n )

^ ^ w IV .

fn ^ (

Tt if) I

© j«l

psi 0 t-i lu fi tj- in ^r, a- C7> > o *u (A c!" -n o o

K o M t\t n J- fn e) N <i:- o

Ni Q »-t ly n q"- <n i^ n o:> CT" >- 0 t-i n rl- <n 1^ CO o

xOt-t'on^;- (OijN CO o'l

M G *^ '^^ <^ in o

V O iM 10 m in 15 ^. -x- X o w 10 n d- in ^ 'i:- <;> ooooooooooo lij OOOOOOOOOOO O O O O O I) f' O n 1 > (1

§ 1

-8 i1 " r H ^ i S fill-! sill U

i ||,|" ff || : * till-! 8-5 fJsl

i

i

-5

f-' f 5 -§ ^ ° ii|1-?!i|IJU

g Q IV n ^- in N. ..o c7> g 0 t-t cu n (f- in ^- co O K Q t-t vu ri ti- (n v5 N (ij o g 0 fl- 'n 1^ CO o S G "-^ i\j in N- CC' o

f I'll? ! 1 .i;^

z z

a o " >u n tJ- <n o o:- 3 O n lu o d- in ID o; (r>

Q O ni in

g Q lu D ri- m r<4 -x- (Ti

J a

g 0 lu n d- in ^0 I- . ,|. g O H lu n m 10 r. .r. i/i

^ ' J 1 1 III n ^1- in lO I

©•'^lyn^h <ni^N 5 O lu <! 'n f-. 1.0 [;^ O 'y n in 1,0 ^ o"^

O >-< '0 r) 'O lO CO O S fj >-^ 10 n vl If. l|) N 0) <7i O n in lO N CO 6^G I"* lu -J- ''1 ij) r' -x- (? S O > 1 n '. iri ,n ^, oi (7, fj ' 1 lu m .1 1 in (7. © i»| o © J»| 0

is( G # 'u ri (0 1^ CO cr> > o <.\j n ^ (Dijf^coc^ H o >u -J- 'n o ^. CO 0"^

>- 0 n (n v5 CO c

X O 'vi rn (n e) N <0

h4 o t-i n cl- in 1^ (V. 'jy cr- > o ^ w n <i~ in CO (7* X G i-* CO tj- (O 1,0 'T. o

ly o#ooooooooo

^

: : : 8 B : : : : : ilJi-Ljlfllj

Ml ooooooooooo Ml (JOOOOOOOOOO

g O <u n ^i- tn N- cr> g O lu n (]- 'n o '0 0^ § O M lu d- in ^5 f-- '0 O'- Q 0 lu n J- m ijD N '.o o 2 o n ^ .J- 'n i5 CO (7^

i I'll* z

t W -1 g € 1 ^

2 O • (u n (n i5 N -x* O

5 0 t~t cu n (}- in o c-* 'X (T"

2^ O t-t (u r> in o X O

SQi-tivnid- (ne)NCi;'0 2 O i-i (V f*> (n ij5 CO o"' §0'-'iund- <ni^N .:o O

£ G i-t (u CO in o CC' o ^ G <-* i"o n in ^5 N CC' o

2 G '-^ cu n (j'- in ij? 0- C'} 0"^ § G n in CO o

S S)t-»cun(i- in iS> 0^ 9

#*-tojr)^H inii)(^x(7>

O ^ in o CO o

5 O i-i (\j n ^ in ^ c

Q *-» (V n m (5 Cm cc- O

O t-* - ^ ^ in i5 r-. CO CTi « G <y n ^ in N. 'X (T" G t'J n d- in i^ CO c;^ 0 Jsjo © jsj o

CO ^ in ij 'X

151
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THE PLANS

DOCUMENT AND ROOM LOCATOR DOCUMENT

I. PLANS DOCUMENT

The Plans Document is a 17" x 22" sheet of tracing paper with eight

squares to the inch. To make the document, first, lay out the

original size floor plans. The plans should be fastened down and the

graph paper fastened over it. (In order to make the tracing simpler,

a light table should be used, if available).

Document Origin

The document is laid out using horizontal and vertical axes. The

horizontal axis is on the long (22") side; the vertical axis is on the short (17") side. The origin is the point 3" down from the

horizontal edge and Z" in from the vertical edge. See Figure 1. The origin should be placed over the starting point on the plans,

the axes should be lined up parallel to outside walls on the plans

and the sheet should be fastened down so it will not shift.

Horizontal and Vertical References

After the document is fastened in position, the horizontal and

vertical reference marks should be made. The references are two pairs of marks which an electronic scanner will later use to locate

and scale rooms on the document.

The horizontal reference marks are 3/4" long and are located along

the horizontal side as follows: HOR. REF. 1 - parallel to and 2 inches in from the vertical edge and between 1 and 2 inches down from

the horizontal edge. HOR. REF. 2 - between 1 and 2 inches down from

the horizontal edge and parallel to the vertical edge, and about

15" to 18" from HOR. REF. 1. (The largest, most convenient distance

between the two referneces is preferred).

The vertical references follow the same idea as the horizontal references. VERT. REF. 1 is located parallel to and 3 inches down from

the horizontal edge, and between the vertical edge and 1 inch in from

the vertical edge. VERT. REF. 2 is also between the vertical edge

and 1 inch in from the vertical edge and parallel to the horizontal

edge, and about 10" to 13" from VERT. REF. 1. See Figure 2.

Scaling the References

In order for the electronic scanner to know the distance the two marks represent, the references must be scaled. In the lower right

hand corner of the floor plans you will find the scale for the

drawing. It will tell you what part of an inch on the drawing is

equal to 1 foot in reality, e.g. 1/4" =1'. The number assigned

to a particular reference mark is the scaled distance from the origin

152
to the reference mark. Using the example scale of 1/4" =1', assume

HOR. REF. 2 is 15" from HOR. REF. 1. HOR. REF. 1 is at the origin

and, therefore, equals zero. HOR. REF. 2 is 15" in the horizontal

direction away from the origin and, therefore, using the scale

15" = 60' and HOR. REF. 2 equals 60. The process is repeated for

the vertical references.

The useful work area of the Plans Document is 18" horizontally from

the origin by 13" vertically from the origin.

In most cases, one sheet will not be enough to cover one floor on the floor plans. When this happens, another document with another

set of references will have to be added. The locations of the

reference marks will be the same, however, the number assigned to the marks may change.

Assume that you have finished the first Plans Document, but, in order

to cover the whole floor plan, another sheet is needed that is 10"

lower than the first. Using the example scale, 1/4" =1', HOR. REF. still equals 0 and HOR. REF. 2 still equals 60 because the new sheet

was moved down, but not to the right, i.e. it was only moved in the

vertical direction. Now, the new VERT. REF. 1 is 10" from the origin

Using the scale, 10" = 40' the new VERT. REF. 1 equals 40. If you

have made the new VERT. REF. 2 another 10" from VERT. REF. 1, the

VERT. REF. 2 equals 40 (from VERT. REF. 1) plus 40 (for additional

10") or, in other words, the new VERT. REF. 2 equals 80.

Room Boundaries

Each area on the floor plans contains a- circled red number. The

space could be an office, an elevator, a janitor's closet, a corridor

or whatever. This is unimportant for preparing the Plans Document.

To show the boundaries of a room, all you need is four marks. The

marks should be placed so that a vertical line passes perpendicularly

through two of them and a horizontal line passes perpendicularly

through the other two. See Figure 3.

When marking the boundary marks, the wall will often times be shown

as a thick section. When it is shown in that way, it is legitimate

to draw the boundary mark in between the two surfaces. See Figure 3.

All room boundary marks must be located within the useful work area of the Plans Document.

Multi-Area Rooms

Not all rooms are rectangular in shape. In Figure 4, we see an L-shaped room made up of two areas, A and B. There are two different

methods of handling odd shaped rooms like this. The first method is

153
to add the two pieces, A and B, by treating each as the same room on the Plans Document. Put in boundaries for each piece and in filling

out the Room Locator Document (described later) call both pieces by

the same room number.

The second method is pick a rectangle that contains the room and

subtract the part that doesn't belong. See Figure 5. The subtracted

part should have the same room number as the area from which it is subtracted. The procedure for indicating subtraction is discussed

in the Room Locator Document instructions.

Room Boundaries for Groups of Rooms

When dealing with groups of rooms, which is more often the case, instead of single rooms, it is important to note that the sawe room boundary may be used for more than one room. Keep in mind, however,

that the boundary marks for a room or area must be on the same horizontal or vertical line. Figure 6 shows a group of three rooms.

As you can see. Rooms 1 and 2 share boundary mark A while Rooms 2 and 3 share boundary mark B. It is possible to expand the concept

in order to handle much larger groups of rooms.

Area Coordinate Marks

At the same time the room or area boundary marks are being put in

place, the area coordinate marks should be positioned.

The electronic scanner uses these horizontal and vertical area coordinate marks to find the inside of an area. Once inside the

area, the scanner goes off in a horizonta^l line and in a vertical

line until it comes to an area boundary mark. Since the area boundary marks were laid out so that a horizontal or vertical line

would cross them, the area coordinate marks can be considered as a sort of pointer for those lines.

Figure 7 shows the area on the document reserved for the coordinate

marks.

Figure 8 is an example of the position for several coordinate marks.

You can have a maximum of nine marks in each direction. Number the

marks starting in the upper left hand corner with one and going left to right for the horizontal coordinates and top to bottom for the vertical

coordinates. See Figure 8.

On each new document begin numbering the area coordinate marks over

again beginning with one.

Overlapping Documents

As indicated before, one Plans Document will probably not be sufficient to contain an entire floor, and successive documents will be

required for that floor. For convenience these documents may overlap.

154
However, data should not be repeated. If a room has been recorded

once, it should not appear again.

General Notes

It should be noted that two parallel, adjacent marks that are to be

scanned as individual entries, cannot be closer than 3/8" apart.

This includes room boundaries and coordinate marks. Although it

is possible to use freehand, a straight edge is recommended for

drawing the marks on the document. After the Plans Document is

complete, it should be left in place unitl the Room Locator Document

is done. This allows for much easier identification of rooms and

fewer mistakes on the latter document.

It would be advisable to use some method of identifying to which

Room Locator Documents the Plans Documents are tied.

155
II. ROOM LOCATOR DOCUMENT

Once the Plans Document is completed, the Room Locator Document can be filled out.

Heading Section

In many cases there will be several Room Locator Documents for each

Plans Document.

At the top of eacji document, record the building number, floor number,

and complete Block 3. In Block 3 the two columns represent "sheet

of . " The first column is the sheet number and the second

column is the total number of sheets used with a particular Plans

Document.

On the first sheet only of the group of Room Locator Documens for each

Plans Document, in Block 1 record the horizontal distance from the

primary origin to the secondary origin. In Block 2, record the

vertical distance from the primary origin to the secondary origin.

Also on the first sheet only, using the block labeled "HOR. REF. 1," "HOR. REF. 2," "VERT. REF. 1," and "VERT. REF. 2," record the appropriate numbers used to label the reference marks on the Plans Document.

Room Section

Some rooms may have been traced as several areas on the Plans Document.

Each area must have its own block on the Room Locator Document. Each

of the areas for one room must also have the same room number. It is convenient to subtract an area in order to find the size and shape

of a room, that subtracted area must have the same room number

as the area you are subtracting it from. In some cases, such as corridors, an area will be divided between two or more Plans Documents.

These areas still have the same room number.

In each numbered block, fill in the room number and whether the area

is subtracted. Also, fill in Columns X and Y, corresponding res- pectively to the horizontal and vertical coordinates utilized in that area on the Plans Document.

Do not fill in the blocks headed "FIRM, ""FULLY ENCLOSED, ""NO. IMAG. ROOMS, ""ROOM USE," or Column Z.

When all the Plans Documents and Room Locator Documents for one building are completed, stack them in order by floor with the Room

Locator Document(s) followed by the Plans Document associated with

it.
157
158
00

<

z

oM

o:o

X

oli. o

UJ>

UJ

V)

UJ<

UJ

a:<

UJ

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

o

UJ

7d <

CQ UJ

CO <

F <D To 2

X ^

=0) E

3ivNiaaooo ivoiiyBA

dOd a3Ad3S3d V3dV

a» .£1

159
160
APPENDIX B.l

DATA LAYOUT FOR CENSUS DATA TAPE

AREA CLASSIFICATION DOCUMENT

LOG. CHAR . FPT. Post IDENTIFIER

1 1 Area Cal ssif ication Document "U"

2 Calibration Indication

4-6 Building Number

11-12 Floor Number

2 15-17 Firm No. Block 1 18-21 Room No.

22 Subtraction Flag

23 Enclosure

26 Room Use

29 Area Size

30 Vacant Room

33-48 Same as 15-30 For Block 2 51-66 Same as 15-30 for Block 3 69-84 Same as 15-30 For Block 4 87-102 Same as 15-30 For Block 5 105-120 Same as 15-30 For Block 6

3 15-120 Same as Log. Rec. 2 for Blocks 7-12

4 15-120 Same as Log. Rec. 2 for Blocks 13-18

161
FORM 1 - BnilNPINn SlIRFATF

LOG. QUES . CHAR . Wc . NO. v T^osT

12 5- 7 9- 10

13- 16

19- 21

1 31

2 33

3 35- 30

4 40- 46

5 47- 54

6 55- 66

6 73- 84

6 91-102

6 109-120

IDENTIFIFR

Form 1 - Front "A"

Cal 1h rat ion

Building Number

Floor Number

Room Number

Surveyor Code

Room Use

No. Occupants

Wal 1 Types

Material at Ceilinns

Floors Doors and Trims

Wall Material X, Coverinn

No. of Doors and Windows and

Dimensions for Both (Wall ^)

Same as 55-66 (Wall 2)

Same as 55-66 (Wall 3)

Same as 55-66 (Wall 4)

1 Form 2 - Back "B"

2 Cal i brati on 4- 8 Partial Ht. Partion Material

Length and Heioht (Wall 1 ) 10- 14 Lenqth and Height (Wall 2)

16- 20 Length and Height (Wall 3)

22- 26 Length and Height (Wall 4

)

28- 33 Internal Partion #1

35- 40 Internal Partion #2

42- 47 Internal Partion ^3

49- 54 Internal Partion #4

60- 68 Room Dimensions

75- 84 JIC #1 (Comb. Dim. Wt.)

87- 96 JIC #2

99- 108 JIC )!»3 111- 120 JIC #4

162
FORM 2 - DESKS

LOR.

EH1

QUES . NO.

CHAR .

124

6

8

10- 12

14- 17

21- 24

27- 78

79- 86

88- 95

97-104

106-113

118-120

12 9- 66

75-120

IDENTIFIER

Form 2 - Front "C"

Calihration Indication

Desk Type

Proximity To Wall

Desk Material Type

Number of Drawers

Desk Top Dimensions

Free Paper and Books Pile #1

(Piles #2 to #in)

Typewriter #1

Typewriter #2

n

Calculator

Cal cul ator

Tel ephones

Form 2 - Rack "D"

Calihration Indication

Enclosed Paper and Books (Piles 1-10)

JIC #2, #3, #4 (Same as Form 1-Back)

163
FORM 3 - TARLF

LOG. QIIES . CHAR . 1^. Wr~ TOsT IDENTIFIFR

1 1 Form 3 - Front "E"

2 Calibration Indication

1 3 Tablp Type

2 5 Proximity to Wall

3 7- 8 Material Type Top Ped/I.ens

4 10- 15 Table Dimensions

5 17 Drawers

21-120 Same as Form 2 - Front

2 1 Form 3 - Rack "F"

2 Calibration Indication

9-120 Same as Form 2 - Back

FORM 4 - CABINET

1 . 1 Form 4 - Front "r." 2 Calibration Indication

1 3 Cabinet Type

2 4 Proximity to Wall

3 5 Cabinet Material Type

4 6-7 No. of Drawers

5 8 No. of Shelves

6 9-14 CabinetDimensions

7 15- 17 Gen. Purp. Drawer Type

21-120 Same as Form 2 - Front

2 1 1 Form 4 - Back "H"

2 2 Calibration Indication

9-120 Same as Form 2 - Back

164
FORM 5 - SHEl.VINn

LOG. QIIES . CHAR . WC. m7~ WST IDEMTIFIFR

1 Form 5 - Front "1"

c \,o I inratiuii, iriuit.n[,MJn

1 4 Shelving Category

2 6 Proximity to Wall

3 8 Shelving Material Type

4 10- 15 Shelving Dimensions

21- 120 Same as Form ?. - Front

1 Form 5 - Back "J"

2 Calibration Indication

9- 120 Same as Form ?. - Back

FORM 6 .• SEATIfIR

1 Form 6 - Front "K"

2 Calibration Indication

1 13 Seating Type - Block 1 3 14- 15 Number of above type

2 16 Proximity to wall

4 17- 19 Material Types (Frame-Seat- Back)

5 20- 23 Arms and Padding

6 24- 29 Dimensions

30 Blank

31- 120 Same as Above for Blocks ?. thru 6

1 Form 6 - Back "K"

2 Calibration Indication

13- 66 Same as Front for Blocks 7 thru 9 75- 120 Same as Form 1 - Back

165
FORM 7 - MISCELLANEOUS

LOG. CHAR . IDENTIFIER

1 Form 7 - Front "M"

2 Calibration Inrlication

7 Non-Comh/Comh Block 1 8 Prox imi ty

9- 14 Dimens i ons

15- 18 Weight

19- 24 Blank

25- 90 • Same as above for blocks

1 Form 7 - Block "N"

2 Calibration Indication

7- 54 Same as Front for Blocks

75- 120 Same as Form 1 Rack

FORM A - FRFE/FNCLOSEP PAPER ?, ROOKS

1 1

" Form A - Rack "0"

2 Calibration Indication

3 Extra/Separate

5 Misc. Item No.

8- 12 Free/Enc, Size, Heiaht, Comp. - Pile 1 13 Blank

14- 97 Same as above for Piles 2-15

2 1 Form A - Back "P"

2 Calibration Indication

3- 97 Same as Front of Form A 99-120 JIC HI, H2 Same as Form 1 Back

166
FORM R - FQtllPMFNT

LOG. CHAR . W^. ^W: IDENTIFIFR

1 1 Form B - Front "Q"

2 Calibration Indication

3 Extra/Sep

5 Misc. Item No.

8- 15 Typewriter #1

18- 25 Typewriter #2

28- 35 Typewriter ^3

38- 45 Calculator #1

48- 55 Calculator #2

58- 65 Calculator #3

67- 70 Telephone #1

71- 74 Telephone #2

2 1 Form B - Back "R"

2- 74 Same as Form R Front

75-120 Same as Form 1 Back

FORM C - OTHER

1 Form C - Front "S"

2 Calibration Indication

3 Extra Sheet

5 Misc. Item No.

7- 18 Data Form Block #1

19- 66 Same as Rlock #1 for Blocks ^2-#15

1 Form C - Back "T"

2- 66 Same as Form C - Front

75-120 Same as Form 1 - Rack

167
APPENDIX B.2

FORMAT OF BUILDING CHARACTERISTIC DATA

The following is a breakdown of the data contained on each of the

card images, and the proper order in which the card images must be

inputted

:

Card Col umn Identifier Exampl

e

1 4-6 SURVEYOR CODE 999

7-12 DATE 092474

16-18 BLDG NO. 024

MUM flnMIWICTDATTHM Dl HP 1 M 1 o 1 K A 1 1 UN bLIHi.

C

BiiTi U i L nTwr U i (1 li im1 U 1

3 1-18 CITY-STATE WASHINGTON DC

23-24 STATE CODE ^ 18

25-29 ZIP CODE 20234

4 3-6 YEAR OF COMPLETION 1964

11-12 NO. FLRS. ABOVE RND. 12

18 LOAD SYSTEM TYPE 1 (COLUMN)

24 MATERIAL 2 (STFFL)

30 OCCUPANCY TYPE 1 (GOVERNMENT)

5 4-6 FIRM NUMBER 001

8-30 FIRM NAME NATIONAL BUREAU STANDARDS

35-36 FIRM TYPE(SPEC) 91

40-42 FIRM AGE 010

ONE CARD FOR EACH FIRM IN BUILDING

LAST 1-4 EOF CARD 0EOF

168
APPENDIX B.3

INPUT RECORD FORMAT FOR DATA FILE 2

Each input record has a fixed record length of 220 UNIVAC 1108 words or 1,320 characters. The first 240 characters are devoted to data retrieved

from the Room Locator Documents, while the remaining 1,080 characters

convey data from the Plans Document for up to 81 areas.

As many as five Room Locator Documents were scanned for each Plans document. The data across the top of each Room Locator Document was scanned

and recorded in the first 240 characters. For each document 44 characters were directly recorded. The next four were devoted to a specific FOSDIC

measurement or error code.

The remainder of the record was devoted to each individual area scanned.

Although only 81 areas are possible on a Plans Document, space has been

allocated for up to 90 rooms. Each Room Locator Document contains 18 rooms. The position in the record of each area corresponds to the position on the Room Locator Document and to the particular Room Locator

Document accompaning the Plans Document. Therefore, although 90 (18 x 5)

Room Locator blocks are present, only 81 may be used.

All the data records from a particular building were terminated by an EOF

mark on the tape. Each tape was terminated by a double EOF mark.

The following is a breakdown of each particular record:

Character Field Description

Building number on Room Locator Document #1

Floor number

Question #1

Question #2

Horizontal ref. #1 in feet

Horizontal ref. #2 in feet

Vertical ref. #1 in feet

Vertical ref. #2 in feet

Question #3

Question #4

Question #5

Question #6

Question #7

Question #8

Question #9

Question #10

1 3 4 2 6 3

9 3

12 3

15 3

18 3

21 3

24 2 26 2 28 1 29 1 30 1 31 2 33 3 36 4

169
Character r le la Ucscr 1 p LI on

An40, b Ljuestion ff 1

1

AC A

'\ Horizontal ret. ?! in rUbuiL modules

AO4? 44 Same as positions 1 to 44 above as scanned from

Room Locator Document #2 (if present)

oo9j 4 Horizontal ret. in rUbUlL modules

97 A A 44 Same as positions 1 to 44 above as scanned from

Room Locator Document #3 (if present)

1 il 1 141 4 Vertical ref. #1 in FOSDIC modules

145 44 Same as positions 1 to 44 as scanned from Room

4

' ..-.Locator Document #4 (if present)

189 Vertitai ref. #2 in FOSDIC modules

193 44 , .-.;,^ame as positions 1 to 44 as scanned from Room

. . locator Document #5 (if present)

237 1;»;» . : Contains 48 if normal

Contains 49 if no horizontal references were

found by FOSDIC

Contains 50 if only one horizontal reference

found

238 1 Contains 48 if normal

Contains 49 if no vertical references found

Contains 50 if only one vertical reference found

239 ,1 Contains 48 if normal

Contains 49 if no horizontal centers found

. Contains 50 if more than 9 horizontal centers found

240 1 Contains 48 if normal

Contains 51 if no vertical centers found

Contains 52 if more than 9 vertical centers found

For the remainder of the record, if no area is present, each of the twelve

characters contain a 48.

241 1 Contains 16 if area from first block is to be

added

Contains 48 if area to be subtracted

242 3 Contains room number

245* 2 West wall in modules

247* 2 East wall in modules

249* 2 North wall in modules

251* 2 South wall in modules ' 253 12 Data from block #2

265 12 Data from block #3

1309 12 Data from block #90 5.

*If wall is missing, position contains 2624

If room coordinates missing, position contains 2560

If coordinate illegal, position contains 0000

170
APPENDIX B.4

Program MAKER

Part A - User's Manual and Operating Instructions

1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1

2. Card Data Input for MAKER

A. $ INPUT

1

B. $TEST1

C. $TEST2

D. $TEST3

E. §EOF

3. Mnemonics Used in MAKER

A. GENERAL

B. DRIVE

C. FORMA

D . FORMS

E. FORMC

F . RMCONT

G. FSEAP

H . BONCOM

4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

I. Furniture Transfer Functions

A. Desk

B. Table

C. All purpose cabinet

D. Specialized cabinet

E. Free shelving

F. Bookcase

G. Seating

II. Equipment and Pile Transfer Functions

A. Paper pile

B. Book pile

C. Telephone

D. Typewriter

E. Calculator

F. Room partition

5. Limit and Error Messages

A. DRIVE

B. FORMA

C. FORMS

D. FORMC

E. FSEAP

F. BONCOM

G. RMCONT

6. Run Cards for Univac 1108, Exec 8, 1975

7. Processed Room Survey Data Tape

171
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1

* (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 1 of 18)

Building Characteristics (Record 1)

a Surveyor No. - 100 's b ID'S

c - I's

a Building No. - 100 's b - lO's

c - I's

a State No. - 10 's b - I's

a Zip Code - lOOOO's

b - lOOO's

c - lOO's

d - lO's

e - I's

a Year Built - 1000 's b - lOO's

c - ID'S

d - I's

a Number of Stories above Ground Level - 10 's b - I's

Vertical Load Resisting System

1 = column f 2 = bearing wall

Building Material

1 = concrete

2 = steel

3 * masonry

4 = wood f Occupancy Type - 1 * federal government

2 = state government

3 = local government

4 =» private

5 » private and government

* One building per file, one room per record. Tape must be odd

parity and high density (800 bpi)

.

172
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 2 of 18)

10 ab

c

No. of Firms in Building

Firm Data (Record 2)

o

0) tJ -H

(0 Q) P (0 (1) nj o -P

0) -H M

0) C C

OS -H -H

11

12

13

Firm No.

Firm Type

Firm Age

- lOO's

- lO's

I's

lOO's

lO's

I's

lO's

I's

lOO's

lO's

I's

(i.e., occupancy duration)

Room No. /Firm No. Data

14

15

16

Deleted

Deleted

Deleted

Room Survey Data (Record 3 and Subsequent)

Repeat for each room surveyed with one record for

each room. The sequency of data, by Form, need not

be as shown here. However, within a form the data

sequency must be exactly as shown

17 a Building No. - 100 's b - lO's

c - I's

18 a Floor No. - 10 's

b - I's

19 a Room No. - 100 's

b - lO's

c - I's

20 a Firm No. - lOO's

b - lO's

c - I's

173
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 3 of 18)

21 a Surveyor Code - 100 's b - lO's

c - I's

22 Room Selection Flag

0 - selected on a random basis

1 - selected on a non-random basis

2 - selected on room use basis

3 - selected on room area basis

4 - selected for horizontal correlation

5 - selected for vertical correlation

6 - selected for tail sample

23 Type of Room Content

1 = Bounding Surfaces

2 = Desk

3 = Table

4 = Cabinet

5 = Shelving

6 = Seating

7 = Miscellaneous (unspecified)

8 = Form A - paper and books

9 = Form B - equipment

10 = Form C - miscellaneous

24 Room Use

1 = General

2 = Clerical

3 = Lobby

4 = Conference

5 = File

6 = Storage ^ , ,

;

7 = Library

25 Normal Number of Occupants

as indicated

26 a Hall

b

cd

1

2

3

Type - wall 1 - wall 2 - wall 3 - wall 4 » full

= open

« partial

174
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1

(the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 4 of 18)

27 Ceiling Material

28 Floor Material

29 Door Material

30 Ceiling Trim

31 Floor Trim

32 Door Trim

33 Window Trim

Code for 27-33

0 = not present

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

4 = acoustic tile

5 = non-combustible

6 = resilient flooring

7 = carpet

8 = rubber

« r

34 a Wall 1 - material

^ b - covering

35 a Wall 2 - material

§ b - covering

•H p 0) 36 a Wall 3 - material

b - covering

0)-^ 37 a Wall 4 - material

a'w b - covering

Code for 34-37

0 not present

1 wood

2 metal

3 plastic

4 non-combustible

5 plaster

6 s> gypsum board

7 paper

8 drapes

9 vinyl

10 o paint

175
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 5 of 18)

r-( O

C 00

c (u cr

(1) -P 0) a -H

0) (-> M U-4 o

:3r

>1 o

C

O rMm P £ 3

C (U cr

(U 4-) (U n -H

d) 4J0

a-H c

jj U £1 0 crxJ

U-l -H 0)

0) 4J >iJ3 to VD C iH -H 0 (0 13 B

•H C Q) 4J -U -H 4J C •H

0) IT) m

m Ot-H C

0) iH •H

V4 0) n] 0

s:

-p

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

00 m 13•H e

4J «M 0)

nj -H +J

0) O-H

V4 CO -H

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

ab

ab

ab

ab

ab

ab

c

No. of Doors in ith Wall

Door Height, ith Wall - ft

- in

Door Width, ith Wall - ft

- in

No. of Windows in ith Wall

Window Height, ith Wall - ft

- in

Window Width, ith Wall - ft

- in

Window Height Above Floor - ft

- in

Partial Height Wall, Material

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

4 = fabric

5 = non-combustible

Partial Height Wall, Length - ft

- in

Partial Height Wall, Height - ft

- in

No. Internal Partitions

Partition Material

Use code for item 45

Partition Length - ft

- in

Partition Height - ft

- in

Proximity to Wall

1 = within 2 ft

2 = more than 2 ft

Room Height - ft

- in

Room Width - ft x 10

- ft X 1 - in

0)

0)e

•H

-P

(0(Ua

u

176
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 6 of 18)

55 a Room Length - ft x 10

b - ft X 1 c - in

•H

56 Type of Room Content

2 = Desk

57 Desk Type

1 = single pedestal

2 = double pedestal

3 = with legs

58 Proximity to Wall

1 = within 2 ft

2 = more than 2 ft

59 Desk Material

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

60 a Number of Drawers - Box

b

- File

c - Personal

61 a Desk Length - ft

b - in

6 2 a Desk Width - ft

b - in

63 No. Free Contents Piles

0 to IC

64 Book and Paper Sizes m

e 1 = 8-^ X 11 paper

S 2 = 8-h X 15 paper

3 = 11 X 15 paper

w c 4 = >15 X 20 paper

"'^

5 = <7 X 73» book

f^'g 6 = 7 X 733 to 10 X 6% book

<D -H 7 = >io X 6h book

u'o 65 a Pile Height - ft

I

b - in

j_ 66 Percent Compaction - %

6 7 No. of Typewriters

0 to 2

177
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 7 of 18)

68 Free or Enclosed •

69

70

1 = free

2 = enclosed

Typewriter Characteristics

1 = manual

2 = electric

Typewriter Characteristics

1 = typing ball

2 = typing bar

71 Carriage Length

1 = 11 to 14 in

2 = 15 to 16 in

3 = 17 to 20 in

4 = 21 to 24 in

5 = 25 to 30 in

72 a Typewriter Base Length - ft

^ - in

73 a Typewriter Base Width - ft

b - in

74 No. of Calculators

0 to 2 75 Free or Enclosed Calculator

1 = free

2 = enclosed

76 Calculator Characteristics

1 = manual

2 = electric

77 Calculator Characteristics

1 = paper tape

2 = no paper tape

78 calculator Characteristics

0 = no readout

1 = illuminated readout

2 = dial readout

79 a Calculator Base Length - ft

b - in

80 a Calculator Base Width - ft

b - m

178
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 8 of 18)

00 o

eP 03 H 3

cn •H

>i o

rH C

c

o

81

82

in

01 "O 00

4-1 M-l (1)

0) U -H

O, QJ

0) Oi C ^ CO H

No. of Telephone Data Records

0 or 1

Type of Telephone

1 = personal

2 = call director

83 No. of Buttons

0 = 0 buttons

1 = 6 buttons

2 = 10 buttons

3 = 12 buttons

4 = 18 buttons

5 = 20 buttons

6 = 30 buttons

84 No. of Telephones

85 No. of Enclosed Contents Piles

0 to 10

86 Book and Paper Sizes

see item 64 for code

87 a Pile Height - ft

b - in

88 Percent Compaction - %

89 Type of Room Content

3 = table

90 Table Type

1 = single pedestal

2 = with legs

91 Proximity to Wall

see item 58 for code

92 Table Material - Top

see item 59 for code

93 Table Material - Pedestal/Legs

see item 59 for code

94 a Table Height - ft

b - in

95 a Table Width - ft

b - in

179
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 9 of 18)

(U +J 00

tn (0 o> m uH e

4-1 -o S

nj c -u

0) -rH -H a

(1) m c

V4 10 -H

(0 0) o

(C 4J O S

nj -H 0) 0) T3 -P

0) -H

to -W

(0

A-) O

CO ITJ rH m u

<TJ C -U

Q) -H -H

0) to c M (B -H

96 ab

97

98

99

100a,

b

101

102

103

104

105

106

107a,

b

108 a, bj

109

110

111

112

113

114a,

b

115a, b

J

116

117

118

119

120

Table Length - ft

- in

Drawer

1 = with drawer

2 = without drawer

No. Free Contents Piles

0 to 10

saune as items 64 to 6 6

No. of Typewriters

0 to 2

same as items 68 to 73

No. of Calculators

0 to 2

same as items 75 to 80

No. of Telephone Data Records

0 or 1

same as items 82 to 84

No. Enclosed Content Piles

0 to 10

180
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 10 of 18)

o

CM

09 U rH

0) c c

121

122 a,b

123

same as items 86 to 88

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

ab

ab

ab

ab

ab

c

Type of Room Content

4 = cabinet

Cabinet Type

1 = filing

2 = file safe

3 = blueprint

4 = card file

5 = general purpose

Proximity to Wall

see item 58 for code

Cabinet Material

see item 59 for code

No. of Drawers - 10 's

No. of Shelves

Cabinet Height

Cabinet Width

Cabinet Depth

No. of Drawers

- I's

ft

in

ft

in

ft

in

Box

File

Personal

Include only if

item 125 = 5

IB "O n

(0 0) iH

ns u 0)

(U c

M -H C

•H

134

135

136a,

b

137

138

No. of Free Contents Piles

0 to 10

same as items 64 to 66

No. of Typewriters

0 to 2

181
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 11 of 18)

00m

(0 (U

4J (0 0)

(0 O -P

(U -rH -H

0) c c

in

IT] (U

(0 O -P

Q) -H -H at!

(u c c:

VO

to

(0 (1) , Jj -P (T5 E

(0 U <U

4) -H 4J Oi-O -H

<U C

>-i -H C

139

140

141 - 142

143a,

b

144a,

145

146

147

148

149

150a,

b

15la,b

152

153

154

155

156

157

158a,

b

159

No.

Scune as items 68 to 73

of Calculators

0 to 2

same as items 75 to 80

No.

No.

of Telephone Data Records

0 or 1

same as items 8 2 to 84

Enclosed Contents Piles

0 to 10

same as items 86 to 8 8

160 Type of Room Content

5 = Shelving

161 Shelving Category

1 = Bookcase

2 = Free Shelving

162 Proximity to Wall

see item 58 for code

163 Shelving Material

see item 59 for code

182
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 12 of 18

)

ab

ab

ab

164

165

166

167

168

169a,

b

170

171

172

173

174

175

176 a,

b

177 a, 178

179

180

181

182

183a,

b

184a,

b

Shelf Height - ft

- in

Shelf Width - ft

- in

Shelf Depth - ft

- in

No. Free Contents Piles

0 to 10

same as items 64 to 66

No. of Typewriters

0 to 2

same as items 68 to 73

No. of Calculators

0 to 2

same as items 75 to 80

183
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 13 of 18)

as M "O 00

(0 0) .H

(0 O 0) CUTi -H U-ri C

185

186

187

188

189

190

191a,b

192

No. of Telephone Data Records

0 or 1

same as items 82 to 84

No. of Contents Piles on back of form 5 0 to 10

same as items 64 to 66

193 ab

c

No. of Shelves - 100 's - lO's

I's

194 Type of Room Content

6 = seating

195 No. of Seating Data Blocks on Form 6 (both sides of page)

0 to 9

184
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 14 of 18)

196 Seating Type

1 = pedestal

2 = legs

3 = upholstered

4 = sofa

5 = bench

6 = drafting stool

7 = classroom chair

in 197 Proximity to Wall

2 see item 58 for code

e 198 a No. of Above Type - 10 's b - I's

199 a Seating Material - Frame

^ b - Seat ^ c - Back

0) see item 59 for code

200 Arms

o

(U

0) 0 or 2 = no

9) 1 = yes

2 201 a Padding - Seat

b - Back

c ~ Arms

0 = none

u 1 = vinyl

2 = fabric

3 = wood

202 a Seat Height - ft

b - in

203 a Seat Width - ft

b - in

204 a Seat Depth - ft

b - in

185
Table 1. Data Sequence ond Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 15 of is)

205 Type of Room Content

7 = miscellaneous item

206 Aggregation Flag

0 = normal items

1 = aggregation of various items on furniture

207 No. of Miscellaneous Items on Form 7 (both sides of page)

0 to 8 208 Fire Category

1 = Combustible

0 = Non-combustible

r- 209 Proximity to Wall

o

See item 58 for code

c

•H

-d

0) 4J

fio

-Hc

210 a Item Height ft

b in

211 a Item Width ft

b in

212 a Item Depth ft

b in

213 a Item Weight lb X 1000

b lb X 100

c lb X 10

d lb X 1

214 Type of Room Content

8 = Form A - Books and Paper

215 Extra Sheet or Separate Item

0 = extra sheet

1 = separate item _ , 216 Miscellaneous Item or Seating-Data-Block No.

0 to 8, 0 if no item indicated

217 No. of Items on Page (Form A)

0 to 15 (each side of page considered to be

a separate form)

186
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 16 of 18)

218

219

220

221a,

b

222

Free or Enclosed

see item 68 for code

Proximity to Wall

Only if item 215 = 1 See item 58 for code

same as items 64 to 66

CM

(Ne

0) •p

c

•H

CO T)

(0 0) 4J IQ

0) •<^ cwa

(U c U -H

223

224

225

226

227

228

229

230

231

232a

233a

,b

,b J

Type of Room Content

9 = Form B - Equipment

Extra Sheet or Separate Item

see item 215 for code

Miscellaneous Item or Seating-Data-Block No.

0 to 9/ 0 if no item indicated

No. of Typewriters on Form B

0 to 3 (each side of page considered to

to a separate form)

Free or Enclosed Typewriter

see item 68 for code

Proximity to Wall

see item 58 for code^only if item 224 = 1

same as items 69 to 73

187
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 17 of 18)

(QUO)

Q) +J

0) c n -H c L

234

235

236

237

238

23 9 240a,b

241a,b

No. of Calculators on Form B

0 to 3 (each side of page considered to be

a separate form)

Free or Enclosed Calculator

see item 7 5 for code

Proximity to Wall

see item 58 for code only if item 224 = 1

Scime as items 7 6 to 8 0

^(0 0)

(t3 O -P

0) c

u -H

-H -H

242

243

244

245

246

No. of Telephone Data Records

0 to 2 (each side of page considered to

be a separate form)

Proximity of Telephone to Wall

see item 58 for coder only if item 224 = 1

Scime as items 82 to 84

247 Type of Room Content

10 = Form C - Miscellaneous Equipment

248 Extra Sheet Indicator

0 = extra sheet

1 = (not to be used)

188
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 1 (the unprocessed room survey data)

Input for Data Restructuring Program

(Page 18 of 18)

249 Miscellaneous Item or Seating-Data-Block No,

0 to 9, 0 is no item indicated

250 No. of Items on Sheet

0 to 5 (each side of page considered to

be a separate form)

251 Free or Enclosed

see item 68 for code

0 252 Fire Category

1 253

S'c 254 ^ o S"? 255

^ " 256

C

see item 208 for

a Height ft

b in

a Width ft

b in

a Depth ft

b in

a Weight lb X 100

b lb X 10

c lb X 1

189
•Table 2. Card Data Input for Data

Restructuring Program (MAKER)

(Page 1 of 2)

Namelist Format

$INPUT1

This card is always required

WRT= . TRUE

.

WRT=. FALSE.

WRT2=.TRUE.

WRT2=. FALSE.

RMS=.TRUE.

RMS=. FALSE.

CDDTI=.TRUE.

CDDTI=. FALSE.

CDDT0= . TRUE

.

CDDT0=. FALSE,

FILEI=.TRUE.

FILEI=. FALSE.

FILE0=.TRUE.

FILE0=. FALSE.

NORL=.TRUE.

NORL=. FALSE.

- list all of the processed data on the

printer

- do not list the room contents data on

the printer, default value

- list the bounding surface and room

composite data on the printer

- do not list any of the processed data

on the printer, default value

- use room sector data (replaces the

"within 2 feet of wall" indicator)

- do not use room sector data, default

value

- read the input data from a magnetic

tape or FASTRAND file (binary)

- read the input data from cards (namelist format) , default value

- write the processed data on a magnetic

tape or FASTRAND file (binary)

- do not write the processed data on a magnetic tape or FASTRAND file, default value

- use magnetic tape for input file

- use FASTRAND file for input file,

default value

- use magnetic tape for output file

- use FASTRAND file for output file,

default value

- use multiple reel file on input

- do not use a multiple reel file for

input, default value

190
Table 2. Card Data Input for Data

Restructuring Program (MAKER)

(Page 2 of 2)

B. $TEST1

X = building characteristic data

II = number of words of data = 25

Need only if CDDTI^ . FALSE . (see $INPUT1)

C. $TEST2

X = firm data

I = number of words of data

Need only if CDDTI=. FALSE, (see $INPUT1)

D. $TEST3

X = room survey data

I = number of words of data

Need only if CDDTI= . FALSE . (see $INPUT1)

Need one file for each room

E. §EOF

End of file card required after each building

191
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 1 of 32)

A. GENERAL MNEMONICS , These mnemonics are used throughout

(MAKER), in different subroutines.

BUILD (16) Building Descripters (Form 1) row

1 Building surveyor code

2 Building number (also BUILDN , NR(1) ) 3 State number

4 Building zip code

5 Year building built

6 Number of stories above ground level

7 Vertical load resisting system (in code)*

8 Building material (in code)*

9 Building occupancy type (in code)*

10 Number of firms in building (also NO)

11 Floor number (also FLOORN, NR(2) ) 12 Room number (also ROOMN , NR(3) ) 13 Room surveyor code

14 Firm number

15 Firm type

16 Firm age

BUILDN Building Number

CABNG (15) row

Cabinet Descripters (Form 4)

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Cabinet type (in code)*

Proximity to wall (in code)*

Material (in code)*

Number of drawers - 10 's - I's

Number of shelves

Height - ft

- in

Width - ft

- in

Depth - ft

- in

Number of drawers

never used

in a general purpose cabinet - box

file*

personal

see Table 1 for code

192
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 2 of 32)

CALC (9,12,9) Calculator Descripters (Forms 2-6, B)

row

1 Free (1) or enclosed (2)

2 Manual (1) or electric (2)

3 Paper tape (1) or no paper tape (2)

4 Illuminated (1) or dial read out (2) or no dial read out (0)

5 Length - ft

6 - in

7 Width - ft

8 - in

9 Proximity to wall (Free Standing Only)

DESKG (10) Desk Descripters (Form 2)

row

1 Type (in code)*

2 Proximity to wall (in code)*

3 Material (in code)*

4 Number of drawers - box

5 - file

6 - personal

7 Length - ft

8 - in

9 Width - ft

10 - in

DOOR (12,4) Door and Window Descripters (Form 1)

row

1 Number of doors in wall

2 Door height - ft

3 - in

4 Door Width - ft

5 - in

6 Number of windows in wall

7 Window height - ft ' 8 - in

9 Window width - ft

10 - in

11 Window height above floor - ft

12 - in

* see Table 1 for code

193
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 3 of 32)

ENCL (5,50,9) Enclosed Book and Paper Pile Descripters (Forms 2-5)

row

1 Book/paper size (in code)*

2 Height - ft

3 - in

4 Percent compaction

5 Proximity to wall (in code)*

ERR Error Flag

FLAG Flag for Stand-Along Items

FLOORN Floor Number (From BUILD )

FREE (5,50,9)

row

1 Book/paper size (in code)*

2 Height - ft

3 - in

4 Percent compaction

5 Proximity to wall (in code)*

Counter for Locating Input Data in X

IFLAGl Flag Used with Stand Alone Items

INDEX , IND , INX Room Content Identifier (Forms 1-6, A-C)

10 NTRAN Status Word for Output Data

' see Table 1 for code

194
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 4 of 32

)

ITEM (13,8) Miscellaneous Free Standing Item Descripters (Form

row

1 Fire category (in code)*

2 Proximity to wall (in code)*

3 Height - ft

4 - in

5 Width - ft

6 - in

7 Depth - ft

8 - in

9 Weight - 1000 's

10 - lOO's

11 - lO's

12 - I's

13 Aggregation flag (in code)*

MISC (11,10,9) Miscellaneous Furniture Contents Not Free Standing

(Forms 2-6)

row

1 Free (1) or enclosed (2)

2 Non-combustible (1) or combustible (2)

3 Height - ft

4 - in

5 Width - ft

6 - in

7 Depth - ft

8 - in

9 Weight - 100 's 10 - lO's

11 - I's

FIRMTY Type of FIRM in Room

MPILE (9) Indicates Number of Piles of Books or Paper

Enclosed in Each Item (Forms 2-5)

NBUF Counter for Locating Output Data in Y (10000)

(Set as room is analyzed)

* see Table 1 for code

195
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 5 of 32)

NCALC (9) Indicates Number of Calculators in or on Each

Item (Forms 2-6)

NITEM Number of Blocks of Data on Forms 6 or 7

NMISC (9) Indicates Number of Miscellaneous Things in or

on each Item (Forms 2-6)

NPILE (9) Indicates Number of Piles of Paper or Books on each Item (Forms 2-5)

NR (3) Room Location (Form 1)

row

1 Building Number ( BUILDN ) 2 Floor number (FLOORN)

3 Room number (ROOMN)

NTELE (9) Indicates Number of Telephones in or on each Item

(Forms 2-6)

NTYPE (9) Indicates Number of Typewriters in or on each Item

(Forms 2-6)

PARTI (5,4) Partial Height wall Characteristics (Form 1)

row

1 Material (in code)*

2 Length - ft

3 - in

4 Height - ft

5 - in

PART

2

(6,4) Internal Partition Characteristics (Form 1)

row

1 Material (in code)*

2 Length - ft

3 - in

4 Height - ft

5 - in

6 Proximity to wall (in code)*

* see Table 1 for code

196
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 6 of 32)

RMS Room Selection Flag

ROOM (21) General Room Descripters (Form 1)

row

. 1 Room Use

2 Normal number of occupants

3 Wall type - wall 1

4 - wall 2 5 - wall 3 6 - wall 4 7 Ceiling material

8 Floor material

9 Door material

10 Trim material - ceiling (in code)*

11 - floor (in code)*

12 - doors (in code)*

13 - windows (in code)*

14 Room height - ft

15 - in

16 Room width - ft x 10

17 - ft X 1

18 - in

19 Room length - ft x 10

20 - ft X 1

21 - in

ROOMN Room number (Form 1)

SEATG (17,9) Seating Descripters (Form 6)

row

1 Type (in code)*

2 Proximity to wall (in code)*

3 Number of this type - 10 's 4 - I's

5 Material - frame (in code)*

6 - seat (in code)*

7 - back (in code)*

8 Arms - with or without (in code)*

9 Padding - seat (in code)*

10 - back (in code)*

11 - arms (in code)*

12 Height - ft

13 - in

14 Width - ft

15 - in

16 Depth - ft

17 - in

' see Table 1 for code

197
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 7 of 32

)

SHELG (12) Shelf Descripters (Form 5)

row

1 Category (in code)*

2 Proximity to wall (in code)*

3 Material (in code)*

4 Height - ft

5 - in

6 Width - ft

7 - in

8 Depth - ft

9 - in

10 Number of shelves - 100 's 11 - ID'S

12 - I's

TABLG (11) Table Descripters (Form 3)

row

1 Type (in code)*

2 Proximity to wall (in code)*

3 Material - top (in code)*

4 - pedestal/legs (in code)*

5 Height - ft

6 - in

7 Width - ft

8 - in

9 Length - ft

10 - in

11 With drawers (1) or without drawers (2)

TELE (4,25,9) Telephone Descripters (Forms 2-6, B)

row

1 Personal (1) or call director (2)

2 Number of buttons (in code)*

3 Number of telephones

4 Proximity to wall

* see Table 1 for code

198
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 8 of 32

)

TYPE (9,12,9) Typewriter Characteristics (Forms 2-6, B)

row

1 Free (1) or enclosed (2)

2 Manual (1) or electric (2)

3 Typing ball (1) or bar (2)- Not Used

4 Carriage length (in code)*

5 Length - ft

6 - in

7 Width - ft

8 - in

9 Proximity to wall

WALL (2,4) Wall Characteristics (Form 1)

row

1 Wall material q ^^^^^ height walls (in code)*

2 Wall covering j

X (10000) Input Vector for Data Restructuring Program

(See Table 1)

Y (15000) Output Vector from Data Restructuring Program

row

1 NBUF

2 1 to \ see Table 11 of Section 4 132 j

132 I to I see Table 12 or Table 13 of Section 4 (repeated as necessary)

end I

Y81 Total Movable Fire Weight (un-derated)

Y82 sd Total Movable Fire Weight (un-derated)

* see Table 1 for code

199
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 9 of 32)

Y92 Fire Weight in a Metal Furniture Item

Y93 sd of Fire Weight in a Metal Furniture Item

Y94A Number of Furniture and Misc. Objects within

2 Feet of the Walls

Y94B Total Number of Furniture and Misc. Objects

in Room

Y95A Number of Free Standing Objects within 2 Feet

of the Wall

Y95B Total Number of Free Standing Objects in Room

Y96 Total Fire Weight Enclosed within 2 Feet of

Walls (Derated)

Y97 sd of Total Fire Weight Enclosed within 2 Feet

of Walls

Y98 Total Movable Fire Weight within 2 Feet of Walls

(Derated)

Y99 ' sd of Total Movable Fire Weight within 2 Feet of

Walls (Derated)

YlOO Total Fire Weight Enclosed (Derated)

YlOl sd of Total Fire Weight Enclosed (Derated)

Y102 Total Paper Fire Weight (Derated)

Y103 sd of Total Paper Fire Weight (Derated)

Y104 Total Book Fire Weight (Derated)

Y105 sd of Total Book Fire Weight (Derated)

Y1Q6 Total Fire Weight Enclosed in Plastic

Y107 sd of Total Fire Weight Enclosed in Plastic

Y112 Z(sd of Fire Weight x sd of Live Weight)

Y123 Live Weight Within 2 Feet of Walls

Y124 sd of Live Weight Within 2 Feet of Walls

200
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 10 of 32)

B. MNEMONICS UNIQUE TO MAIN PROGRAM DRIVE

AGGRE

CDDTI,CDDTO

END (10)

FILEI,FILEO

FIRMNO

FIRMT (100)

IDUM

II

INDX

INPUTl

J

JJ

K

K2

K3

L,LA,LI

NO

NWTAPE

NB,NBT

Aggregation Flag for Miscellaneous Items

Flags for Specifying File Type (Cards or NonCards) for Input and Output Files

Ten Word Record of 999999 to Indicate End of

Tape

Flags for Specifying File Type (Tape or FASTRAND)

for Input and Output Files

Firm Number

Firm Type of all Firms in Building

Indicator of Position in Program for Error

Messages

NTRAN Status Word for Input Data

INDEX-7

Namelist Input Record

Do Loop Parameters

Do Loop Parameters

Do Loop Parameters

Temporary Name for Different Array Names

NTRAN Parameter, Temporary Storage Location

for Firm Type

Do Loop Pareimeters

Nvimber of Firms in Building

Number of Words Written on Tape

Counters Used in Writing Output on Printer

201
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 11 of 32)

Nl Number of Rooms Surveyed in Building

N2 Do Loop Parameter

NOFILE Number of Files (i.e., Buildings) Processed

NORECD Number of Data Records Processed for Subject

Building

OUTBND (7 6) Output from the Subroutine BONCOM : = Y Vector

from Y(l) ^ Y (76) (Table 1 in Report)

OUTCMP (56) Output from the Subroutine BONCOM : Y Vector

from Y(77 ) ^ Y(132 ) (Table 1 in Report)

OUTCON (9868) Output from the Subroutines RMCONT and FSEAP

of the Y Vector from Y (133) -> Y (10000 ) (Table

2 or 3 in Report)

REEL Number of Reel of Output Data

RMFIRM(3,1000) Firm Description Data

row

1 Firm number

2 Firm type

3 Firm age

RSFG Room Selection Flag

TEST1,TEST2, xt t ^ x 4. i, j

TEST3 Namelist Input Records

WRT,WRT2 Formatted Output Flags

202
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 12 of 32)

C. MNEMONICS UNIQUE TO SUBROUTII^^S FORMA

I A Do Loop Counter

J A Do Loop Counter

J2 A Counter Equal to Jl + Kl + 1

K A Counter Equal to X(I)

Kl A Counter Equal to 1 + K2

K2 A Counter Equal to 6 * (J-1)

MP A Do Loop Maximum Defined as MPILE ( ITEM) N A Counter Equal to X(I)

NI A Counter Equal to 6 * N

NP A Do Loop Maximum Defined as NPILE ( ITEM) TEMP (J) Equal to X(I)

(J < 100)

203
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 13 of 32)

D. MNEMONICS UNIQUE TO SUBROUTINE FORMS

J > A Do Loop Counter

K A Do Loop Counter

N A Do Loop Maximum Equal to X(I)

NC A Subscript of CALC Equal to NCACL ( ITEM ) NT A Subscript of TYPE Equal to NTYPE ( ITEM ) NTE A Subscript of TELE Equal to NTELE (ITEM)

204
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 14 of 32)

E. MNEMONICS UNIQUE TO SUBROUTINE FORMC

J Do' Loop Counter

JI Temporary Subscript Equal to NMISC ( ITEM) K Do Loop Counter

N Temporary Subscript Equal to X(I)

205
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 15 of 32)

F. MNEMONICS UNIQUE TO SUBROUTINE RMCONT (DATA)

AR Area of Furniture Set Equal to: Y(NBUF+9)

B Used to Substitute for BK(M,L,I)

BEE (J) Book Weight Tranfer Function Coefficient

J Book size groups* (3)

BEESD(J) sd of Book Weight Transfer Function Coefficient

J Book size groups* (3)

BK(M,L,I) Bookcase Type Shelving Transfer Function Data

M Size (area) groups* (4)

L Height groups* (4) I Material types* (3)

BKFWT (I) Bookcase and Free Shelving Fire Weight Coefficient

I Material types* (3)

BKSD (M,L, I ) sd of Bookcase Type Shelving Data for Transfer Function

M,L,I Same as for BK

C Used as a Substitute for CAB (K,M,L, I)

CA Used as a Substitute for CAAB(K,M,I)

CAAB (K, J, I) All Purpose Cabinet Transfer Function Data

K Size (area) groups* (6)

J Height groups* (5) I Material groups* (3)

CAABSD (K, J, I) sd of All Purpose Cabinet Transfer Function Data

K,J,I Same as for CAAB

CAB(K,M,L,I) Specialized Cabinet Transfer Function Data

K Size (area) groups* (6) (not all used for every type cabinet)

M Height groups* (5) (not all used for every type cabinet)

. L Type of cabinet* (4) I Material types* (3)

* see transfer function for code

206
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 16 of 32)

CABDP Cabinet Depth

CABFWT (I) Cabinet Fire Weight Coefficient

I Material types* (3)

CABHT Cabinet Height

CABL ( 3 ) Limits to Cabinet Output

row

1 Limit to the area of a cabinet [Y ( NBUF+9) ] , 9 sq ft

2 Limit to the total number of cabinet drawers [ CDRAW] , 2 0 3 Limit to the empty weight of a cabinet [Y

(

NBUF + 5) ]

, 500 lb

CABSD (K,M, L, I) sd of Specialized Cabinet Transfer Function Data

K,M,L,I Same as for CAB

CABWD The Width of a Cabinet

CAL(K,J) Calculator Transfer Function Data

J Size (area) of calculator* (5)

K Type of calculator* (4)

CALA Calculator Area

CALFWT Calculator Fire Weight Coefficient

CALSD ( J, K) sd of Calculator Transfer Function Data

J,K Same as for CAL

CALWT ( 2 ) Total Weight of all Calculators on or in a Particular

item

row

1 Free calculators total weight

2 Enclosed calculators total weight

CAS (K, J, I) Weight of Shelves in all Purpose Cabinets

K Size (area) group* (6)

J Height group* (5) I Material types* (3)

* see transfer function for code

207
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 17 of 32)

CASSD (K, J, I ) sd of Weight of Shelves in all Purpose Cabinets

K,J,I Same as for CAS

CAWTSD ( 2 ) sd of Total Weight of all Calculators on or in a Particular Item row

1 Free calculators sd of total weight

2 Enclosed calculators sd of total weight

CBD(I) All Purpose Cabinet Box Drawer Weight

I Material types* (3)

CBDSD (I) All Purpose Cabinet Box Drawer sd of Weight

I Same as for CBD

CDF ( I ) All Purpose Cabinet File Drawer Weight

I Same as for CBD

CDFSD(I) All Purpose Cabinet File Drawer sd of Weight

I Same as for CBD

CDP(I) All Purpose Cabinet Personal Drawer Weight

I Scime as for CBD

CDPSD(I) All Purpose Cabinet Personal Drawer sd of Weight

I Same as for CBD

CDRAW Total Number of Drawers in an All Purpose Cabinet

CEE (I, J) Seating Transfer Function Data

I Material type* (3)

J Seating type* (12)

CEEFWT ( I ) Seating Fire Weight

I Material type* (3)

CEESD (I , J) sd of Seating Transfer Function Data

I, J Same as for CEE

see transfer function for code

208
Table 3, Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 18 of 32)

CLFT (2) Total Calculator Fire Weight in or on Item

row

1 Free calculators

2 Enclosed calculators

CLFTSD (2) sd of Total Calculator Fire Weight in or on Item

row

1 Free calculators

2 Enclosed calculators

PCD ( I ) Weight of a Desk Center Drawer

I Material type* (3)

DCDSD (I) sd of Weight of a Desk Center Drawer

I Material type* (3)

DDB(I) Weight of a Desk Box Drawer

I Material type* (3)

. DDBSD (I) sd of Weight of a Desk Box Drawer

I Material type* (3)

DDF (I) Weight of a Desk File Drawer

I Material type* (3)

DDFSD (I) sd of Weight of a Desk File Drawer

I Material type* (3)

DPP ( I ) Weight of a Desk Personal Drawer

I Material type* (3)

PDPSD (I) sd of Weight of a Desk Personal Drawer

1 Material type*(3)

DEK (I,J,K) Desk Transfer Function Pata

I Material type* (3)'

J Desk type* (3)

K Size (area) group* (4)

DESKW The Width of a Desk

* see transfer function for code

209
TcUale 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Prograjn (MAKER)

(Page 19 of 32)

DEKFWT ( I ) Desk Fire Weight Coefficient

I Material type* (3)

DEKSD(I,J,K) sd of Desk Transfer Function Data

I,J,K Same as DEK

DEPTH Shelving or Miscellaneous Item Depth

DESKL (5) Limits to Desk Data

row

1 Limit to personal drawers when DESKL(4) is exceeded, 2.

2 Limit to a desk's area, 30 sq ft

3 • blank, 0

4 Limit to the number of box drawers feasible in a desk when

DESKL(l) is met or exceeded, 4 5 Limit to empty desk weight, 400 lb

DKS The Area of a Desk [Y(NBUF+9)]

DRF(I,J) Derating Factor for Enclosed Paper and Book Piles

in Metal Furniture

I Compaction factor category* (3)

J Type of furniture* (7 ) (not all are applicable)

ENCLL Limit to the Height of an Enclosed Paper or Book Pile

5 ft.

ENWB Total Weight of Enclosed Books

ENWBSD sd of Total Weight of Enclosed Books

ENWL Limit to the Weight of Enclosed Piles of Books and

Papers Combined, 4 00 lb.

ENWP Total Weight of Enclosed Paper

ENWPSD sd of Total Weight of Enclosed Paper

F Temporary Alternative Name for FS (I ,m)

FREBSD sd of Total Free Book Weight

* see transfer function for code

210
FREEL

FRELDB

FRELDP

FREPSD

FS(M,I)

M

I

Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 20 of 32)

Limit to the Height of a Free Pile of Books or Paper»

5 ft.

Total Weight of Free Books

Total Weight of Free Paper

sd of Total Free Paper Weight

Data for Free Shelving Transfer Function

Size (area) group of shelving* (5)

Material type* (3)

FSSD (M, I) sd of Data for Free Shelving Transfer Function

M,I Same as for FS

FWTL

HEIGHT

IR

IT

ITMFWT (I) I

J

JB

JP

Limit to Free Paper or Book Pile Weight, 4 00 lb.

Height of Piles of Books or Paper, Shelving Height

Do Loop Counter also the Subscript in Transfer

Functions Usually used for Material Type

Calculator Read Out Tape, = CALC (4 ,N6 ,NI)

The Presence of Tape on a Calculator, = CALC (3 ,N6,NI)

The Fire Weight Coefficient for Miscellaneous Items

Material types* (2)

Subscript Used in Transfer Functions

Subscript for the Derating Transfer Function of Books

Enclosed in Metal

Subscript for the Derating Transfer Function of Paper

Enclosed in Metal

Subscript Used in Transfer Functions

* see transfer function for code

211
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 21 of 32)

L Subscript used in Transfer Functions

LA Do Loop Counter

LB Do Loop Counter

LENGTH ^ Shelving Length

M Subscript used in Transfer Functions

MISFT (2) Total Miscellaneous Object Fire Weight

row

1 Free object

2 Enclosed object

MISLT (2) Limits to Miscellaneous Item Output

1-Limit to miscellaneous item area , 30 sq ft

2-Limit to miscellaneous empty weight , 500 lb

MISWT (2) Total Weight of Miscellaneous Object

row

1 Free object

2 Enclosed object

MIWTSD (2) sd of Total Weight of Miscellaneous Object

row

1 Free object

2 Enclosed object

MP Number of Piles of Papers or Books in Item NI ,=MPILE ( NI )

MWT Weight of Each Miscellaneous Object

MWTLT Limit to the Weight of a Miscellaneous Object , 300 lb

NA Do Loop Counter

* see transfer function for code

212
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 22 of 32)

NAMEE (5) Alphanumeric Data for Equipment Used in

Error Messages

row

1 'P-PILE' paper pile

2 'B-PILE' book pile

3 'TYPWRT' typewriter

4 'CALC. ' calculator

5 'PHONE' telephone

NAMEF ( 7 ) Alphanumeric Data for Furniture Used in

Error Messages

row

1 • ERROR

unused position

2 'DESK' desk

3 ' TABLE

table

4 'CAB' cabinet

5 ' SEAT

•

seating

6 ' SHELF

•

shelving

7 •misc miscellaneous

NB Do Loop Counter

NC Error Indicator for Calculation Transfer Functions

NCA Total Number of Calculators in or on an Item,NCAL (NI

;

ND Do Loop Counter

NDKS Error Indicator for Desk Transfer Function Data

NI Item Number Used for Denoting Which Contents Data

for Which Item

NIA Number of Items on Either Form 6 or 7 , = NITEM

NJ Do Loop Counter

NMI The Number of Miscellaneous Objects on or in Item

NI, = NMISL (NI)

NOS Number of Shelves in Shelving

* see transfer function for code

213
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 23 of 32)

NP Number of Piles of Paper or Books on Item NI ,=NPILE ( NI )

NQ Indicator of Bookcase Transfer Function Subscript Errors

NT Indicator of Errors in Typewriter Transfer Function

Data Subscripts

NTE Number of Telephones on Item NI,= NTELE ( NI )

NTY Number of Typewriters on or in Item NI^, = NTYPE(NI)

NX Indicator that the Limit to Bookcase Transfer Function

Data has been reached.

NZ Indicator of Subscript Errors in all Purpose Cabinet

Transfer Function

N3 Do Loop Counter

N4 Do Loop Counter

N5 Do Loop Counter

N6 Do Loop Counter

N7 Do Loop Counter

PEE (K) The Weight Coefficient for Paper Piles

K The paper (area) size group* (4)

PEESD(K) The Standard Deviation of the Paper Pile Weight

Coefficient

K Same as for PEE

PH(I) Telephone Transfer Function Data

I Telephone size groups* (7)

PHFWT Telephone Fire Weight Coefficient

see transfer function for code

214
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 24 of 32)

PHSD (I) sd of Telephone Transfer Function Data

I Same as for PH

Q Set to zero if DESKG(6)<1 otherwise = 1

RCSD The sd of the Total Weight of an Item of Room

Contents (furniture)

RCWT The Total Weight of an Item of Room Contents

(furniture)

RCWTL The Limit to the Floor Loading of one Item of

Room Contents, 100 psf

RCWTPF The Floor Loading of an Item of Room Contents

SEATL ( 2 ) Seating Limits

row

1 Limit to the area taken up by a particular seating type, 40 sq ft

2 Limit to the combined empty weight of seating of a particular

type, 500 lb

SHELFL (2) Limits to Shelving Output

row

1 Limit to shelving depth, 2 ft

2 Limit to shelving empty weight, 2OO lb

SHL (M, I) Data for the Weight of Bookcase Shelves

M Size (area) group* (4) I Material type* (3)

SHLSD (M, I) Data for the sd of the Weight of a Bookcase Shelf

M,I Same as for SHL

SHT Seating Height

SL Seating Length

T The Data for Deriving the Table Weight, = TEE (I, J, K)

TABA Table Surface Area

* see transfer function for code

215
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 25 of 32)

TABDP Table Depth

TABWD Table Width

TABLEL ( 2 ) , Limits to Table Data

row

1 Limit to the size (area) of a table , 40 sq ft

2 Limit to the weight of an empty table , 300 lb

TABWD Table Width

TDL (I) Table Drawer Weight Data

I Material type* (3)

TDLSD (I) sd of Table Drawer Weight Data

I Same as for TDL

TEE (I, J, K) Weight of Empty Table Without Drawers

I Material type* (3)

J Type group* (2)

K Size area group* (9)

TEEFWT (I) Fire Weight Coefficient for Tables in Equivalent lbs/lbs

I Material type* (3)

TEESD(I,J,K) sd of The Weight of an Empty Table without Drawers

I,J,K Same as for TEE

TELWT Total Weight of Telephones on a Particular Item

TLFT Total Fire Weight of Telephones on a Particular Item

TOTSAB Total Exposed Surface Area of Books on a Particular Item

TOTSAP Total Exposed Surface Area of Paper on a Particular Item

TPFT (2) Total Fire Weight of Typewriters

row p. 1 Free

2 Enclosed

* see transfer function for code

216
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 25 of 32)

TPFTSD (2) sd of the Total Fire Weight for Typewriters

row

1 Free

2 Enclosed

TYP (L, I) Typewriter Transfer Function Data

L Carriage length groups* (5) I Typewriter type* (2)

TYPFWT Coefficient for the Determination of Typewriter

Fire Weight

TYPSD (L, I) sd of the Typewriter Transfer Function Data

L,I Same as for TYP

TYPWT ( 2 ) Total Weight of Typewriters

row

1 Free

2 Enclosed

TYWTSD (2) sd of Total Weight of Typewriters

row

1 Free

2 Enclosed

WTE Total Weight of Enclosed Books and Papers in

a Particular Item

WTF Total Weight of Free Books and Papers in a Particular Item

* see transfer function for code

217
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 27 of 32)

G. MNEMOMICS UNIQUE TO SUBROUTINE FSEAP (DATA)

BEE (J) Book Speight Transfer Function Coefficient

J Book size groups* (3)

BEESD(J) sd of Book Weight Transfer Function Coefficient

J Book size groups* (3)

C Temporary Alternate Name for CAL(J,k)

CAL(J,K) Calculator Transfer Function Data

J Size (area) of calculator* (5)

K Type of calculator* (4)

CALA Calculator Area

CALFWT Calculator Fire Weight Coefficient

CALSD ( J/K) sd of Calculator Transfer Function Data

J,K Same as for CAL

FREEL Limit to the Height of a Free Pile of Books or Papers,

IR Calculator Read Out Type, = CALC ( 4 ,N6 ,NI

)

IT The Presence of Tape on a Calculator, = CALC (3 ,N6 ,NI)

J Subscript Used in Transfer Functions

K Subscript Used in Transfer Functions

1, Subscript Used in Transfer Functions

M Subscript Used in Transfer Functions

N Do Loop Counter

* see transfer function for code

218
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 28 of 32)

NAMEE (5) The Alphanumeric Data for Free Standing Equipment

row

1 •P-PILE' Paper pile

2 •B-PILE' Book pile

3 ' TYPWRT

Typewriter

4 •CALC ' Calculator

5 'PHONE ' Telephone

NC Error Indicator for Calculator Transfer Function Errors

NT Error Indicator for Typewriter Transfer Function Errors

N3 Counter for Book and Paper Piles, = NPILE(l)

N5 Counter for Typewriters; = NTYPE(l)

N6 Counter for Calculators; = NCALC(l)

N7 Coiinter for Telephones; = NTELE(l)

PEE (k) The Weight Coefficient for Paper Piles

k The paper area size groups* (4)

PEESD(k) The sd of the Weight Coefficient for Paper Piles

k same as for PEE

PH(I) Telephone Transfer Function Data

I Telephone size groups* (7)

PHFWT Telephone Fire Weight Coefficient

PHSD(I) sd of Telephone Transfer Function Data

I same as for PH

TYP (L,I) Typewriter Transfer Functions Data

L Carriage length groups (5) I Typewriter type (2)

TYPFWT Coefficient for the Determination of Typewriter Fire

Weight

* see transfer function for code

219
Table 3, Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 29 of 32)

TYPSD (L, I) sd of Typewriter Transfer Function data

L,I same as for TYP

* see transfer function for code

220
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 30 of 32)

H. MNEMONICS UNIQUE TO SUBROUTINE BONCOM (DATA)

CFW (I) Data for Ceiling Fire Loads

I The ceiling material types (5)

DEPTH The Room Depth, the Length of Walls 2 and 4

DOORHT The Height of the Doors in a Particular Wall

DOORP The Total Perimeter of the Doors in a Room

DOORWT The Average Width of the Doors in a Particular Wall

FLFW(I) Data for Floor Material Fire Loads

I Floor material types (7)

HEIGHT The Room Height

I_ Subscripts used in Transfer Function Computation

L Subscripts used in Transfer Function Computation

LMT (19) Room Composite Limits

row

1 Limit to the number of doors in a wall, 2 2 Limit to the number of windows in a wall, 5 3 Limit to occupancy in file and storage rooms, 3

. 4 Limit to the % of walls that is windows or doors Y(126),

80%

5 Limit to the fire weight of movable room contents/unit

area Y(83)', 10 psf

6 Limit to the % that fire load is of live load Y(112), 90%

7 Limit to the room floor area Y(85), 225 ft^

•8 Limit to the % of the floor area occupied Y(87), 50%

9 Limit to the % of fire weight enclosed or enclosed in

metal containers, 70%

10 The upper bound of the percentage of live loads within

2 ft of the wall Y(123), 90%

* see transfer functions for code

221
Table 3. Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 31 of 32)

11 The lower bound of the percentage of live loads within

2 ft of the wall Y(123), 10%

12 The upper bound of the percentage of fire weight and

enclosed fire weight within 2 ft of the walls Y(96), 90%

13 The lower bound of the percentage of fire weight within

2 ft of the wall Y(98), 30%

14 The percentage of enclosed live weight enclosed in

plastic Y (106) , 50%

15 Limit to the percentage of total fire weight that is

paper Y{103) , 50%.

16 Limit to the percentage of total fire weight that is

books Y (104) , 50%

17 Limit to the total fire weight per unit area Y(llO), lO psf

18 Limit to the total live weight per unit area Y(79), 15 psf

19 Limit to no. of normal occupants of any room, 11

NA Do Loop Counter

'

NB . Do Loop Counter

NI Do Loop Counter

NN Do Loop Counter

PAR(L,M) Data for Transfer Function of Internal Partition

Weights

L Height groups* (4)

M Material group* (4)

PARFWT (M) Data for Internal Partition Fire Weight Coefficient

M Material group* (4)

PARSD(L,M) Data for the sd of the Internal Partition Transfer

Function

L Height groups* (4)

M Material groups* (4)

SA Total Surface Area of the Walls, Floors and Ceiling

TRIMFT Total Length of Floor or Ceiling Trim

see transfer functions for code

222
Table 3, Mnemonics for Data Restructuring

Program (MAKER)

(Page 32 of 32)

TRMFW(I) Floor Trim Fire Weight

I Material types* (8)

WA

WIDTH

WINDHT

WINDN

WINDP

WINDW

WINDWT

WLCFW ( I

)

Total Wall Areas

Room Width, the Length of Walls 1 and

Average Window Height in one Wall

Total No. of Windows in All Walls

Total Window Parameter in Room

Total Window Width in all Walls

Average Window Width in one Wall

Data for Wall Covering Fire Loads

Material types* (10)

WLMFW (I) Data for Wall Material Fire Loads

I Material types* (6)

VAB The Height of Room Partitions

* see transfer functions for code

223
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 1 of 14)

I . The Transfer Functions Used to Determine the Live Loads of

Furniture ~~~~~

A. Desk Weight Transfer Function

weight = DEK(I,J,K) + [ DESKG (4) * DDB(I)] +[DESKG(5) * DDF(I)] + [Q * ( DESKG (6) - 1) * DDP(I)] +

[Q * DCDCI) ]

sd of . p 5 weight = [DEKSD (I , J,K) ] + [ DESKG (4) * DDBSD (I) ] + [DESKG (5) * DDFSD(I) \^ + [ Q * (DESKG (6) - 1)

* DDPSD (I) ]^ + [Q * DCDSD (I)

] ^

|

where: I = Material of Desk

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

J = Desk Type

1 = single pedestal

2 = double pedestal

3 = legs

2

K = Size Groups (area in/ft ) 1 = 7.0 - 9.5

2 = 9.6 - 12.0

3 = 12.1 - 14.5

4 = > 14.6

DEK, DDB, DDF , Q, DDP, DCD, DEKSD , DDBSD , DDFSD,

DDPSD , DCDSD , are defined in the RMCONT mnemonics

teOile

DESKG is defined in the general mnemonics table .

224
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 2 of 14)

B. Table Weight Transfer Function

weight = TEE(I,J,K) + [TDL(I) * ( TABLG (ll) - 1)]

sd Of , _ J. 1/2

weight = •[ [TEESD (I , J,K) P + [TDLSD(I) * ( TABLG (ll) - 1) ] >

where: I = Material of Table Top

1 = wood

2 - metal

3 = plastic

J = Table Type

1 = pedestal

2 = legs

2 K = Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 4.0 - 9.0

2 9.1 - 11.9

3 12.0 - 12.5

4 12.6 - 15.9

5 16.0 - 18.0

6 18.1 - 26.9

7 27.0 - 44.9

8 > 45.0

9 = 1.0 - 4.0

TEE , TDL, TEESD, TDLSD , are defined in the mnemonic

tables for RMCONT

TABLG is defined in the general mnemonics table

225
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 3 of 14)

C. All Purpose Cabinet Weight Transfer Function

CAAB(K,M,I) + [ CABNG (13) * CBD(I)] +

[ CABNG (14) * CDF(I)] + [ CABNG (15) * CDP(I)] +

[ CABNG (6) * CAS(K,M,I]

I [CAABSD(K,M,I) ] ^ + [ CABNG (13) * CBDSD (I)

] ^ +

[ CABNG (14) * CDFSD (I)

] ^ + [ CABNG (15) * CDFSD (I)]

[ CABNG (6) * CASSD (K,M,I) ] ^1

'^^^

where: I = Material of All Purpose Cabinet

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic 1 .

K = All Purpose Cabinet Size (area in ft ) 1 = 2.0 - 2.9

2 = 3.0 - 3.9

3 = 4.0 - 6.9

4 = 7.0 - 9.9

5 = 10.0 - 11.9

6 = > 12.0 ,

.

weight =

sd of

weight

M = All Purpose Cabinet Height Group (in ft)

1 = 1.58 - 2.32

2 = 2.33 - 2.91

3 = 2.92 - 4.15

4 = 4.16 - 5.83

5 = >5.83

CAAB, CBD, CDF, CDP, CAS, CAABSD , CBDSD , CDFSD , CDPSD , CASSD are defined in the mnemonics table

for RMCONT

CABNG, is defined in the general mnemonics table

226
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 4 of 14)

D. Specialized Cabinet Weight Transfer Function

weight = CAB(K,M,L,I)

sd of

weight = CABSD (K,M, L, I)

where: I = Material of Specialized Cabinets

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

L = Specialized Cabinet Type; M, and K are Defined

Differently Depending on Type of cabinet

1 = File cabinet

M = Height groups (in/ft)

1 = 1.00 - 1 .66

2 = 1.67 - 3 .00

3 = 3.01 - 3 .75

4 = 3.76 - 4 .66

5 = > 4.66

K = Size groups (area in ft ) 1 = 2 - 2.9

2 = 3 - 3.9

3 = 4 - 4.9

4 = > 5.0

2 = Card Cabinet

M = height groups (in/ft)

1 = <_ 1.66

2 = 1.67 - 3.00

3 - 3.01 - 3.75

4 = > 4.66

K = Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 = 2.0 - 2.9

2 = > 3.0

227
Table 4

.

Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 5 of 14)

3 = Blueprint Cabinet

M = height groups (in ft)

1=1- 1.66

2 = 1.67 - 3.00

2 K = Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 = 2.0 - 2.9

2 «= 3.0 - 3.9

3 = 4.0 - 6.9

4 = 7.0 - 9.9

5 = 10.0 - 11.9

6 = >_ 12.0

4 = File Safe

M = height groups (in/ft)

1=1- 1.66

2 = 1.67 - 3.00

3 = 3.01 - 3.75

4 = > 3.75

2 K = Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 = 2.0 - 2.9

2 = 3.0 - 3.9

3 = > 4.0

CAAB, CAABSD are defined in the mnemonics table for

RMCONT

228
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 6 of 14)

E. Free Shelving Weight Transfer Function

weight = NOS * FS (ri,I)

sd of

weight = NOS * FSSD (n,I)

where: I = Material Type of Free Shelving

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

2 M = Size Group (area in ft ) 1 = 2.0 - 2.9

2 = 3.0 - 3.9

3 = 4.0 - 5.9

4 = 6.0 - 7.9

5 = > 8.0

NOS , FS, FSSD are defined in the nmemonics table

for RMCONT

229
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 7 of 14)

F. Bookcase Weight Transfer Function

weight BK(M,L,I) + NOS * SHL(M,I)

sd of

weight [BKSD(M,L,I) ] ^ + [NOS * SHLSD(M,I) ] ^ 1/2

where

:

I Material Types

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

L = Height Groups (in ft)

1 = 2.33 - 3.08

2 = 3.09 - 4.15

3 = 4.17 - 5.46

4 = > 5.46

M = Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 = 2.0 - 2.9

2 = 3.0 - 3.9

3 = 4.0 - 4.9

4 = > 5.0

BK, NOS , SHL, BKSD, SHLSD are defined in the mnemonics

table for RMCONT

230
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 8 of 14)

G. Seating Weight Transfer Function

weight = CEE(I,J) * Y(NBUF + 3 )

sd of

weight = CEESD (I, J) * Y(NBUF -^ 3 )

where: I = Frame Material Types

1 = wood

2 = metal

3 = plastic

J = Types of Seating (increments in ft)

1 = legs with arms

2 = legs without arms

3 = pedestal with arms and height <_ 3.21

4 = pedestal with arms and height > 3.21

5 = pedestal without arms

6 = upholstered

7 = sofa 4.00 - 5.92 long

8 = sofa 6.00 - 7.50 long

9 = sofa >^ 7 . 58 long

10 = bench

11 = drafting stool

12 = classroom chair

Y(NBUF+3) The number of chairs.

CEE, CEESD are defined in the mnemonics table for

RMCONT

231
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 9 of 14)

II . Transfer Functions for Equipment and Partitions

A. Paper Pile Weight Transfer Function

weight = PEE(K) * HEIGHT * (% compaction)

weight = 0* COMPACTION) ^* (HEIGHT * PEESD(K))^+ .0816 [ (PEE(K)

)^

+ ( PEESD (K) ) 2]j 1/2

where: % compaction = either FREE (4, N3 , NI) or ENCL (4 ,N3 ,NI)

2 K = Size of Paper (area in ft ) 1 = .65 (8.5 X 11 inches)

2 = .89 (8.5 X 15 inches)

3 = 1.1 (11 X 15 inches)

4 = >2.08 (15 X 70 inches)

PEE , PEESD, HEIGHT, are defined in the mnemonics

table for RMCONT, FSEAP

FREE, ENCL, are defined in the general mnemonics table.

232
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 10 of 14)

Book Pile Weight Transfer Function

BEE (K) * HEIGHT * (% compaction)

^(% COMPACTION)^ * ( HEIGHT * BEESD(K))^+ .0816 [(BEE{K))

+ (BEESD(K) ) 2]

where: % compaction = either FREE (4 ,N3 ,NI) or ENCL (4 ,N3 ,NI)

2 K = Size of Books (area in ft ) 1 = < .35 (< 7.0 X 7.25 inches)

2 = .35 - .45 (7.0 X 7.25 - 10 x 6.5 inches)

3 = >.45 (10.0 x 6.5 inches)

BEE, BEESD, HEIGHT are defined in the mnemonics

table for RMCONT, FSEAP

FREE, ENCL are defined in the general mnemonics

table

B.

weight =

sd of

weight =

233
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 11 of 14)

C . Telephone Weight Transfer Function

weight = PH(J) * TELE (3 ,N7 ,NI)

sd of

weight = Not applicable for telephones, no standard deviation

in weight.

where: TELE (3 ,N7 ,NI) = the number of telephones

J = The Type of Phone

1 = no buttons

2=6 buttons

3 = 10 buttons

4 = 12 buttons

5 = 18 buttons

6 = 20 buttons

7 = 30 buttons

PH is defined in mnemonics for RMCONT, FSEAP

234
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 12 of 14)

D. Typewriter Weight Transfer Function

weight = TYP(L,J)

sd of

weight = TYPSD(L,J)

where: L = Carriage Size Groups ( in inches)

1 = 11 - 14

2 = 15 - 16

3 = 17 - 20

4 = 21 - 24

5 = 25 - 30

J = Power Source

1 = manual

2 = electric

TYP, TYPSD are defined in the mnemonics for

RMCONT, FSEAP

235
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 13 of 14)

E. Calculator Weight Transfer Function

weight = CAL(J,K)

sd of

weight = CALSD(J,K)

where: K = Type of Calculator

1 = illuminated read-out

2 = illuminated read-out with tape

3 = dial read-out

J = (for the types above) The Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 = .069 - .458

2 = .459 - .735

3 = .736 - .951

4 = .952 - 1.187

5 = > 1.187

K = Type of Calculator

4 = tape output only

J = (for tape output only type) The Size Groups (area in ft ) 1 = .625 - .833

2 = .834 - 1.076

3 = 1.077 - 1.388

4 = > 1.388

CAL, CALSD, are defined in mnemonics table for RMCONT, FSEAP

236
Table 4. Transfer Functions Used in MAKER

(Page 14 of 14)

F. Room Partition Weight Transfer Function

weight = PAR(L,I)

sd of

weight = PARSD (L>I)

where: I = Material Type

1 = steel

2 = fabric

3 = plastic

4 = wood

L = Height Group (in ft)

1 = < 4.00

2 = 4.00 - 4.99

3 = 5.0 - 5.99

4 = > 6.00

PAR , PARSD are defined in the mnemonics table for BONCOM

237
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 1 of 21)

A. Error aind Limit Messages in DRIVE

Format No.

100 'BUILDING NUMBER IS TOO LARGE: (BUILDN)

cond. If BUILDN > 101

101 'IMPOSSIBLE STATE NUMBER: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

cond. If 1 > BUILD Q) or 51 < BUILD (3)

102 'IMPROBABLE CONSTRUCTION DATA: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

cond. If BUILD (5) < 1800 or BUILD (5) > 1974

103 'IMPROBABLE HEIGHT: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

cond. If BUILD (6) > 100

104 'IMPOSSIBLE VERTICAL LOAD RESISTING SYS: BUILDING

(BUILDN)

cond. BUILD (7) < 1, BUILD (7) > 2

105 'IMPOSSIBLE BUILDING MATERIAL: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

cond. BUILD (8) < 1, BUILD (8) >2

106 'IMPOSSIBLE OCCUPANCY CODE: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

cond. BUILD Q) < 1, BUILD (9) > 5

107 'THE NUMBER OF FIRMS IS OUTSIDE ACCEPTABLE RANGE:

BUILDING ( BUILDN )

cond. NO < 1, NO > 1000; STOP

108 FIRM (J) BUILDING ( BUILDN ) HAS AN IMPOSSIBLE

TYPE NO.

cond. FIRMT (J) NOT IN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

109 'BUILDING NO. AND BUILDING NO. WITH ROOM NOT

CONSISTENT: BUILDING (BUILDN); FLOOR (FLOORN)

,

ROOM ( ROOMN ) cond. BUILD (10) BUILDN

110 'THIS FLOOR NUMBER IS TOO LARGE: BUILDING (BUILDN)

cond. BUILD (11) > BUILD (6)

238
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 2 of 21)

Format No.

111 'IMPOSSIBLE CEILING MATERIAL INDICATED: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM, ( ROOMN )

cond. ROOM (7) > 5

112 'IMPOSSIBLE FLOOR MATERIAL INDICATED: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. ROOM (8) > 1, ROOM (8) < 5

113 'IMPOSSIBLE DOOR MATERIAL INDICATED: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. ROOM ( 9 ) > 3

114 'DATA ERROR, MORE THAN 10 FREE PILES INDICATED:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If NPILE(l) > 10

115 'IMPOSSIBLE TRIM MATERIAL INDICATED: BUILDING

(BUILDN) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. ROOM (J) > 3, ROOM (J) < 8 J = 10 to 13

116 'DATA ERROR, MORE THAN 10 ENCLOSED PILES INDICATED:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If MPILE(l) > 10

118 'DATA ERROR, MORE THAN 2 TYPEWRITERS INDICATED:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. NTYPE(l) > 2

119 'DATA ERROR, THE NUMBER OF ROOMS SURVEYED EXCEEDS

4 00, STOP: BUILDING (BUILDN)

cond. Nl > 200; STOP

120 'DATA ERROR, MORE THAN 2 CALCULATORS INDICATED:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. NCALC (1) > 2 121 'DATA ERROR, THE FIRM NUMBER FOR THIS ROOM WAS NOT

FOUND IN THE LIST OF FIRM DATA, SET FIRM TYPE TO ZERO: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. FTN = .FALSE.

122 'DATA ERROR, MORE THAN ONE LINE OF TELEPHONE DATA

INDICATED: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM

( ROOMN )

cond. If NTELE(l) > 1

239
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in riAKER

(Page 3 of 21)

Format No.

123 'CALCULATOR DATA IN ERROR: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

,

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If CALC (3,K,L) = 2 and CALC(4,K,1) = 0.

126 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED IN DESK:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN )

, ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If ERR = .TRUE, and INDEX = 2, After return from

subroutine RMCONT

127 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR, DESKG(1,2, or 3) TOO

LARGE OR TOO SMALL: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If DESKG(l) > 3, or DESKG (1) < 1 , or DESKG (2) > 2 or ( DESKG (2) < 1, and RMS = .FALSE.), or DESKG (3)

> 3, or DESKG (3) < 1 128 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR -DISCOVERED IN TABLE:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If ERR = .TRUE, and INDEX = 3, After return

from subroutine RMCONT

129 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR, TABLE (1,2,3 or 4) TOO

LARGE OR TOO SMALL: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If TABLG(l) > 2, or TABLG(l) < 1, or TABLG ( 2 ) > 2, or ( TABLG (2) < 1, and RMS = .FALSE.), or TABLG ( 3

)

> 3, or TABLG ( 3 ) < 1, or TABLG ( 4 ) > 3, or TABLG ( 4 ) < 1

130 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED IN CABINET:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN) ' cond. If ERR = .TRUE, and INDEX = 4, After return

from subroutine RMCONT

131 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR, CABNG ( 1 , 2 , or 3) TOO

LARGE OR TOO SMALL: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

(FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN) ' cond. If CABNG ( 1 ) > 5, or CABNG (1) < 1, or CABNG ( 2 ) > 2, or (CABNG (2) < 1 and RMS = .FALSE.), or CABNG (3)

> 3, or CABNG (3) < 1

240
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 4 of 21)

Format No.

132 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR, DISCOVERED IN SHELF:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN) ' cond. If ERR = .TRUE, and INDEX = 5, After returning

from subroutine RMCONT

133 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR, SHELG (1 , 2 or 3) TOO

LARGE OR TOO SMALL: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If SHELF (1) > 2, or SHELG (1) < 1, or SHLEG (2)

> 2, or ( SHELG (2) < 1 and RMS = .FALSE.) , or SHELG (3) > 3, or SHLEG (3) < 1

134 • 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED IN SEAT:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If ERR = .TRUE, and INDEX = 6, After returning

from subroutine RMCONT

135 'THIS COMMENT SHOULD NEVER BE PRINTED SOMETHING

IS WRING. LINE NO.', ( IDUM )

,

' STATUS WOPD ' , (II)

cond . NA

136 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED IN MISC

ITEM: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM

( ROO^IN )

• cond. If ERR = .TRUE, and INDEX = 7, After returning

from subroutine RMCONT

138 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED ON FORM A:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If ERR = .TRUE., After returning from FORMA

subroutine

140 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED ON FORM B:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If ERR = .TRUE., After returning from FORMB

subroutine

142 'DATA ERROR, FATAL ERROR DISCOVERED ON FORM C:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If ERR = .TRUE., After returning from FORMC

subroutine

241
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in JIAKER

(Page 5 of 21)

Format No.

144 'DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

GREATER THAN 8 ON FORM 7: BUILDING (BUILDN)

,

FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If NITEM > 8 and INDEX = 7

146 'DATA ERROR, INDEX DOES NOT SHOW BOUNDING SURFACE DATA FIRST: THIS ROOM NOT PROCESSED. BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If INDEX > 1 when reading first form

148 'DATA ERROR, INDEX IS 1 WHEN IT SHOULD NOT BE:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If I NDEX = 1, After returning from subroutine

RMCONT

150 'DATA ERROR, PROGRAM WENT DIRECTLY TO PILE AND

FOUND A FATAL ERROR: BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR

(FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If ERR = .TRUE., After subroutine FORMA or subroutine FORMB

152 'DATA ERROR, THE FORM AFTER FORM 1 IS FORM C

WHICH IS NOT PREMITTED: BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If INDEX = 10, After processing Form 1

154 'DATA ERROR, THE NUMBER OF SEATING ITEM IS GREATER

THAN 9 ON FORM 6: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR (FLOORN),

ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If NITEM > 9 and INDEX = 6

156 'DATA ERROR, THE NUMBER OF ITEMS IS LESS

THAN 1 ON FORM 6 OR 7 : BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If NITEM < 1

160 'TRANSMISSION FROM INPUT DATA ABORTED OR ERRONOUS./

STATUS WORD (I^), BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If II = -4, or II = -3

242
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 6 of 21)

Format No.

cond.

cond.

cond.

162

166

170

176

cond.

'END-OF-TAPE ON INPUT DATA/STATUS WORD (II) AFTER

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

If II = -2

•TRANSMISSION TO OUTPUT FILE ABORTED OR ERRONEOUS./

STATUS WORD (10) BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR (FLOORN),

ROOM ( ROOMN )

If 10 < -2

•END-OF-TAPE, ABOUT 3,584,000 WORDS WRITTEN ON

REEL/REEL ( REEL ), BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR (FLOORN),

ROOM (ROOMN)

After 3,584,000 words have been processed on

one tape reel.

• (REEL) REELS OF PROCESSED DATA HAVE BEEN GENERATED

/JOB COMPLETE BECAUSE END-OF FILE MARK FOUND ON

INPUT TAPE .

•

If 10 = -2

cond.

cond.

178

180

•WHILE WRITING THE SPECIAL END-OF-TAPE RECORD AN

ABNORMAL OR ABORTED TRANSMISSION ENCOUNTERED./

STATUS WORD (10), REEL ( REEL ) BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN T, ROOM (ROOMN) ' If 10 = -4, or 10 = -3, or 10 = -2

'SPECIAL END-OF-TAPE RECORD WRITTEN SUCESSFULLY

BUT WITH AN INCORRECT NUMBER OF WORDS . /STATUS

WORD (10), REEL (REEL), BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If 10 > -1 and 10 10

cond

182 •THIS ROOM MAY HAVE TOO MUCH DATA TO BE PROCESSED

WITH THIS PROGRAM. /ROOM NOT PROCESSED. BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN )

, ROOM (ROOMN) , FILE

( NOFILE ) , RECORD (NORECD)

If II > 10000

243
Table 5 . Error and Limit Messages in riAKER

(Page 7 of 21)

Format No.

183 'THE INDEX NUMBER IS EITHER TOO HIGH OR TOO

LOW = (INDEX) AT LINE NO. ( IDUM) /BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If Index < 1 or Index > 7 185 'THE STATUS WORD IS LESS THAN -1 WHEN RETURNING FROM WRITING THE 10 WORD RECORD (10)

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. 10 < -1

186 'THE SHORT RECORD HAS BEEN WRITTEN BUT WITH

LESS THAN 10 WORDS'

cond. 10 > -1 and 10 < 10

190 'FIRM NO. IS ( RMFIRMd , J ) ) FOR (J)TH FIRM

BUILDING ( BUILD (2) ) cond. If RMFIRMd,

J

) > 1000

191 'FIRM TYPE IS ( RMFIRM(2,

J

) FOR (J)TH FIRM

BUILDING ( BUILD (2) ) cond. If RMFIRM(2,

J

) > 100

192 'FIRM AGE IS ( RMFIRMQ,

J

) ) FOR (J)TH FIRM

BUILDING ( BUILD (2) ) cond. If RMFIRMQ, J) > 200

193 'DEVICE ERROR, TRANSMISSION ABORT, OR ENDOF-FILE/FOUND WHILE TRYING TO READ FIRM DATA

MAY/ATTEMPT TO SWITCH REEL AND START OVER

AT BLDG DATA'

cond. If II < -1

194 'DEVICE ERROR, TRANSMISSION ABORT, OR ENDOF-FILE/FOUND WHILE TRYING TO READ DATA FOR

FIRST ROOM. /PROGRAM WILL ATTEMPT TO SWITCH

REELS AND START OVER.

cond. If II < -2

198 'Y RECORD TOO LARGE TO WRITE ON FASTRAND

FILE. ONLY FIRST 9999 WORDS WRITTEN.'

cond. If NBUF > 10000 and FILE0 = .TRUE.

244
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 8 of 21)

B. Error Messages in Subroutine FORMA

Format No.

cond.

cond.

cond.

cond.

100

110

120

130

140

cond.

'THE NUMBER OF PILES IS TOO LARGE FOR PROGRAM:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If MPILE ( ITEM) > 25 or NPILE ( ITEM) > 25

•DATA ERROR, FREE/ENCLOSED INDEX UNEQUAL TO 0 OR 1

:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If TEMP ( Kl ) > 1, or TEMP (Kl) > 0 'DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF PILES IS ZERO ON FORM A:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

If N = 0

•DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF PILES ON FORM A EXCEEDS

NUMBER POSSIBLE: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) ROOM (ROOMN)

If N > 15

•DATA ERROR, FORM INDICATOR INCOMPATIBLE WITH

FORM A: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN )

,

ROOM ( ROOMN )

If K ?^ 0 and K ?^ 1

245
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in fiAKER

(Page 9 of 21)

C. Error Messages in Subroutine FORMB

Format No.

100

cond

.

cond.

cond.

cond.

110

120

130

140

•DATA ERROR, FORM-B NOT INDICATED TO BE FREESTANDING OR EXTRA ITEM: BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR

(FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If K ?f 0, and ii ?^ 1 'DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF TYPEWRITERS LARGER THAN

POSSIBLE ON FORM B: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR

(FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If N > 3 •NUMBER OF TYPEWRITERS EXCEEDS PROGRAM CAPABILITY:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If NTYPE ( ITEM ) > 12

•DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF CALCULATORS LARGER THAN

POSSIBLE ON FORM B: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR

( FLOORN )',;' -ROOM (ROOMN) '

If N > 3

'

'

•NUMBER OF CALCULATORS EXCEEDS PROGRAM CAPABILITY:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

•

cond, If NCAL(ITEM) > 12

150 'DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF TELEPHONE DATA LINES LARGER

THAN POSSIBLE ON FORM B: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If N > 2

160 'NUMBER OF TELEPHONES EXCEEDS PROGRAM CAPABILITY:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If NTELE ( ITEM) > 25

161 • IN FORM B A STAND-ALONE ITEM IS ASSOCIATED WITH

A PIECE OF FURNITURE: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR

( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

•

cond. If X (I ) 7« 0 and FLAG = .TRUE.

246
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 10 of 21)

D. Error Messages in Subroutine FORMC

Format No .

100 'DATA ERROR, FORM-C NOT INDICATED TO BE AN EXTRA

SHEET: BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM

( ROOMN )

cond. If K 7^ 0

110 'DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF ITEMS ON FORM C EXCEEDS

NUMBER POSSIBLE: BUILDING ( BUILDN ), FLOOR (FLOORN),

ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If N > 5

120 'DATA ERROR, NUMBER OF ITEMS IS ZERO ON FORM C:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If N = 0

130 'THE NUMBER OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS IS TOO LARGE FOR

PROGRAM: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM

( ROOMN )

cond. If NMISC(ITEM) > 10

247
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 11 of 21)

E. Error Messages in Subroutine FSEAP

Format No.

160, 'A FREE-STANDING PAPER PILE OF ( HEIGHT ) FEET

HIGH: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM

( ROOMN )

cond. If HEIGHT > FREEL

165 'THE NUMBER OF BUTTONS FOR A FREE-STANDING PHONE

IS INCONSISTENT WITH PHONE TYPE: BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

'

cond. If ( TELE(1,N7,1 ) = 1, and TELE ( 2 , N7 ,

1

) >2] , or

[ TELE (1,N7 ,

1

) = 2, and TELE (2,N7 ,

1

)< 3]

184 'THERE IS A TRANSFER FUNCTION SUBSCRIPT OF INCORRECT

FORM FOR A FREE-STANDING ( NAMEE(I) )/ THE WEIGHTS

FOR THIS ITEM HAVE BEEN SET TO ZERO: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. For NAMEE: If:

•P-PILE' K<1

'B-PILE' K>3 _

'TYPWRT' J< 1 or J>2 or Mc 1 or M>2

or If 1 or L>5

'CAIC ' K< 1 or K>5

'PHONE' J< 1 or J>7

185 'TRANSFER DATA FOR A FREE-STANDING ( NAMEE (I) ) IS

AN ESTIMATE OF [A. see below] LBS: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. For NAMEE : Values of A: If:

'TYPWRT' TYP(L,J) TYP(L,J) < D

'CALC.' , CAL(J,K) CAL(J,K) < 0

186 'THE DIMENSIONS OF A FREE-STANDING ( NAMEE (I) ) NO. (A.

)

ARE TOO SMALL TO CONFORM TO THE SIZE CRITERIA

OF '/'THE TRANSFER FUNCTION AND THE WEIGHT OF THIS

ITEM HAS BEEN SET TO ZERO: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

,

•

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. For NAMEE = : CALC. If: K<4 .AND. CALA<.069 .OR

K=4 .AND. CALA<.624

248
Table 5.

Format No.

188

cond190

cond.

Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 12 of 21)

•NBUF HAS A VALUE OF ( NBUF ) NO MORE FSEAP

DATA CAN BE PROCESSED, ERR SET TO .TRUE.

,

RETURN TO DRIVE . /BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR

(FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If NBUF > 10000

'NO PROJECTED SURFACE AREA CAN BE COMPUTED

FOR FS (NAMEE(I)) NUMBER (A) THUS NO FLOOR

LOADING IS COMPUTED/IN: BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

If Y(NBUF+9) < .01 NAMEE; A:

•B-PILE'

'P-PILE'

• TYPWRT

•

•CALC.

•

'PHONE'

N3

N3

N5

N6

N7

249
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 13 of 21)

F. Error Messages in Subroutine BONCOM

Format No .

•BUILD (BUILDN) , PL (FLOORN) , RM (ROOMN),

cond

.

cond.

cond.

cond.

cond.

cond.

cond.

cond.

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

THE LENGTH OF A ROOM PARTITION IS ( Y (57+NA) ) FT,

WHICH IS LONGER THAN THE DEPTH AND WIDTH OF THE

ROOM'

If Y (57+NA) < WIDTH and Y (57+NA) > DEPTH

'BUILD ( BUILDN ), PL (FLOORN) , RM (ROOMN), THE

HEIGHT OF A ROOM PARTITION IS ( Y (59+NA) ) FT.

WHICH IS HIGHER THAN THE ROOM'

If Y(59+NA ) > HEIGHT

'BUILD (BUILDN) , FL (FLOORN), RM (ROOMN), THE

NUMBER OF DOORS IN ONE WALL IS ( D00R(1,NN) )

If D00R(1,NN ) > LMT (

1

) 'BUILD (BUILDN) , FL (FLOORN), RM (ROOMN), THE

NUMBER OF WINDOWS IN ONE WALL IS ( D00R(6,NN )

If D00R(6,NN) > LMT(2)

'BUILD (BUILDN) , FL ( FLOORN ) , RM (ROOMN) , THE

NORMAL OCCUPANCY OF A FILE ROOM OR A STORAGE

ROOM IS, ( Y (20) )

'

If 4<Y(19)<7 and Y(20) > LMT ( 3

)

•BUILD (BUILDN), FL (FLOORN), RM ( ROOMN ). IN A

( Y(14) ) STORY BUILDING THERE IS A ROOM ON FLOOR

NUMBER ( Y(3) )

' If Y_(3) > Y(14 ) •BUILD (BUILDN) , FL (FLOORN) , RM (ROOMN) , ( Y(126)) PERCENT OF THE WALL AREA IS DOORS AND WINDOWS

If Y(126) > LMT ( 4

)

•BUILD-

(

BUILDN ) , FL (FLOORN), RM (ROOMN), THE

LIVE LOAD/SQ FT IS (Y(79)) PSF'

If Y(79) > LMT(18)

250
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 14 of 21)

Format No.

cond.

158 •BUILD ( BUILDN ) , FL ( FLOORN ) , RM ( ROOMN ) , THE

FIRE LOAD/SQ FT IS ( Y (83) ) PSF'

If Y(83) > LMT(5)

cond.

159 •BUILD ( BUILDN ) , FL ( FLOORN ) , RM (ROOMN)

PERCENT OF THE LIVE LOAD IS FIRE LOAD'

If Y(112) > LMT(6)

(Y(12) )

cond.

cond."

160

161

•BUILD ( BUILDN ) , FL ( FLOORN ) , RM (ROOMN) / THIS

ROOM HAS A FLOOR AREA OF Y (85) SQ FT'

If Y(85 ) > LMT(7)

•BUILD (BUILDN) , FL ( FLOORN ) , RM ( ROOMN ^ , ( Y(87) ) PERCENT OF THE FLOOR IS COVERED'

If Y(87) > LMT(8)

cond,

162 •BUILD (BUILDN) , FL (ELQOSN) , RM ( ROOMN ) > Y(82 ) PERCENT OF THIS ROOMS FIRE WEIGHT IS ENCLOSED

IN METAL'

If Y(92) > LMT(9)

cond.

163 •BUILD (BUILDN) , FL ( FLOORN ) , RM (ROOMN) , ( Y(123) ) PERCENT OF THIS ROOMS LIVE LOAD IS WITHIN 2 FT OF

THE WALLS'

If Y(123) > LMT(IO), or Y(123) < LMT(ll)

cond.

164 •BUILD ( BUILDN ) , FL ( FLOORN ) . RM (ROOMN) , ( Y(98) ) PERCENT OF THIS ROOMS FIRE LOAD IS WITHIN 2 FT

OF THE WALLS'

If Y(98) > LMT(12), or Y(98) < LMT(13)

cond.

166 •BUILD (BUILDN), FL (FLOORN), RM ( ROOMN ) , Y(106 ) PERCENT OF THIS ROOMS FIRE LOAD IS ENCLOSED IN

PLASTIC

•

If Y(106) > LMT(14)

167 •BUILD (BUILDN) , FL (FLOORN) , RM ( ROOMN ) , ( Y(102) ) PERCENT OF TOTAL ROOM FIRE WEIGHT IS PAPER'

cond. If Y(102) > LMT(15)

251
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in riAKER

(Page 15 of 21)

Format No.

cond.

cond

,

cond

168

169

170

'BUILD ( BUILDN ) , FL (FLOORN) , RM ( ROOMN ) , Y (104)

PERCENT OF TOTAL ROOM FIRE WEIGHT IS BOOK'

If ¥004) > LMT(16)

'BUILD ( BUILDN ) , FL (FLOORN), RM (ROOMN), THE

TOTAL FIRE LOAD OF THE ROOM INCLUDING THE FINISH

IS (Y(llO)) LBS'

If Y(llO ) > LMT(17)

' (Y (96) ) PERCENT OF THE ENCLOSED FIRE WEIGHT

IS W/N 2FT OF THE WALL: BUILD (BUILDN),

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If Y(96) > LMT(12)

cond.

171 •(Y(IOO)) PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FIRE WEIGHT IS

ENCLOSED: BUILD (BUILDN), FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM

( ROOMN )

If Y(IOO) > LMT(9)

cond.

172 'BUILD (BUILDN), FL (FLOORN), RM (ROOMN), THE

NORMAL OCCUPANCY OF THIS ROOM IS Y (20) ' If Y(20) > LMT(19)

252
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 16 of 21)

G. Error Messages in Subroutine RMCONT

Format No.

150 'OVER ( DESKL(4) ) BOX, ( DESKL (4) ) FILE AND

(DESKL(4)) PERSONAL DRAWERS IN ONE DESK:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If DESK (4 ) > DESKL (4 ) and DESKG (5 ) > DESKL (4 ) and DESKG (3 ) > DESKL (1 )

151 'OVER DESKL (1 ) BOX AND DESKL(l ) FILE DRAWERS IN

ONE DESK: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN), ROOM

( ROOMN )

cond. If DESKG

(

4) > DESKL (1 ) and DESKG (5 ) > DESKL (1 )

152 ONE DESK AREA OF ( Y (NBUF+9) ) SQFT : BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOOR.;) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If Y (NBUF+9) >_ DESKL (2) , or Y (NBUF + 9) > DESKL (3)

153 'A TABLE TOP AREA OF ( Y (NBUF+9) ) FT: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If Y (NBUF+9) > TABLEL (1 ) or Y (NBUF+9) < 1.

154 'A CABINET WITH A TOP SURFACE OF ( Y (NBUF+9) ) SQ

FT: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN ) cond. If Y (NBUF+9 ) > CABL (1)

155 'A SHELF WITH A DEPTH OF ( DEPTH ) FT: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If DEPTH > SHELFL(l ) 156 'SEATING WITH A SURFACE AREA OF ( Y (NBUF+9) ) SQ

FT: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR (FLOORN), ROOM ( ROOMN ) cond. If Y (NBUF+9 ) > SEATL(l ) 157 'A DESK WITH AN EMPTY WEIGHT OF ( Y (NBUF+9) ) LBS

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If Y(NBUF+5) > DESKL (5) or Y (NBUF+5) < 1.

253
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 17 of 21)

Format No.

158 'A TABLE WITH AN EMPTY WEIGHT OF ( Y (NBUF^-5) ) LBS

BUILDING ( BUILDN )

, FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. - If Y (NBUF+5 ) > TABLEL(2 ) or Y (NBUF+S) < 1.

159 '

(

CDRAW ) DRAWERS IN A CABINET: BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

'

cond. If CDRAW > CABL(2)

160 'A FREE PAPER PILE (HEIGHT) FEET HIGH ON

( NAMEF ( I

)

) NO. Y(112+INDEX ) ; BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If HEIGHT > FREEL

161 'FREE BOOK AND PAPER PILE WEIGHT ON NAMEE (INDEX ) NO. Y(112+INDEX) WEIGHS (WTF)LB: BUILDING ( BUILDN )

,

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If WTF > FWTL

162 'ENCLOSED PAPER PILE THAT IS ( HEIGHT ) FEET HIGH

ON ( NAMEF (I) ) NO. Y (112-HNDEX ) ; BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

'

cond. HEIGHT > ENCLL

163 'ENCLOSED WEIGHT OF BOOKS AND PAPER IS (WTE) LBS

ON ( NAMEF (I) ) NO. Y (112+INDEX) ; BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If WTE > EmL

164 'FREE BOOK PILE LENGTH IS ( HEIGHT ) FT WHILE THE

LENGTH OF (NAMEE(I)) NO. (A) IT IS ON IS ONLY

( LENGTH ) FT: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR (FLOORN),

ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If HEIGHT > LENGTH

'THE NUMBER OF BUTTONS AND PHONE TYPE ARE INCONSISTENT ON ( NAMEF (I) ) NO. Y (112+ INDEX )

;

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

If ( TELE(1,N7, NI ) = 1 and TELE (2 ,N7 ,NI ) >2) , or (TELE(1,N7, NI) = 2 and TELE (2 ,N7 ,NI)< 3 )

254
Table 5. Error and Limit Jlessages in MAKER

(Page 18 of 21)

Format No.

166 'THE WEIGHT OF A MISCELLANEOUS ITEM ON ( NAMEF (I) ) NO. Y(112+INDEX) IS ( MWT ) LBS: BUILDING (BUILDN)

,

FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

'

cond. If MWT > MWTLT

170 'A CABINET WITH AN EMPTY WEIGHT OF (Y(NBUF+5)) LBS;

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If Y(NBUF+5) > CABL(3)

171 'EMPTY SHELVING WITH A WEIGHT OF (Y(NBUF+5)) LBS:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If Y(NBUF+5) > SHELFL(2)

172 'EMPTY SEATING WEIGHT OF (Y(NBUF+5)) LBS: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

'

cond. If Y(NBUF+5) > SEATL(2-)

173 'A PLASTIC DESK IS PRESENT: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) FLOOR (FLOORN) ROOM

(

ROOMN ) ' . cond. If DESKG (6) = 3

174 'SHELVING TOO LONG TO FIT IN ROOM: BUILDING (BUILDN),

FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond LENGTH > [( ROOM (19 ) * 10 + ROOM (20 ) + ( ROOM (21 )/

12)] and LENGTH > [( ROOM (16 ) * 10 + ( ROOM (17 ) + ROOM (18 ) /12)]

175 'MISCELLANEOUS ITEM WEIGHS ( Y(NBUF+5) ) LBS: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. If Y(NBUF-f-5 ) > MISLT (2 )

^ 176 'MISCELLANEOUS ITEM WITH A PROJECTED AREA OF

(Y(NBUF+9) SQ FT: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR'

(

FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOI^ )

' cond. If Y(NBUF-H9 ) > MISLT (1) .OR <0.1 lb

180 'TRANSFER DATA FOR '

(

NAMEF (I) ) 'NUMBER (A) IS AN

ESTIMATION OF (B) LBS: BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR

-(FLOORN ) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

' cond. For NAMEE =: (A) (B) If:

'DESK' Y(114) DEK(I, J,K) DEK(I, J,K) < 1

' TABLE

Y(115) TEE (I, J,K) TEE (I,J,K) < 1

'CAB' Y(116) CAB (K,M, CAB (K,M,

L,I) L,I) < 1

• SHELF

•

Y(117) BK (M,L,I) M(M,L,I) < 1

• SHELF

Y(117) FS(I,M) FS(I,M) < 1

•SEAT • y (118) CEE(I,J) CEE(I,J) < 1

255
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 19 of 21)

Format No.

181

cond.

182

cond.

'THE DIMENSIONS, TYPE, OR MATERIAL OF ( NAMEE (I) ) 'NUMBER' (A) IS NOT POSSIBLE ACCORDING TO THE

DEFINITIONS OF THE TRANSFER FUNCTION DATA:

BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

For NAMEF =;

' CAB .

•

(A.) If:

Y (116) CAB(K,M,L,I) = -999,

'THE DIMENSIONS OF ( NAMEF (I) ) ' NUMBER ' (A .) ARE

TOO SMALL TO CONFORM TO THE SIZE CRITERIA OF THE

TRANSFER' FUNCTION /THE WEIGHTS FOR THIS ITEM

HAVE BEEN SET TO ZERO: BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR

(FLOORN) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond.

For NAMEF (I) A: If:

'DESK'

'TABLE'

• CAB

Y(114)

Y(115)

Y(116)

DKS < 7.0

TABA < 4.0

AR < 1.0 .OR. CABHT < 0.

• SHELF

• SHELF

'SEAT'

Y(117)

Y(117)

Y(118)

AR < 1.0

AR < 2.0 .OR. HEIGHT < 2 J < 1

183 'THERE IS A TRANSFER FUNCTION SUBSCRIPT OF INCORRECT

FORM EITHER TOO LARGE OR ZERO FOR (NAMEF (I) NUMBER

(A.)/THE WEIGHT FOR THIS ITEM HAS BEEN SET TO ZERO:

BUILDING ( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

'

For NAMEF (I ) =; 'DESK'

'TABLE'

•CAB'

•CAB'

• SHELF

•SEAT'

A: If:

Y(114) I>3 .OR. Kl • OR. J>3

.OR. J<1

Y(115) I>3 .OR. Kl .OR. J>2

• OR. J<1

Y(116) I>3 .OR. Kl

Y(116) I>3 .OR. Kl .OR. L>4

.OR. L>1

Y(117) I>3 .OR. Kl

Y(118) I>3 .OR. Kl .OR. J>12

Units in ft. or sq. ft.

256
Table 5. Error and Limit Messages in MAKER

(Page 20 of 21)

Format No .

184 'THERE IS A TRANSFER FUNCTION SUBSCRIPT OF INCORRECT

FORM FOR A, ( NAMEE (I ) ) 'ON OR IN '

(

NAMEF (INDEX )

NUMBER

(

Y (112+INDEX) )/THE WEIGHTS FOR THIS ITEM HAVE

BEEN SET TO ZERO: BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR ( FLOORN )

,

ROOM ( ROOMN )

cond. For NAMEE (I ) =; If:

•P-PILE' K<1

•B-PILE' K>3

'TYPWRT' J<1 .OR. J>2 .OR. M<1 .OR.

M>2 .OR. L<1 .OR. L>5

'CALC* K<1 .OR. K>5

'PHONE' J<1 .OR. J>7

185 'TRANSFER DATA FOR A ( NAMEE (I ) 'ON OR IN ( NAMEF (INDEX ) NUMBER ( Y(112-HNDEX ) IS AN ESTIMATE OF 'Lh.) LBS:

BUILDING (BUILDN), FLOOR (FLOORN), ROOM (ROOMN)'

cond. For NAMEE (I ) =; A: , If:

'TYPWRT' TYP(L,J) TYP (L, J) 0.

'CALC CAL{J,K) CAL(J,K) 0.

186 'THE DIMENSIONS OF A ( NAMEE (I) ) 'ON OR IN ' (NAMEF (INDEX)

)

'NUMBER' (Y (112+INDEX) ) 'ARE TOO SMALL TO CONFORM TO

THE SIZE CRITERIA OF ' /' THE TRANSFER FUNCTION AND THE

WEIGHT OF THIS ITEM HAS BEEN SET TO. ZERO : BUILDING

(BUILDN ) , FLOOR ( FLOORN ) , ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. For NAMEE (I ) =; If:

'CALC' K<4 .AND. CALA< .069 or K>4 .AND. CALA<.624

257
Tedsle 5. Error and Limit Messages in IIAKER

(Page 21 of 21)

Format No .

188 'NBUF HAS A VALUE OF ( NBUF ) NO MORE RMCONT

DATA CAN BE PROCESSED, ERR SET TO .TRUE.

RETURN TO DRIVE: BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR

(FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

'

cond. If NBUF > 9950 at start of RMCONT

189 'THE PSF LOADING FOR A ( NAMEF (I) ) EQUALS

( RCWTPF ) BUILDING (BUILDN) , FLOOR ( FLOORN )

,

ROOM (ROOMN)

cond. If RCWTPF > RCWTL

cond.

cond

.

190

191

•INDEX NO. = ( INDEX ) IN RMCONT: BUILDING

( BUILDN ) , FLOOR (FLOORN) , ROOM ( ROOMN )

If INDEX < 2 or INDEX > 7

'THE VARIABLE NITEM IS OUT OF RANGE. BUILDING

( BUILDN )

, FLOOR ( FLOORN ), ROOM (ROOMN)

NITEM > 10

258
Si

(0vn3ac o

>t-l

(0

<d •auaac

QQDQQQ

tiM WCJMWUW

v>J </></>*/></></></>•

AJu

IT] -H a a — cr

(U

(Tl IT) tJ tl IT} 4J 4J 4J 4J 4J

*0 <TJ ^0 (0 <tj <tj T) 73 'O

•o

)-l uco < . < i-H M n r^ CM n a t< e< f H E-" o U O CO a CO CO CO CO (0 CO z

COW CO cn CO a. CO

O z 0]

u

u

u

u

M 0) < D £ < < u 3 X H H t< e< tH H Cm 0) SI <3b Ob Qb <IU vy </> WVV V> (A «> <Si

not

in \o 00

AO <H rt <n in

oot

r-t •H •H f-i

0)

r-i Z C £ a RA hi p c

IM E-i

O <M •H 0 z <aE 0) •0 •O T3 Di u Q) V 10 c 0 £ «^ (U <0 » 0) m

•w > o « rH 4J (U £ M-l <0 D 0

i3 aco >i CO

i-t 0) 4J tt> c u n £ c 0 H 3 • +1 (fl 3 c cr M C 0) (0 Q) •O H 0 o o u c >i 0 •D <D in rH 0 -P (1) -H rH W O 3 U 9 (0 C/3 iM E-i >t-i 0 Si cn 4) U w V cn dj 4J<a M e 1

Cr> 0 u C u

C 0 3 0 » 0) in (0 c (fl u >,< c

•a 0) 0) CO 3 (U U P 0 -P 0) <0 lO > •o jc 0 M c (U -P <u P OJ Si c a m •rA in •H (< 0 « "O 0 ^ $ O e^ 0 •rH 0

•0 10 I-I 4J

<U E a « o w -a u c m i-i •H 0) « -rl 10 fo x: rH «H ' ^ 4-1 U-l r^ (U •H <M Si c 0 )H

0) 0 Q 0 D<i*-i Z 4J

ro

Ul 2 -0 in rH

Eh 0) 0 » 0 H +

CO E -U

O < D U o b m 01 (0 •H 10 o

to (U rH OJ

m

10 <a rH XI IH c m

O-H

•H

M0

«> »

4J

(0 0) >o

Si

•p

H

§.c • p C -r^

•H c 3

MHH

a CJ c

J2 10 o tn Z • 10 0 1^ 2 tn p -t- K rH 0) •<T tH (0 P 01 rH

CO 3 (0 TD (N < C U Ui

Cl< lO OJ

O 01 E a, 2 o

<M o c O tr XH -rH c -PlO .-I OJ H o 3 <0 0) W

l4 01 ^ >

4)u (u e M

x:

a o 3 a;

Eh Ca

C

Q

259
0)cu

10 EH

nt +)

Id Q

>i>M3

COgoo

OS

-o

0)

CO

cn

<UoOu

E-t 0

PSswu

too

4J

4J3c

0) 4) ^

0) s:

u

V

l-l 6 c C 0) o 3 A c U -H 0 ^ u o •o U 0 u 0)

4) 0 01 o I N

fH

Q

u UJ 0

I4_| 4J -P c ID CQ H tm 4-> r a;Ul u 10 o 0 W) O -H

M-l

a

Q 0 0)

u 3 0 u 3

r-l 4J •H s a) o •>

•>

h r-l 3

CO •H

COg 4-> (d 4)M > Ok q) £ tn Q n •o <o 0 z a u U 0 (0 in >, 4J c

-au r^ e 4J 0 n) U o 3 (U c 8 0) CC P M u a: 0) w

(0 £ CO 4J 10 • (U 3 -O c CJ> u (0 p 0 c 0 e (0

cn

O T3

-o

H 0

(1) c:' (1) T3 3 c C 0) CU « « 0) O £ c 3 u (0 c « c -H x: 0 o m o o w u lo

<a 1 «

•d • • o MO o

JJoMO3

s:pc

*J

0) 5

cuUl

>1

(0£

<D

tn3

0) P

0)

tt) c

(U

0) XI

0)>

<0O3

4J

0)

(0 *J£

(p

u o <u c

0) c

0) x:

jj

to (Ti -H cr> <n

(0 o>

x: 0

E-« 4J o

T5OU

<U Oi

JZp

cr> c

0)

i3

(0 >1U

C0

r-t

u

0) 0) 03 c

.-(lO COz M

<0&§U

x:pDu

<0

COO3 MU

0)«

§•ou

Id u

01§•o

0»

T3 E M 9 0 *> » -H »^ o> ^ c

•H c c

Id Id 4J (N CO in I(V C (U •H

IP

0) 0) 01 C Z iP

CO O4

13

260
APPENDIX B.5

OUTPUT RECORD FORMAT FOR DATA FILE 2

The data in each word of the following items is right justified and in

a binary format. Each digit of a field occupies one word. For multipli

digit items, the most significant digit is first.

Each file on the tape represents a single building. The first record

contains the building characteristics (25 words). The next record con- tains the firm information (8* number of firms in building). The

remaining records of the file contain the data for each room in the

building (30 words) with one record devoted to each single room. After

all the room records have been recorded in a file, only a single "EOF" mark is put on the tape.

After the last building has been recorded on tape, an extra "EOF" mark

is recorded.

The blocking factor for the tape is one. The following was the format

used to record each of the three records described above:

Building Characteristics: (Record 1)

Item

No. Length

(Words)

Description

12

34

56

7

3

32

54

2

1

Surveyor code (001-999)

Building number (001-200)

State code (01-51)

Zip code (00001-99999)

Year building built (1700-1974)

No. of stories above ground level (00-99)

Vertical load resisting system

1 = Column

2 = Bearing wall

8 1 Building material

1 = Concrete

2 = Steel

3 = Masonry

4 = Wood

9 1 Occupancy type

1 = Federal government

2 = State government

3 = Local goverment

4 = Private

5 * Private and Government

10 3 Number of firms in building (001-999)

261
APPENDIX B.6

PART A - User's Manual and Operating Instructions

1. Input Data for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

2. Code Numbers to be Used When Specifying Items to be Selected

and Tested by the Data-Retrieval Program, SEEKER

3. Input Card Configurations

4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

5. Diagnostic Messages

6. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

7. Processed Room Survey Data Tape

8. Mnemonics for Program HISTOG

9. Input Data for HISTOG

262
Table 1. Input Data for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 1 of 5)

CARD 1

CASES, OUTFLG, NROOMS, INFLAG , PLTFLG

Col. 1-4 CASES

Card Format:

Col. 5-8

Col. 9-12

Col. 13-16

Col. 17-20

[514]

= Number of cases being run A maximum of 20 cases are allovjed in one run. When OPT{K) is equal to either 2 or 4 no unit

need be assigned for these cases. The unit

no. is determined by: case no. + 6 = unit no. Where the case number is the order of deck or input cards after a card 1.

OUTFLG = Option flag for data to be saved.

1 - save data in binary using NTRAN on a mass

storage or tape file.

0 - save data in coded fonn using a format

statement on a mass storage file or tape.

NROOMS = The total number of rooms (sum of all cases)

to be selected when OPT(K) = 5 for all cases. Causes early program termination to save computer costs. Not required, even if OPT(K) = 5 for all cases.

INFLAG = 1 - mass storage input

2 - tape input

Input uses unit no. 3

PLTFLG = 0 - no data written for plots

^ 0 - data written on unit no. 4 for each plot to be created.

Repeat Cards 2 through 6D for each case being run.

CARD 2

ITEM(K), OPT(K), NOR(K), ITEM2(K), KON(K) Card Format: [514]

Col. 1-4 ITEM(K) = Item to be selected [See Table 2]

Col. 5-8 OPT(K) = Option flag

1 - Save the selected items on a data file for

subsequent use.

2 - Do not save the selected items.

3 - Divide the selected items, ITEM(K), by

ITEM2(K), and save the results on a data

file.

263
Table 1. Input Data for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 2 of 5)

Col. 9-12 NOR(K)

4 - Divide the selected Items, ITEM(K), by

ITEM2(K), but do not save the results.

5 - Select four room parameters. Save the

following for all selected Items; Building

No., Floor No., Room No., Parameter (One),

Parameter (One +1), Parameter (Two),

Parameter (Two + 1 ). When option 5 is chosen 0UTFL6 must be 0.

Number of '.'OR'.' condition-sets. Zero is an acceptable value. (When zero is specified, no conditions are specified and all elements are

included, thus cards 5-9 must not be included.)

A maximum of 10 .OR. condition-sets per case are allowed.

Col. 13-16 ITEM2(K) = OPT(K)

OPT(K)

Col. 17-20 KON(K)

= 1 or 2: Not used

= 3 or 4: Item by which the selected item,

ITEM(K), is to be divided. ITEM2(K) can be a room parameter when ITEM(K)

Is a furniture or stand-alone item.

But ITEM2(K) cannot be a furniture or stand-alone item when ITEM(K) is a room parameter.

OPT(K) = 5: The second room parameter to be

selected for each appropriate room.

Multiplier Flag

1 - Multiply the selected items by a constant

given on card 4. 0 - Do not multiply the selected item by a constant.

CARD 3

TITLE(K) Card Format: [13A6]

Col. 1-78 TITLE = Alphanumeric title. Limited to one line

(first 78 characters of the card).

CARD 4

MULTIP(K) Card Format: [El 2. 5]

Col. 1-12 MULTIP(K) = The multiplier with which each selected Item

264
Table 1. Input Data for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 3 of 5)

win be multiplied before any calculations

are performed.

NOTE: This card not included unless KON(K) = 1.

CARD 5

IAND(K,J) Card Format: [14]

Col. 1-4 IAND(K,J) = Number of ".AND." conditions in ".OR." condition-set J. A maximum of 10 and a minimum of

1 are allowed.

NOTE: This card not included unless NOR(K) > 0

CARD 6A

C0N(K,J,1), LIM1(K,J,1). LIM2(K,J,l), through C0N(K,J,3), LIMl(K,J,3),

LIM2(K,J,3) Card Format: L4X,3(I4,2F8.2)]

(where third index = "-.AND." condition number)

CON(K.J,I)= Item to be tested [See Table 2].

LIM1(K,J,I) = Lower limit for item to be tested. Unless

CON(K,J,I) is greater-than or equal-to

LIM1(K,J,I), the corresponding ITEM(K) shall

be rejected. F - format number.

LIM2(K,J,I) = Upper limit for item to be tested. Unless

CON(K.J,I) is less-than or equal-to LIM2(K,J.I),

the corresponding ITEM(K) shall be rejected. If LIM2(K,J,I) = 0, the test is set-up to be an equality. In this case, ITEM(K) shall be

rejected unless CON(K,J,I) is within 1 percent

of LIM1(K,J,I). F - format number

Col. 5-8 CON(k,J,l)

Col. 9-16 LIM1(K,J,1)

Col. 17-24 LIM2(K,J,1)

Col. 25-28 C0N(K,0,2)

Col. 29-36 LIM1(K,J,2)

Col. 37-44 LIM2(K,J,2)

Not included unless IAND(K,J)?2

265
Table 1. Input Data for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 4 of 5)

Col. 45-48 CON (K, J .3) ^

Col. 49-56 LIM1(K,J.3) > not included unless IAND(K,J)s3

Col. 57-64 LIM2(K,J,3) > NOTE: This card is not included unless NOR(K) > 0

CARD 6B

C0N(K,J,4), LIM1(K,J,4), LIM2(K,J,4) through C0N(K,J,6), LIM1(K,J,6},

LIM2(K,J,6) Card Fonnat: [3(14, 2F8. 2)]

Col. 1-4 C0N(K,J,4)

Col. 5-12 LIM1(K,J,4)

Col. 13-20 LIM2(K,J,4)

Col. 21-24 CON (K.J, 5)

Col. 25-32 LIM1(K,J.5) > not included unless IAND(K,J)s5

Col. 33-40 LIM2(K,J.5) J

Col. 41-44 C0N(K.J,6)

Col. 45-52 LIM1(K,J.6) > not included unless IAND(K,J)^6

Col. 53-60 LIM2(K,J,6) J

NOTE: This card is not included unless IAND(K,J,)>3, and N0R(K)>0

CARD 6C

C0N(K,J,7), LIM1(K,J,7), LIM2(K,J,7) through C0N(K,J,9), LIM1{K,J,9),

LIM2(K,J,9) Card Fonnat: [3(14. 2F8. 2)]

Col. 1-4 C0N(K,J.7)

Col. 5-12 LIM1(K,J.7)

Col. 13-20 LIM2(K.J.7) , .

Col. 21-24 CON (K.J. 8)

Col. 25-32 LIM1(K,J.8) ^ not included unless IAND(K.J)^8

Col. 33-40 LIM2(K,J.8)

266
Table 1. Input Data for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 5 of 5)

not included unless IAND(K,J)^9

Col. 41-44 C0N(K,J,9)

Col. 45-52 LIM1(K,J,9)

Col. 53-60 LIM2(K,J,9)

NOTE: This card is not included unless IAND(K,J)>6 and NOR(K)>0

CARD 6D

C0N(K,J,10), LIM1(K.J,1C), LIM2(K,0,10) Card Format: [I4,2F8.2]

Col. 1-4 C0N(K,J,10)

Col. 5-12 LIM1(K,J,10)

Col. 13-20 LIM2(K,J,10)

NOTE: This card is not included unless IAND{K,J) = 10 and N0R(K)>0

A separate set of cards (5-6A, B, C, D) must be used for each

".OR." condition-set.

0

267
01 tu

00

LlJ OJ UJ j5 1/1 o *

a» o

4-> t-

•-< a. o>.— C lO >> OJ*"

V- "4- T- »- O u •»-> a» <u I— 0.0: C ••-> ID a> 10 a. ^ Q«—

4. -o -C

0) Eooo E

41 <T3

—. u L. cx: c cnuj

a> o 3 I- «s 0-0. z:

tti

—. * . o

<o or; s. ui

Ol C7> ^ T3 O UJ O U UI U Q. CO * 1 > _

_

•~ 0 . — > *^

v> ~ IT In

T" Ir V- r\ 2

10^

Q>

"XJ • "T" ^ 0 0 *~

_ 0 ~f *~ CU OJ J3 - H

Zl CU c *^ . , - -1 1 r- r- r-

*-* 1 o> pi ^ , 0 "O CO •r- •r4-» CO <u ^ (/> 0) tA t/) 4/1 • \n i- -0 0 C wn u> • u 0 to *-» 1- C <o u

Ql> a> 0 CU 0 *o • a> a» <D 0

X> x> •— <u 0 c at X> *'-> JQ •--> E J 0 V. <T3 -D C U 0 0 G 0 0 0 r— 0 +-» 0 *-> 0 a; 0 0 u 0 i-

.£: 0 to

u _i »— »— 0. }~ CX o

10 o o

CO om o o o O

1.E

1. •.- J3 r~

01>>

Oi "O0u

OJ

t. 0 0> 0 0 T5 >» 0 0

Ol> 1.

(- 0 u 0. 3 >. 0)

</> > mbN

cn 3 C7) en c 3 c C

<o l/l -0 01 0 E0 <o 0 3

u. CO (/> 00

»— CM

OJ 00 cn

I— CM

4->

"Si ^ Ol

1.

g

U 10 ' O <0 01

a. S. 0oo

O) 3 O O c

o> of 3 Ui

a> <£

268
C

<DV•4-J U

0) UJ to ^UJ

Ol tu ^ oo o •E § o*

t-t a. Of— C i«

•r- >

t- SO o •«-> 41 a; rsi Q.Q:

U> 1 V « Ol c -> «3 01 le c. a o J=

0* '<-> in = ^

JQ -O o » *J I/I

«» t—

t.E3Z

Oi ooo

«M E C o»_

4*

O ^

1/1 O E'^

t. Ul "O O l-U O I- LiJ O O. I/O • • o -O . *-> o o • c • . kO • n m EH N M c « « > I. 0)

«-> cn >> Ol a; >, cn a c i. > 4-) Xi A3 CL C o « J3 1- o

0) T3 o 13 > o o a< o> C •o l/l <> o.

ID 3 a> nj Ol I. in O J3 E *J o. <4- 1. lO o - o T3

at Ol *-> - o • o «j O o lO o • <M . t_ a 0) • m lU •o • > tM • n J3 +

1/1 o O

H

D E C J- n n • u 3 O "13 »— *J c

-r- 0) c •»-> c U f— cn J >. i/t <u n c CI c U CJ 3 a) HI e i- 1- a>

15

C *j

u E c 01

1- •.- t.

O 1/1C

C i-

*-> o CJ OJ "3 o Ol C/1 * <<-> E <l> > u C >, l/> o c > o •>3- • c u o o i- o o o o lO < n (J > l«- O) • n o. o c • > -o .— r-^ 3

4->

— o II o O r- c <u

u

1/^

U 1/1 L. •o • II

uu <_> "cti c c O) <— CNJ O) ^ u c o o — 14- J3 r— o <u >— <u >, OJ

(J E O E 3 « Ol II ta —1 IT3 i. i- a:

l- a> i- Ol nj

t.C o -o dj - > JO <U 1- E

I- r- c o o o — c=C

C s- CM

01C o <o o o o • s. O)

O -i- o

>- f— 4-> u. 3 O 3 U- CM Q. o o — 2r <4- o

CO o

CM o o

CM o o

>» E

OJ 01 > *»

I. in cn 3 >» c

incn OJ

O c a.

5^ 3 c OJ 4-> «> U3 o E m C +J m 2?

11 0) ra c 3 4-1 4-> •b t/l S_ «3 -C i_ CL E +J cn o Ol 3 i. in 0) la -M U c cn OJ o UJ u o <a E o u nC7> cn CTl o> o

u- c c iO

C c o u l- o T3 •o T3 OJ

a>

u J3

1. •r— E

to 3 3 « 3 3 3 a CD CO CO CD Z

inooo

1.o Eoo

•o 3

O) o

J- X) « c 3 O 3o o

CNJ LA oo cn oCSI CNI CNJ CNI

269
c«o

a> .— or

at uj

«/) UJ

0) LU

JQ (/> O - > e a »- JS o

S-

•-• Q- o%<—>

<»- ••- <*-

1_ o O -tJ o-oe

(/I 1 <u •D cr> C *J la at >o a. f o IS

0) o j:

01 4-> V) = ^Ol -Q -c

(U

O -t-J *-> (/) 01

<n t—

i.0) J3Ez

<u ooo u (- o; C cnui

ero. «>>—

1/1 o e—H

I. UJ

QJ CTIV O lU O U LU o o. </i o• §

en sd

>» o 0> o O o o • o *

CO CO CO • <*> o

4J iO

CO

O 3 o o o o U

d -O lo -*-» e *J J 4-* *A O CA iA «/l if) 0) ID O <o u to r— 1 •~

<u

u r— 4/1 o. 'O OL <a

O • C

j:^ o CL * & Q Q •4-t O o

to3 o CNJ O CvJ C\J CO II CM CM • CNJ

O ^ N M omi et H B ^

Q. rn

*o *o to k. 'O c c *oU

*^ OJ 4-* 0)

Ai ^— d) QJ o dJ d) Q. <u ^ E £= • £ E • c E • E • O E -O

4-*

O o OO * * * ' O * " " * ) * O r— O CO O O CO o O 00 O CO o O ifl • • • • • 3

^— o »— II ^ u »— II »—

u f— J3

u e n 4-^ H L. a II L- II H t_ u i- I. n o

QJ 1^ OJ 0) o

TD ^ TD T3 o X3 o 1 o o O XI O O J3 o o o O X) E E o c o u O 13 O O ZD o O 3 O 13 Z3 13 o o

Z£ Z£ i- 3: «*- 3 rs s- 21 3 c o O

CM

O

CM oCM

O

CM

O

<NJ

O

CM c oo

•O "5 o n « ra I. <*- •u H 01 U t_» « ItJ V. 0) «-> >o E 01 •a t- t. u *-> •c m E a> 01 1. (U E <o E Ol J3 01 4J E u E Q. E E *J

10 E <o s- !_ a> E 3 <D 0) E 0) E i_ C C E

t- *->

n

u tJ

<0 o cn cn i. E «-> > E ' 4-> 3 u S. I- o o E S. 1. o o T3 o o o o o o C o a< 01 o o la lO nj u. o o o o u. u. 5 3 3i 3 3

a- LA «^

CNI CM CM CM

oo cn CM CM CM -a- Lr> lO

270
ceo

4-> U

01 OS

91 LlJ

t/) ^

LU

01 LU O - > £

la M i. S o*

<-t a. cn.— c a

t- >

1- 1. o ••-> o

0) Ol CLo:

CO 1 a> •3 C 4-> cn

a; <a 10 j: o a. :z

a> o £W 4J

in

01 w

o «-> ** VI

E3

W

•ooo

eg

E

V to 0 i- cn C 0>UJ

01 O V 3 i- «t o-o. z: to

0 e-~ Z <o a: U LU

01 cn^

TD O UJ o u U a. (o

5 4/1 «A>^

* o> * *> Q o o o O C3 fO o ro

H *^ N l/> o

"^"^ O D O D 4J t_ c 4J 1. V) QJ 4/1 4i

1 * fO ^ > *^

1

1

r-* I/I & fO

• • o. 00 ^ Q CO Q to ig o l_ *o o 0) 0) (Si O N O Oi CSJ O . v_ ^ • 0) o <U O ri ^ cl u M

c\ 4-1 OJ Q_ Q QJ , Q Q ex QJ II </) o ££ U3 *A o e -Q •O <o 1. I- • to s- •— T3 O • <u o o « *j O o • 01 o o • +J t.

• c <*- o O i/i • . c u ^- o O 1/1 (O 1— nj o o

• zs to t— JO

*0 o o

• 3 O •— XI X)

1 0 c k. u E N H n c e

<u 01 0) y 1. il u o QJ II L. L. ir o E

1. 4J a. M M tu a> u -o u ^ Q. isl Nl 0) 0) O 3

Ol c o XI T3 1 1- 01 c: O -O X3 "O 1 l/l CL1- E E O c n) e G o c o.

la >a L. 4-> 3 3 o o o 1. 4-> *-> o o >, O. Ol o V- Ll_ z Z re c XI o. o. o <4- 2= 3 c cn

o o

CM o

CO

5 lA O %n o t- o u c o c o

"5 o o

XJ *»

•o

<- <t- cn O o r— Ol o o

c lO c a

JC i. *-> x: u I.

I. JZ *j OJ U u x: *-> 01 flj u

cn C7> 0) x> XI Ol a; o> cn 01 XI X3 Ol > C. Q. E E > c a. E E 4-1 o O) 0) >> Z3 3 <o o <u 01 >> 3 3 w 4-> c C E u XZ *j C C

CSJ esi CM CSJ <SJ <SJ n n CO

<o o a <o <a <a <o •a la <o ID 3 -2 a: 3 2 3 3 3t 3 2 3 3 3 3

OO CT> •sr in U3 r«>. CO cn o a- -a* -a- -a- un

271
T3C

r- Ol

01 UJ

AT)

C

m > , a o * _ * . * CNJ

"TIL CO

Ol I S V* H U V *^ >* 7^ S* C »^ CVJ VI Of fO WI T* 0 4-* > -p- c k ' tA 4-* to • 1- Ql

— 2 O fd 4-* • cx ^* * O 00 o QJ

III 111 ' • • *2 M O QJ CNJ

O t In CM • E

to

zr ^ o QJ

O * " • Q. V- c O 'O QJ QJ QJ 'd O. CL

•o o o Q. TP o o <u O E E -

If -O ITJ s_ t. -O *a 1- O o . <u o o * *J l- O • O) o o 4J • O I. s- t- o O ro • O i- u- o ^ <+- UJ • 3 O r-v #— tO o o r- jQ ^ o o r— II CM u a c t_ e II n c i- t- Ol 0) <u H S- rt o E <u QJ QJ II o C

t- -M Q.M IM I- *j a. rg rsi

<LI

C o -Q -O 1 to Q>

C o •o S- JC

O.-r- E o c cx

O XI

<o <a i. *-> *-> Z> o o >^ I- *-> o *o Q. O. O z: 3= ^: c C7» a. CL o *4- 3 5

cn. ^ c lo r~. 1- > <—

5s a;

<4- •.- M- T- i. O U •«-> <u a< >r> CO I OJ C 4-> IQ 01 10 a. -C o ^

01 0> '4->

a;O I' J in

0)E

01oo O v> •o u c o

•rO » -o

1. S- O) <u jO 03 E e

•0 3 O

CME

CMm o

CM

>. f

E JC

1. *-> X cn

<-> o c

<o 1_ QJ [3 CL c c: C o o c

cnc 4-1 4-> M jc: u JZ 4-> *-> 4J o> cn 1- 1. > c nj <o <0 o Ol 04 CL o. o. u

«J <o <0

c: c

L. i~ nj s. Ol o s c +J ••J <0 <o c c o c 3 3: 3: .—1 +J E

at «• u L. qe: C cnui

«l o ^ 3 J. «t o'o. s:

O r- CM 0 E-U UJ

01 cn^ o O LlI O I. UJ u a. 1/1 LA

CNJ tr\ oo LA CO

CM

lO

272
•ac

<a o0)

4-> O

at r— DC

at ut

i/i 1-

»-l Ol. cnt— -

•«- t. O

(/) I 0) V <o a. :k

4)

I/I = ^«> ^ -o

a> o -tJ *» i/> 61

Q o

_T CO CO

_ 4^

1

«

4^

Vt

•s *^ •9

^

-

• * 2B

«

•

' c • u o

O ^ «4- o ^ o ^

u CnJ CNJ f— H CSJ

a <> C N U c N U c

•» - JZ o t- -C T

O -O O XJ 4-1 o ^ o to O ro O t) 3:**- 3 «*- 3: 5 «4~ *4- 5

o O

CM in

>.

•«-> •o 4J "i jC *J "i jr 4J

JC 4-> JZ u *J jr u *j JZ

cn 4; K cn D> <u X o> cn X cn cn

*J o c 4-> o c 4J o c

a> <o k. OJ nj It) L. Ol 01 <o u 4) B CL JZ E Q. E o. JC

rsi CNJ CM CM n «*) n CO OS- «J- ^

c c c c C c C c c c: c C c o o o o o o o o o o o o o

(. s. i- L. I. L. 1. 1. u i. «3 «3 <o <o <o <a >o lO O. O. o. CL a. Q. CL Q. a. Q. CL CL

<D <o <o 1— <o la m <o lO <o lO .— to <o C c c: r— c c= C 1

c c c C r— c c

I. &. 1- <a u u u <a ^ u i. I- <a t. i. o* 01 <u S a< 01 Q> 3 Ol 01 01 J 4) Ol *J *-> +j +-> *-» *J +-> *j *j c c c o c c c: o c c c c o c c

4) •oOo

CM

le

0) lO^

4) O b.^ CO. ^

Ol o«v

"a o ixj o t- lu u a. 1/1 LA

CD LO LO

LO

1*^ CO

LO LO LO CD •—» CM

rv. rv. in LO

273
C

Cu

01 r- at

OJ LlJ § o

o>»— --^ > »—

0.0^

<o cn

C *-> flj ^O M

1. XIB

0) •ooo

CM oc cnuj

era. s:

U 1 c M c c C

OJ iA • 0) Oi 0 c c 0 C • <*-

1/1 0 0 J • C iA 4-* 4J

C i- *o c JC

#a ^ 0. 0 cn

0. (X 30 -> o> 0> 0 •

U •'— X k 0 «j 0 «-> ^—- 0 c Oi o< *-> i. "O X- XJ a. 3 3 cn

"D -tJ 3 C

U « ^— c • C • u c c: -r- iO c t- c: C

•r- 0 -> 0 4J 0 > 0 V-

••-» 4-> 0 c c **

C *J 0 JC c: c cn <A 4-> I/I »/> C> U m "oj 0 10 0 -0 a. -D 0. 3 0 TD *-> j: T3 - cn « 13 •*- <*- <*- V- 03 »- -Q on l/l m •—0 •— a. s a. Q. CL

1.a.

at •o3 ^ o

OJo

•o

CM CSJ CM CM CM CM CM CM

CO 00 vo (O 00 CO iO VO

"3

a> *j *> •0 10

<uu c (.

*->

u 3 0) 10 C3. u • 1. <d 0) 4-> 0> *J

OJ 0 a. .c: t. • en cn

10 ta

J • *J

0« 01 OI

1. *j cn

X cn

X « c 0} OJ 0; OJ 3 . 2 1. 3 L. c S- a> <«- 01 >*- 3 01 u L. CL 0) 01 ai j: U <«- cn 0) *J ^ XI 10 0. J3 OI OI <o 1- * OJ cn > r— -O > 4) •M -u 0 ^ Sj 0 -o JC <u E n» t 1 cn a> cn 2 > > fd <o > 0 0 4. <— QJ OI (U 01 E 10 e o) nj 1- 2 S > *J -0 M lO 0

«< * 01 «3 «-> <on *-> +J > * > »-> "O 0 0 . 0 s- T3 C

in V) (— in H- 10 in 3

O.T3

Q. <-> c0 • *^

•C

Mwc 0 • 0 *^

ni i> (U <u

1- JC 0 -3

flU OlE c 0 c 0 c *^ 0 0 3

t/> 4-* <ll sz *-* r—

C7»

J

"~ c • • 4J

(U <L) ro ^ Ei

Of \ c

**~ > u ^— c CO 4-* *<

10 c 0 *^

4-> 0 0CO 5 ^ 0

-T-i

C7» in

4-* 0 C

Q>

4-» 0 (U

_

C0 0 u X) ^ •r- c ^ c E TJ

<u 0 <U 0 *^ 0 p 0 u cl ^ c

Q. Of OJ c 0

JC <1> •«— 1 *^ »— +J

*0 > U-0 B 3 c0 (L> <U 0 Of <T3 • 0 > •0

t/l T3 4-J "O +-» (U

CJ JC JC

a» "O 0> -4-* "o.

rj 01

(J •0

X c u c 0 (O QJ ° > +-> U <U

•»- TJ

<»- 3

«> r—

U

•0 r—

C < •- *« o •—

CO CO CO LO

CO o er;

OJ cn^ 00 cn 00 00 00 CO 00 LA

00 00 00

274
c

•0 •o

01 *>u

«>« UJ

</) ^Ui

01 UI jO CO SeS o

*» i. —t a. cn>— c to> o O J

01u 00 o-o:

t/) 1 c2 ag

Of <o a. x: o

=»• ^5in

01 0> o +>

4J V)

01

t-VeZ

01ou

CM

0> e

o>u J. or C OtUI

«( o ^ 3 I- < o-ol z:

t. UI o

1/1 "i+

rs

o.

0) "a > cr

1— Ol

01 • sz -

(/> tn

•f oo

ts

b

OJ * C Im ^ 0) c J3 Q.

lo

n

Of

u Q. 3 +

p— o u c c to T- CL .— 01

n5 ••-

O TO 4-> o. c c + o>

in a; c

lA ->- o c O -r- v> C

01 la o J

</l

if i 01 OJ E <»_

CT)

01X

C CO) •.- ••- I.

OO OO 1 » 4^ «*- x: o

o> o>

</l *0» Ol 01 * ec • 0* 0>

1.

u a. E

Ol <r <«- •4- •»-> O 1-

T3 T3

01 Ol i. cn 4J 4-» (U 3

ID ID J3

O

t- 1- e 4) 0) Ol 3 C o X) C ID

ID o

4-> 4->

U o o O </> 4-» *J •!-> -r-E <4-o o O "Oc

»« »<

•I- TC

O

J- S- 3 —

O

0> 01 <D

4-> 4J 1- -!-> C C 01 O

C

—I a. t- 2 O o •— ocn Eo j t JZ JC cn cn o>

Ol 01 01 a i

01 01 01 u tvt- «- "O T3 o Ol 01 01 4J 4-1 +J

ID

a lO

1. i. L. <u 01 •o o T3

«J <a ID

4-> *-» *-> o o O

-M *J

<t- o o O

»«

(Si OO evj CM CM CM vo VO «o m «o

V

"O c 3

«*- 1— o u

Vt 4-1 TJ c 3 TJ'O) 4J T- 5 O VI c "x 01 4>

0> Ol r— «1 ID 4J « e c j: TJ O l- (M O

4-> lO

n 4-1 01 1— 01 c

01 c «» "O <j -o c E

"*

O 01

C 1 •r- (A 01 OJ 4-> 01 x: o c •o o x: l/> U <D 4-1 o

<u E C

U 4-» 1

•— -o

vt Ol 01 01 ^ ID 2

TJ o -o 4-1

a C7I 3 1 01 »— o> o 4J 4->

m

VI -a o ^ 1 Ol 01 x: -o O 01 C ID C *J CT» l/l 3 ^ Ol 01 5 1— 4J 01 i- ID •<- C 1— U .J 01 O ^- o w -3 C 1. *J -o 01 CM T3 ID 3 ID 1. s- 3 t- 01 a> JC U C 2 3 •1- o 01 4J o C7) 1 3 C (D 01 "4- 01 T3 L.

4-> I *-> •— 4-» 01

U Ol 4-> I.

_r: >/i 01 bO •1- J= -•- ^ OJ »+- Q. 2 1- C •!-> a> •«-> *-> **- 1- d) Ol I. 1- Ol XI CVJ 01 c: 0) c 3 2 s- <«- 01 "4- ID 01 r- ID J — u •- o .— o > c 1— O

ID •1- ID tn o — XI 3 U

01 4-> 4- *J ««- E U- 4-> ID 4-> E ID 01 u c c O 0) o <*- > >*- > CI 4-1 o O D o o X

u.

u tl>U »«-^ »« CM z: CM «« 2 Z 4->

01 4J 0>

1.

1/1 3 E tz O i. u 3

<»- 01 sz

4-> ID

4-> 01E

x> c ^

1— 4-1 CO x:

o> oo 01 o 3

00

01

i. «>M 14- O

X3 3 OmO

01U <Jc

14- 01 o

01

I/I x: o 4-> c:3 ll- O o

Ol co Co

1- ID o >3 •a cr OJ 01

ID 01 si- :j ID u

1/1 O)

4-1

X

x: 4-1 cn

>. » co

01

i. e> x>3Uc 5

cn cn cn on OO

cn

275
c

u

4) —

C7><— •—

C <o ••->•—

<»-•.->(-

•r- S. O

VJ

O) <U CT> a. a:

</~> I O) C »-> <T3 <u m o.

x: Q>_

(11

«> ooo

la

u t- o: 3 1- <t o-o. z:

o e-^

U UJ

"O O UJ o 1- UJ

<_) CL 1/1

I. T3i.<U T3

(VI C4 CNJ <M CJ ' <VI CM tvj csj in U3 IT) VO m vo in VO in CO CO

TJ i

^ 1 4> M *-> 01 J< •o «}

1 CL 1 O c 01

J-

• la O 4-1 01

1 a. ^ XI <a a c T3 n. o c •o t. 1 Ol r. m tA 1/1 o l/l Ol 01 E 1 lA O.^ ••- x> m •c o

•>-

••-> XI O O o TJ o 1 o m VI o J o t/» 4-> OJ E u

5 <u U •r- _Q <0 XI lO l/t u o «-> o j= -C o c o c !-> <0 OJ o> -*-> en +J QJ L. j: i- u c ITJ u at (u c: 4-> x; J ..- 4-1 c C •*-» •>- "O 01 •u -a x: T3 *J JZ IV -C

0) 1 cr> cn 3 Ol> cn cn

•*-> r— -u 4-> 4-1 a; OJ u sz OJ JZ 01 01

(0 t— cr> S cn c 5 _c cn 2 o> 2 cn 3

i Ol (U <u a> at 0) 01 Ol OJ 01 2 5 I. -fcJ 2 u 2 2 u

<u o -.- o

oj x: OJ <- OJ c c OJ >»I 01 <f- OJ t1— +j i. u 1. I.

(O <*- <<- "O «- TD lO T3 >*- T3 m T3 n- lO u >»- 10 > o Ol •4-1 0> *> o 1— *J O *J O •>-> •— 4-J o ->-> o o

E to ITJ ro *J lO ID »/) +j 1/1 ITJ »-> I. u 4-> 1. 4-1 ITJ TJ 4-1 •o O OJ •O OJ O O) "O OJ O 01 T3 <U o o O •o

VI CM 1— -o »— -o 1/1 -o t— -o 1/1 -o a. v> Q. 1—

cncn CD

CNJ CD o

3-o

LAO O O

CO cn o o

276
c

•oo

4-> 4-> o> cn

0) 0) 2 9:

4)> >

to •J *J o o *-> i.<u H- <*- J3

H- •<- o o E

Vta. a. X »« z

J3E

OJ eg CM O o o o o 3 O o

VO VO «£> VO <n ro n n CO o

u

0*

1 t M

to « 4-> « 0) V C

1 i. <a 41 A' a <a +j U Q. "S. «} c u ••-> a; (1) I/I o» «

c

rc CL no c c 3 01 1 T3 o o. c C c C 1. T3 </l <o <o ir r» OJ !• U tn 4-1 4-' Ql c «« (U «n VI m

t. o 0) c > I. <J a> 4-> u 01 Ol a. o (U J3 !a lO (/) 0> O) TO u

•o *-> u cn u i •4- <«- Ol (U 4-

a> s 1. o o o O o o o o

S <u U <U o 0^ L. S- S- s- • I. • t— *J O 4-1 a; <u 01 <u 01 i- OJ to 0> lO <«- (O »-> la J2 XI J3 X) XI HI XI

1. i~ i- E E E E E E CL E o

T5 OJ o a> 3 3 la =3 O

u. -o t— X) z Z z Z Z Z Z Q. z ^

c

O)

XIE

E

0) «>' u u oc c cnuj V o ^

o-CL £

o »- f— <^

U UJ

01 ot^ CO CO o> o <—I 1—I —I I—I CNI CM

277
ID M I-

>t V*-

<*- T- O

T- l- O J »—

tti a> •— 0.0:

</> I tu C -•-> AS

at fo ex. £ Q —

01 -aou

CM

01

aH

1/1

E

0) >o O t- Of c cnuj

«> O

(TO. s:

v

cn<*-

<o o

1.o

o

t.

lA f- O

4A <0 0 <u w

<« ^ f— u — 0

ja <o a. 0

"S

n> *-> .— E <-

i: § U 1/1 3 <0 M i

T3 a> *J 0 <-• V •— E ^ I. X) 0 C

4-> <LI § 0 0 a; <t) C M

(J v> 0 0 x: >

at 1. S M

1- u \- O) f— c c 0 0 0 .— H- u

ut B 0 0 <«- <4- ««- 10 <t 0 •J 0 >.x> •0 0 -o -0 -D 0 c

f— c Ol HI OJ <D ai E 15 *-> -iJ -*-> -0 0 l- 0 (J u 0 0 II C7) Z3 O 1 aj lU Ol (U <u C C 0

<a 0 Ol <u 01 01 -— SZ c u c in 1/1 u I

1 I 1 1 1 OJ 0 0

XI -0 0 0 00000 e c 0 e 3 -•- 0 r- i~

e

-r- •— O

c

"5

<»

C7>

0)

(U t— > <o

••- s

*"

a) .— x:

(t- 4-> >« J

X CNJ 1/1 CSJ

t.at

10 «t o

nj JJ- o

O J- o

f— c

U. -r- «

o

u e

c 0 0 •—

4-> 0 •— U

<o

<»- <*- 0 t- *j

Ol cn

a. c 0 cn

Vt c r- at i.-a at 1 ^

0 at CL

>*. *j 0 0 •— 0 u •—

cn <u E 3

10 >— 0 4-> <*- ^ 0) 0

ll. vt ee

o e-r

u Ul

at a>i^ o a. «/>

-3- CNI LA

CNI 00

278
s

0) UJ

M V. ss* 4-> t.

!-• a.

CTlr- r»

_C «} >> 4) <4- t- O

•r- U O 4J CM * 4) f—

Q.oe

«/) I «> C 4-> lO

O) 10 o. o

O) O -tJ

4-) I/) 01

Oo

0*

o

810 ^

C cnuJ

cro. 3C

L. UJ

at tji V.

o CNJ o

o 1 ^ n n o Z3 n (/>

* u <o %A O o ^ <u

* o o • o > o

• ^ o *A <NJ 4-> u m flj 4U *^ • o to 1^ •

ime 4 1 __ —

_

CM

r- ?i

~: tn in <u n

to E

'

' ^

• 4_ O (1; CL

*0 O O • -r- o O

* O 4^ • 4->

«rt 'm

^^^^ O o.

<1^ • II i- U CJ S- "O 11 n • Jl O 01 Q Q, "O

O. p_ o. II c

I. fl3 I- II O rO

<U C7> V- II • <a f— *o r- O n D. i_ iA SZ m 1 o I- -O -C cn • -.- (U OJ <1) ifl U </) o •o • 0) 0)

03 U C X) C Csl #— 3 c •o ^ U fO o o n +J E

-•-» ^ <D •r- r- (D OJ O OJ r— o o o <o lO (A Ol V) H ^ cn J3 1 ^ u E V) -o o •

• in

cn

u *J cn c 1 in M

N c 0)

1*- a> c > o 0) c

JyC #— o

«/> !o lO lU v> c */) x> x> o x: Of <o 01 a> <o «J O tA o o </) </> aE o t— <_)

o O

CM o

CM

OJ J3

X

ac

0*a.

u

at

in

o4-> O. T1.u

VIV

X)3

279
3c • atCL 3 o >> ^ •*-» E CM O 41

Ol

u

U E 1 01

<o c • f. </ oc E

«> o • o c • «J a.

L. cx J 3 <a • nj a O

J= <U 1.

1/1

u c o

(U o •J o H- E ^ u O

l/t *j OJ

fl> Wl • o <u 3 o 1 v> at

<u jQ J3 • O c E E E O E

la o Oa

1/1C <ja 1 1. <a u o t.

>*- <- <i> •o o 1 t/> o c Ol c <»- U OJ o 1. N o <u <u

<u c J=

x: x: «-» </> o £ o 3 o t. • at

10 r—

«-> <d

01 o• o » N o • o oo • E

(O o.

i- o »- *->

I. <u

x: K3

aHu o CSJ CM CM CM CM <M CM o o o

CM 00 CO 00 CO CO 00 00 CM CM CM

i/i vt

4-» *J c c

01

4-> c c o o u u

CJ» C7» c c

•on 3u C7t c *J C C

J= *J lo

C7> x: a> o CTI 1. c nj •M "S <o O

x: 2 x: Ol X)

<o C7» C7> S L. at O o 1-

0) > <U a) o o o 3 s. o J t- 0) 0) o > 1. •o o

*j lO lO o •-> u M »-> o <u o I. I. I.

X lO lO •»^ ns 01 <u 01 o •»J * 4-> o 4-1 4-> *-> 1. o o i. O o lO lO a. »- »- I/I, CL </l z: z:

0/ lO o >- oe

'C 0>UJ

101

r>s, CO 8

00

0>Wlo.3

"oi uo

</l T>C3O

o.

*ic

01

<o> co cr

Oi

Jo c >

<u T3 L.lO •o

(. (/» <o 4-> •o jC c C7) <aM

VI 0) c 1. lO01EoI/I < « z "o a:

1) oi^ o o uj o I. uj O CL ui

O

r-, CO en

r<~v csi 3- -3- 3-

280
oc

•o«*»

(J

01 f— oc

0) UJ

«/J ^

LU

01 LlI o - » E

IS S o

i-i o. Of—

c <c

•r- >

>»- •- o

•r- 1. O •-> qlo:

(/) t V

10 tj% C 4-> «3 a. ^ o

= ^0> XI -o

01 O •Ju

i-01E»

•aoo

&

4->

O)

C

CM CM CM C\J CM CM • CM CM CM ^a CM CM CM CM a? CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 00 CO 00 00 CO CO CO 00 o 0> «l *>

vt £ 2

u 01 0*

4> o •o

Q.

<o 4-> 0) Q. o o Q. c 4-> 4-1 c

T3 j: £1

CL C Oi C71 C7> <o *j 4-t OP Ol 01 J= Ol *i 4-> c C7I 2 cn 3 cn 3 C3> 3 j: J= « C71 CTl Ol O Ol Oi Ol u 01 Ol 01 Ol +-» *J *J

CO O 3 > 3 3 > 3 i- CI -C Ol jr 01

CT> 3 o> 3 Ol 3 o 0) Vi- 01 OJ u- o > L. > <U 01 Ol <u 01 01 ^ O I. t- 3 > 3 u 3 >

OJ H- al

••- 10 CL Q. o o Ol 01 <t- 01 o tu «J i. n o c > >

i. OJ Q. (U CL. £i ^ s. VI lO <o Q. a. O o Ol 01 0> •O n> "O o o o Q. o. o

i. O) a. 0> CL (U J2 Ol JH Ol i- lO o « u </> </) cn 01 OJ Q. n "O O o o T3 o T3 O Q. CL o

01 <4- Ol <u Ol 01 "3 01 <o 01 o 01

(_) t. v» u o 1/1 o «/) CI CL 01 a. 01 .a <u lO 3 o c o c: O c o c i- s. u

V- </> 0> 01 Ol Ol 01 H- 01 01 <»- <j u o u Ol Ol Ol 3 •o c •a c T3 c o c •o t. o %. 1- "O

I/O Ul i/i Ul LU I/I UJ u. u. u. </>

C 0>UJ

era.

ci«-

L. UJ

01 cn^

O — CM CM CM

00 CM CM

•3- oo cn CD <—I CNj ^ Un LA LA LA I A LAlOt^COcnO-—tfSJ LALALALALAU3U?tO

281
C

<« na> J

u

0) <— ct

<u UJ CO ^

UJ

HI UJ

XI lO o -

</) i. E 0>

4) O

+-> J- •— Q. o>>— c « •>- >

>> (U V- ••- O •>- I- O <J in

01 Ol CO 1 0)

1T3 Ol C !-> UJ

OJ <C a. ^ Q

<U o -C

Ol 4-> =^

-Q -O

<u O +J

tn

a>

i.. 01ez

«oou

CM

a*

e

C OtLU

01 p >^ a-a. ac «»*—

X» O UI O L. UI U C CO

I.O «A o>

V- 01 c

> f- 0 .— *J

t- 0* n>

01 f OJ N wt wi

e

01

4/1 01 OJ 0) 01 f- •>- CL CL Q. CL

1. J. OJ Of o cx o cx

<o o lO J3 CL ^ a.

Of Of Of Of

Of 01 Of Of

L. i- 1^ 1^ »*- >*-

^ r- »— 1

to H- («- o o o O

9> 01 01 Of o> o> Ol o>

<o <o 10 o

t. 1. 1. u

01 4J Of Of

Al lO m

T3 o o T3

Oi 0> Of 01 »J 4-> J= j:: sz

o> o» o»

01 Ol <u s X X 3

>< »* »«

CM

00

CSJ CO CO

<-> szOl 4« *»

Ol JS

v.-e o» at

VC we nt Of K

4- el

Of Ol 3 o» X > Of I/I 1.

i. Of Of Of Of Of

nt1c <- nfni 3 > 3 I. o

o

CL

fO « a; Of Of Of H- VI I. J3 cx

4-> •tJ E 4J E > s~ Of sz C o. C CX *J o CL "O o Of OJ c: u- a o nj 01 0*

«-> E 3 3 Of Of ^ Q. UI I/I jr V/C o. o- cr E 4-1 E O o

Ol Of UJ c CL c cx Of Of 3 3 OJ 01 <u Ol o (J OJ 01 o- Of cr Of E 3 E 3 i- i- c: c

3 (. <u u 01 cx cr

Of cxeq

l«- <*- Of 01 0) <*- 01 >1- Of 3 3 <4- l>- <*- >*. L. o M- u o- 01 O" Of o o o o

t/l O o 01 u Of u

V- <t. Z. -o c c c o >•- T3 QJ •a -> Of <f- Of !». o o o o

«/> o o OJ O i~> Oi J= u <». (J <*- JQ l/> <o un o> o o *J *-» »-> *J O •o O •o i- O <4- u- o o u u O Of Ol 01 Of r- Q) <»- Of u- Of <T3 nj <o Xi Of VI O -M c/l "O O 3 o Of o Of CL CL CL CL

I. o C SZ o c I- V. E 6 E

Of <«- Of o> f~ *~> Of <u Of <«- Of tf- o o o

Of o u o u 01 Of u u u u

u -o c •O OJ c c T3 •<- u •o u •a u. </) UJ W 3 UJ m •- u. I/I u. VI »« »4 »< M

r» CO d CO

to

=r ir> uD

UD (X) U3

CO U3

Csl 1^

in 03

282
1•d

u

a> uj

o •

*-> B-

<o

tn I. E o

-4 O. Ol"— c n

<4_-r- ^ 1 I. U *J

a> 0) QlCC

«/) I C 4-> Of m f o

=^

Of ^ T3 o «->

u«

jOE

3

0)

CM

o »- cc C OtUJ w o v: 3 1- «t «»—

1- UJ T3 O LU o U UJ

<_> Q. 1/1

o

o 0) +» lO <o x: -jJ OJ e

C7» <0 "O o

OJ 1/1 o

» <u •

0) J3 CL • >» ^ - U f— «-> u

c Q> o C lO 1/1 u

•t- > 3 L.

4-> 0) 10 <o <o O

u t- o u

c aj *-• u Ol c

0) 03

H- *-> O KTi 1. C 4-> L. Ol o ••- 01 o N

</l -> u o

C O X) (U O c

•o C (U •*-> *-> 1. 3 *-> -»<»- g 3

E «n •O I. r- t- 01 •>-> O) <0 H- in XJ ul OJ *J c c

to to v\ u

4-» J- 10 O

«» 4J 5 <-

Q. 4J ^ O

3 o; ^

0 w — .tJ 1- "/I 01 •*-» «o x: ^ <—

O) Olr— Q.

>- O) E

<n 2 i/i O

O

CM

00

CM

00 00 00

CM

00

*»JZ

<Jl cx

*-> E

XI Ol 01

C7> s

Ol •s Oi 01 *-> o

» 1. 0) J= X

<r OlTT

1. OJ 0) C U

x> >- u 1-- 4J ?^ Ol >) 3

W1 0) <*- %- a. -o o t. at 01 o 5

</> u «•- Ol 01 u o L. CL r~ OJ CI <•- (/> </i U OJ «j c t- t- s « lO <*- <o o<*- J

o o j=

*J «J Ol Ol

*-> •u <o •>- o •o o •o t— Ol 1- V) (— iA U. 2

T3

V-OJ

o •—

r-. oo cn

r>. oo oo oo

283
•oc

to aw4Jo

0) on

0) UJ

</> ^

01 UJ

XI </> o • *^ E

lO <n L. E CT> 01 O

•U t. »—* o. 0>f—>

t- t. u »-> V04 0) o

Olo:

</) 1 r~

<o c •»-> 0) <o 0) x: Q cn 3 <o

0> a. T3 x:

01 4->

0> o ^ 4-> </) 0>

«n

J i.E3Z

«• oou o= E

01 ni U t. Q£ c cnui

o)

p

cro. z: V)OX <o a: U UJ

a> cn ^ ^ « 4^

'l o

I/I -V U 4-> O r— O ID O

XI

O o O O • • . O r— m • in n B II « 4-> <-

<u <v T- «-> c: (VI o.-^ o

J- J= c

«- i o.

Of 0) -C o O. CL.— *-> <o >> 0) o> CL -tJ +J 5 o E3CX

=r LA

oo oo

a;o.

>>

4/1 0) • C (- o <u x: £0.+J u o

O) .—

•*-> >—

<0

<«-O 1-o

I- H-O e s- 3 <U o

csi§oJ

>>

*-> 1Xo

t. co

x:

UD

OO CO oo00

CM CM

CO CO

CM. 00

X)o

a> > 0* 01 » — 3e 1-

OJ> *

T- -O

o« <*- u

01 •—

(J *-> OJ r— O O +J _

in «o eo o> o ^

a;

t. 0> 01

(/> o c 3

o»

0)

"oi XI u

</l 1. o o

in o.

XIc t- 3 u

t/l s. 0> o c 01 01

ID a. >

T3 3 C c cr no o 01

4->

J 01

i- <u

ro E > a.

u> T3 *J 3

x: cr T3 cn <u

IHJ 01 01 o X c c o

lO 01

4-> i.

a

</) t a * c

<a •o

</) < to «*

OO cn •—I Ovi cr oo CO oi <T> cn fji cn

284

I/I c

.o

&.cnC ^O U3 Oo o

•*-> CO. C —•

Lit o

(1)

a:o

<:

LlI a.

Ixl a:

a:<:

00a

a:<:ooII o

286
^ I- Q- =

—> on

•> z ^ "J «S a:

287
288
co

01cOo

T3O

10 IT) <_)

•»-> 01 3 (O Q.Q_

(U

00

289

ill.
I/I co

*r— 4J

<a3coo

-D o

t~

lO o <u

»-> 3

O.O. c

00

Ol

t—

u

jc -a 3 "O — 0) Q 

2^ OS «C O

U •> c— oc o

U3

290
Table 4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 1 of 7)

CASES The number of cases to be processed during the subject

run. A maximum of 20 are allowed.

CON(K,J,I)

CON(20,10,10)

OUM

ERR

ERR2

ERR3

FLAG(K)

FLAG (20)

Code numbers identifying the items for which conditions

are being imposed (for all .OR. condition-sets of all

cases). Specified by user.

1 to 132 - Designates a room parameter (either a bounding-surface or room-composite value as defined in Table 2).

133 to 183 - Designates a room-content parameter

(specifically a furniture parameter as defined in Table 2).

184 to 194 - Designates a room-content parameter

(specifically a non-furniture, stand-alone, item parameter as defined in Table 2).

One percent of the lower limit. DUM is subtracted from

the lower limit and added to the upper limit to set up the limits that are tested when upper limit has been

specified by user as zero.

A flag which is set to .TRUE, when a fatal error is discovered in the run-dependent input data. Causes

program termination.

A flag which is set to .TRUE, when an error is discovered in CON(K,J,I) which causes CON(K,J,I) to be

inconsistent. Causes an error message to be printed.

A flag which is set to .TRUE, when an error is discovered in CON(K,J,I) which causes CON(K,J,I) to be

inconsistent. Causes an error message to be printed.

Flags, set by the program, which indicate the type of

parameter being selected for each case.

1 = A bounding-surface or room-composite parameter.

Items 1 to 132 in Table 2

.

2 = A furniture parameter. Items 133 to 183 in Table 2.

3 = A stand-alone item not specifically identified as furniture. Items 184 to 194 in Table 2.

291
Table

FLAGC(K,J,I)

I

IAND(K,J)

IAND(20,10)

IBUF{10)

IDUM

IE

II

INFLAG

10

IRECND(IO)

ISUM

ITEM(K)

ITEM(20)

4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 2 of 7)

= Flags, set by the program, which indicate the type of

condition being tested.

1 = A bounding-surface or room-composite parameter.

Items 1 to 132 in Table 2.

2 = A furniture parameter. Items 133 to 183 in Table 2.

3 = A stand-alone item not specifically identified as furniture. Items 134 to 194 in Table 2.

= An index which refers to the .AND. condition being

processed.

= The number of .AND. conditions in .OR. condition-set

J of case K. Specified by the user.

= The array used to store the data indicating the length

of the room data input record.

= Variable used at various points in the program for intermediate calculations or storage.

= The NTRAN status word used in the last NTRAN write on an output file written in NTRAN.

= The number of elements read into Y by NTRAN.

= The flag that determines the type of device the input

data is stored on.

1 = Input data written on mass storage unit.

2 = Input data written on tape unit.

= The NTRAN output status word checked after the use of

the NTRAN routine for the writing out of a data buffer.

= The end-of-record vector for the identification of

the end of a mass storage file for NTRAN reads.

= Z XCOUNT(K)

= The code number identifying the item specified to be

selected. Specified by the user.

1 to 132 - Designates a room parameter (either a bounding-surface or room-composite value as defined

in Table 2).

292
Table 4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 3 of 7)

ITEM2(K)

ITEM2{20)

133 to 183 - Designates a room-content parameter

(specifically a furniture parameter as defined in

Table 2).

184 to 194 - Designates a room-content parameter

(specifically a non-furniture, stand-alone, item parameter as defined in Table 2).

If OPT(K) = 1 or 2, not used. If OPT(K) = 3 or 4, gives

the code number identifying the item by which ITEM(K) is to be divided. ITEM2(K) can be either a room parameter,

a furniture parameter or a stand-alone item. However, if

ITEM(K) is a furniture parameter, ITEM2(K) cannot be a stand-alone item; if ITEM(K) is a stand-alone item,

ITEM2(K) cannot be a furniture parameter; and if ITEM(K)

is a room parameter, ITEM2(K) can only be a room parameter

ITEST

II

12

J

J2

1 to 132 - Designates a room parameter (either a bounding-surface or room-composite value as defined in Table 2).

133 to 183 - Designates a room-content parameter

(specifically a furniture parameter as defined in Table 2).

184 to 194 - Designates a room-content parameter

(specifically a non-furniture, stand-alone, item parameter as defined in Table 2 ). If OPT(K) = 5, specifies the second item to be selected

for each room along with the items next to ITEM(K) and

ITEM2(K).

= Variable used at various points in the program for

intermediate calculations or storage.

= NTRAN status word used in reading first input record.

= Variable used at various points in the program for intermediate calculations or storage.

= An index which refers to the .OR. condition-set being

processed.

= Variable used at various points in the program for

intermediate calculations or storage.

293
Table 4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 4 of 7)

K

KI

KDN(K)

K0N(20)

K2

LIMl (K,J,I)

LIMl (20,10,10)

LIM2(K,J,I)

LIM2(20,10,10)

LMTFG2(K)

LMTFG2(10)

LOCC

LOCI

L0CI2

LI

L2

MULTIP(K)

MULTIP(20)

= An index which refers to the case being processed.

= Do loop counter in the implied do loop used in reading

and writing of the TITLE case name.

= Flags, specified by the user, which indicate whether

or not a multiplier, MULTIP(K), is to be used for case K

= Variable used at various points in the program for

intermediate calculations or storage.

= The lower limit to be used to test .AND. condition I of .OR. condition-set J of case K. If LIM2(K,J,I) is zero the lower limit is changed to .99 LIMl (K, J, I).

Specified by the user.

= The upper limit to be used to test .AND. condition I of .OR. condition-set J of case K. If LIM2(K,J,I) is zero or not given, the upper limit is taken to be 1.01

LIMl (K.J.I). Specified by the user.

= Set to 1 when ITEM2(K) is a room parameter and ITEM(K)

is furniture or a stand-alone item.

= The location, in the Y-vector, of the item being

tested by the program.

= The location, in the Y-vector, of the item being

selected by the program.

= The location, in the Y-vector, of the ITEM2(K) value

to be used in processing the selected item, ITEM(K).

= The second parameter written when OPT(K) = 5, equal

to LOCI + 1.

= The fourth parameter written when OPT(K) = 5, equal to L0CI2 +1.

= The value, specified by the user, by which the selected

item. ITEM(K), is to be multiplied prior to any

processing.

A temporary name for N1(K)

294
Table 4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 5 of 7)

NBUF = A counter used to keep track of the location in the

Y-vector that is being searched.

NDUM = Variable used at various points in the program for

intermediate calculations or storage.

NI = The number of room parameters (see Table 7). Defined

by the program using a DATA statement.

NJ = The number of room-content, furniture parameters (see

Table 7). Defined by the program using a DATA statement.

NK = The pumber of room-content, stand-alone, non-furniture

parameters (see Table 7). Defined by the program using

a DATA statement.

NL = NI + NJ

NM = NI + NJ + NK

NN = A temporary name for N1(K).

NOR(K) = The number of .OR. condition-sets being used in the

N0R(20) selection process for case K. Specified by the user.

NROOMS = The total number of rooms for which data is to be

selected. Used only if OPT(K) = 5 for aJJ^ cases. Used to terminate run early and save computer costs.

NTF = A counter used in the search through the room contents

part of the input data.

NUNIT = A unit number to identify the output file.

N1(K) = Counters which keep track of the number of items

Nl(20) stored in XBUF(300, 20). When Nl (K) exceeds 300, XBUF

(300,K) is written onto a file.

OPT(K) = The option, specified by the user, for each case. ^^^^^^^

] = The program searches the processed room-survey

data and extracts the desired items for subsequent

analyses. It counts, sums, and determines maximums, minimums, averages, sums-of-squares, and

variances for each case.

295
Table 4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 6 of 7)

2 = Identical to option 1 except that the data is not saved on a file for subsequent analyses.

> 3 = Identical to option 1 except that the designated

item is divided by a second designated item before

it is processed.

4 = Identical to option 3 except that designated items are not saved on a file for subsequent analyses.

5 = The program searches the processed room-survey

data. For those rooms meeting the specified re- quirements, it saves on a file the following data:

- Building No., Floor No., Room No., Parameter One.

Parameter One + 1, Parameter Tw, Parameter Two + 1. Thus if Parameter One is 77 (live weight). Parameter

One + 1 will be 78 (standard deviation of live weight)

if Parameter Two is 81, Parameter Two + 1 will be

82.

OUTFLG = A flag, specified by the user, which determines whether

the saved output will be binary (using NTRAN) or coded

using format 139.

PLTFLG = A flag, specified by the user, when a set of

output data is to be written on the file assigned

to unit no. 4, to set up the data needed for HISTOG.

REEL = The sequential reel no. for the processed room-survey

data which is being read from magnetic tape.

TERMAN = A flag, set by program, used to cause early program

termination when OPT(K) = 5 for all cases.

TITLE(K,KI) = The alphanumeric title of each case being analyzed.

TITLE(20,13) Up to one line (78 characters) is allowed for each

title. Specified by the user.

TITLEF(K) = A flag, set by program, which causes the case title to TITLEF(20) be placed at the beginning of the saved output when

OPT(K) = 5.

TTITLE(13) = The temporary buffer used to write the title of a case

using an NTRAN write.

TYP(K) = A parameter, set by the program, which identifies the

TYP(20) type of conditions being input for the subject case.

1 * The conditions being specified are room parameters

(bounding-surface or room-composite).

296
Table 4. Mnemonics for Data Retrieval Program, SEEKER

(Page 7 of 7)

2 = The conditions being specified are room-content

parameters (both furniture and non-furniture).

X(KI) = A temporary storage location used when transferring

X(300) data from XBUF to the output file.

XAVE = The average value of the data collected for one case.

XBUF(NiN,K) = Storage buffers for the selected items. Column K is

XBUF(300,20) used for case K items. When a column is completely

filled or at the end of the run, the data is written

onto mass storage files.

XCOUNT(K) = A counter which gives the number of items that have

XC0UNT(20) been selected for each case K.

XMAX(K) = The maximum value that has been selected for each

XMAX(20) case K.

XMIN(K) = The minimum value that has been selected for each

XMIN(20) case K.

XSUM(K) = The sum of all items that have been selected for

XSUM(20) each case K.

XVAR = The variance of the average value of the data collected

for one case.

X2SUM(K) = The sum of the square of all items that have been

X2SUM(20) selected for each case K.

Y(15000) = The storage buffer into which the room survey data is

placed prior to its being searched by the program.

YTEMP = Temporary counter for the data collected for output.

297
<:z

a.X

CM 1 1

II • ' - Ol

u o • E 0 E 0 +J "O —

1X5 OJ itj '

l/> E S- >>!->- • 0 C7> r— "r- h- -t-> i- (U 0 QJ CL 3 o u cx S- "O -C * Q. CTTD t-> c CVI <u Q. <u !-> o ItJ OJ C 5; "O c S- • v| OJ </) »—•

•r" i- lO 1 <o m 4-> 3 •-> S • r— </) r— •4J 1— 0 •r- 0 " O "O n> Q.

•—• • ^ c X 0 • •» o V t-> 4) ^ la "O V T3

C o O i- ' CVI • c <u r~ 0) 3

L.V 1 C 3 CJ3 o ' •r- "O c !-> <u 0} -(-> ct LlJ UJ • CM t- 3 OJ i- OJ N ^ ' ^ O T- 1 1

**

O 3 s~ 3 1/1 z CXI O C Ll_ '—' A c 0 »-> 1 •M 3

to o *•

z: %-

V 0) M- OJ fO la o UJ c/) 3 c: t-> Ol *

0 </1 i- 1 0 ^ (_> LU t— C tl) IB ^—

<- 1 T3 I— »—» o jr '

QJ </)

A T3 l/l o •t- I4_ 5 ~—

o (/I 01 <o C (O . 01 +-> o QJ 1

»—<

03 n3 QJ -CI ^

s: i- o 1- QJ 4-» +-> a. 1 1 z o "O <u 

C QJ o (/) T3 ^- •D

(/) 2:CO -Q O) E -

(OV 1 i- QJ (O ••~ <T3

V

A

O OJ fO e 1 i- OJ 0 E QJ QJ o •>- u CLJ I- o S- 0 — 1- I. T3 (/) S- "O

A l- l- I

S- (TJ 1- *—

A * »~ Q-r— in 1/1 OJ Z 0 z 0 •* Q <D Q- 13 A A 0 c: < (/) <: 3 • Z E CL 3 — 0 T3 a: 1 —" <£ (O fO QJ O 1— -—% ^ n -r- h- lA QJ h- lA ' ' CNJ • I/) V. LO +J +-> z 3 QJ z 3 o ST >i OJ <U UJ —' C\J n3 •!- 4-) (J

Ol Q. OJ

y f—1

tl? QJ (O 0

<c

O 1— 1— -C ^ C Ol. •a: 0 •-• 0 x: +J S~ 1— 4J O 1— t-J O <_> Z _l <: <: 1— Q. 1— in

00

OJ

OJO CM

I/) o oC r—

a>

•r- CD Q 1T3

{/) CO

</) o

cnc c

1-

0) -Q 0 J3 (O 0 s: c •(-> c UJ UJ 0

-M 4J 4-> Q. 1— _l

•r- 3 a. QJ OJ •r* -0 0 (U 0 s_ c 0 ra QJ CM c 0 1/1 0 ro 0 z: u (O

QJ ns * CM LI

X OJ ^ 0 x: l-> a; 0 X x: t-> <-> t/> X 4-) z (-> +J <o S- X

<t c 0 -•-» OJ 0 T3 C 0 Q. tt- c ^ C 0 c QJ 0 M 0 ••-> 0 >> 0 c 0 OJ >1 QJ 0 QJ U x: »-> 0

x: T3 0) X) 4-> <T3 QJ

*->

C X3 to -0 to

•r-* 0 1/) 0 •M to c 3

•r* z to 0 0 ro <: c C 0 u 0 +J 0 0 OJ u to *-> x:

</» Z i-i QJ •r— 0 u 1 «t x: (-> T3 z c OsJ •-> 0 0 t-) C <: x: 0 s: c QJ 3 0 3

UJ UJ Q. 0 M X 1— t— X to C

X

X 1—1 X (J T3 u a: OJ C c: c E OJ 0) 0 c T3 0 0 E E 0 Ol 0. t. 0

0) QJ

M to OJ Q.

•«-> OJ +-) 4-> 4-> •M 3

•f— cn •r- c c •f— 1 Qi: 0 c T3 CM 0 ^ <o -0 t-> 0 -0 -0 c z: OJ E c OJ 0 s- Ol QJ 0 UJ M to 0 to u -M +J 0 1— a. (O 0 u c <u U t—i 0 0 0 c

ID OJ OJ

M 01 oi <u (i> 0 ck c

(/I 0 <o QJ QJ 0 • x: XI CM <A 0 •0 • 4-> lA tA • -M +-> +-> to c: to x: Q. c C T3 JZ 3 to . OJ *« QJ <u 0 OJ X X U X X X +-> X X x: to X X 4- 0 X X 0 X X X 10 X X «-> es X X i_ ro a> OJ OJ <u 0) </) (U 0) <u u tu OJ 1-^ 0 CL

(/) </l OJ CO to

C to to i- 0 </> 00 Z S- fd <a x: <o 10 <o 0 ro (TJ 0 i~ <o lO < S- ^-

C_) 0 •»-> 0 0 0 0 0 <_) 2: Q. 0 0 _J UJ 0 I CM ( tn

K

U1E

(U X3O

S- Q-Coc

00

QJ 0 E0 to M

to 3 3

+J 0

S- (0 0) 0 -t-> X

M- (U

-4-> Q. 3 0

X3 to +J -a to 0 s_

OJ 0 1 S- 3

QJ T3

»-) 0 S_ C 0 3 3 0 TO

OJ to +J 3

OJ <_> QJ c Q. +J

Ol

X c to

QJ QJ 0

J3 QJ

QJ 4-> to x: 3 J3

10

u (OU to QJ 00 > 0 M Q. 0 x: E 0 3

0)

S- T3 c C QJ (O Ol

OJ to 00

X QJ QJ 0 (O X s_ 0 Si. x: 0 Q.

"4- -0 !- +J na 0 1 QJ 3 X c C l/l QJ 0 Z 3

lA

a 0) <a S- cx: (tj x: OJ 0

1—t

s- 3 z CO ) CM c

10

s-o

OJ

</) oE

OJo

i.Q. -a

OJ

orc

nsO

298
Q 0 1 QJ (J

O f vo QJ

J5 o (4-

4_)

QQ

QJ c ^- 1— B 0) c GJ *o

QJ QJ

Q c— QJ QJ X ^ Q Q

)G 2 3

CL GJ QJ 1 QJ

(J 0 CNJ QJ ^— ^ Jf! r" ^ ^ • j ^ O Q CNJ CNJ E C Wi _ QJ i_ QJ

QJ GJ GJ 0 QJ

Q,) cr - C ^ 4_j ^ ^

QJ

r-

_ > ^ ^— ^ iT" ? *^ Q <U O QJ 0 GJ GJ QJ - ^— ^ QJ i- GJ GJ o ^ >^ o X ^ to lO LO ^ '*y^ QJ O QJ

_ QJ o GJ Q cl c

cn CNJ 1 ^ E +-> o 0 ro c O Q.) O ^ Q o +-> QJ CJ CM CO

LiJ Q--4-J o CL >^ CO 1 X E OJ -C 03 QJ X 0 rj T3

X

a;1

<T3 ^ 4J cn cn c c

UO

to E

SS- "OV

<u1 *-> £ II II II II i_ 1/1 QJ Q. 1 OlQJ1 Cn O C fO o C o QJ ^ -t-J E u 4- O 4-J 4-> <u w >i E c GJ o uo E u o a;

QJ 0 0 W 13 C sz JZ Q> rO c x: 0 s- QJ to O- Q- O 5 Q »-> to 3 CO "O 33 =5 1— S- Q. 00

M

ato>

<oM 1/) </l 3 V *-> (O >>

<->

U CM

(/> 0 l-> 0 c i~ C CM 0 <a a> Q.

to t- CD i/i re Q « i >>

I/) !-> c Q. in <o E

0)

4-> 0 0o

IBO

CT-O c s_

•rO

>> s

•-> I/) 3

Ol 4-) >— 10 0 c x: 4/0 0 s

(U Ut c • 0 s-

<u 0 •.- a> 0 O) l/l <4— X (/> i*- Ul > <u •r- 3 0 0) E J3 «£ 0 CL l/l t/1 0 C +J S3 1 St ns 3

i- a.

z:

CuU 1 t-> 4-> 3

<— 0

I.X (0 Z X E -O

i. CJ 0 0 >—

i~ c «— 0 ^ •.- z 3

0)

«-> Eos • XCa•<- -u

t/1 -1—

1/1 c

'"Z ^

ezin

X

C

ra

s- -ao

-— 3

raS 1/1 S- 3 O !->

eC I/) I 10 0 X

X

X 0

S- E -4-> 0 0; 3 c c X 3

1/1 3 c Q.

)-> 1— 0

fO u.

«-> -0 J3

1/1X 0 S- 3

T3 > -0 Ol T3 03 SS. 0 • 0 1/1 0 T3 -0

(J ra QJ 0)

a; 3 s- > 3

S- 1 -I— 0

0)

-•-> s_ 0 u Ul

1/1 0 1 0) -0 5- 1/1 •1- (U c a; 4- X) QJ l/l CT OJ

fO ra cr

<U E C 3 1/1 c: -c 0 Ifl 1/1 5

-M 0 X OJ 0

s. 0) s: 0 l-> 1/1

X IT3 (U •>- -a u X

<u ^ S- i- XT

s- t— 3 0 -M +-> -t-J 3 yi 0 0 0 1 c

-u • -u l/> 3

T3 3 cr QJ

-(-> QJ (-J +J IB

u

X Q. > Q. ra (O X E •-- E -M Q 0) OJ QJ 1/1 CL-O

!->

U 1/1 QJ s~

+-> Z 3 E 0 n i- fo <C 0 3

ai QJ CO

QJ (/) OJ h- 1/1 ^ fa -c z ra Si. 3

+-> 3 -i-> 0) s- ITS C X c x: QJ S- 4J

•-'

X1 1 Misc

LlJ in 0 0 3 c 0 CQ 0 (0 ID c D.

i- 0

0) !-> -a > t/0 0) 0

•i-J a> «J . (0 -0

a. x: OJ E 0 0 0) 0) u a. OJ >a u c +J X

0) a> <u <a .Q t-> (/) <« c

</) TJ 0

(O SI 0) CO x: c

<a M E • (O E -1- X

"O 0 -0

X

s- -u H- E E 3 ra 0

£3. -0 s- C ro aio;

0) 0

1. S_X Q. X

.c

-»-> </l S_ 3 . 0

•1-3 l/l 0 S_ 1— E QJ u- X 0 -i-J X <U X

s- E V (T3 <u "a Ol s- 01

(U 0 -C fO

C

q: E 1— CL-PCM 1 CO

299
Table 6. Run Cards for UNIVAC, EXEC 8, 1975

(Page 1 of 2)

@RUN (etc.) use to start run

@MSG PLEASE MOUNT TAPE NO. iii WITHOUT WRITE RING

@ASG,T INPUT.T.iii

use 2 and 3 to mount and assign tape file when input data

is on tape.

@AS6,A INPUT, F2///500

use 4 to assign mass storage when input data is on a FASTRAND

file

@USE 3, INPUT use 5 to indicate that unit 3 is the input file, INPUT

@ASG,A 0TPTO1,F2///5OO

@ASG,A 0TPTO2,F2///5OO

@ASG,A 0TPT2O.F2///5OO

use 6 to assign the output files for up to 20 cases. Use

only for those cases which have OPT(K) = 1,3, or 5.

eUSE 7,0TPTO1

0USE 8,0TPTO2

0USE 26,0TPT2O

use 7 to assign units 7 to 26 as output files for cases 1 to 20

@ASG,A PLT0UT,F2///500

eUSE A.PLTOUT

use 8 and 9 to assign an output file (unit number 4) when

a histogram plot is to be made

@XQT SEEKER. ATOT

execute program with relocatable stored as element ATOT of

file SEEKER

300
Table 6. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

(Page 2 of 2)

NO,

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

INPUT CARD 1 the first card which tells how many cases are to be processed.

INPUT CARDS 2 -> 6D as needed for each case,

the input data to set up the cases of data to be selected.

@DATA,L 0TPTO1

@END

Two cards for each case. Up to 20 cases may be run at one time.

(3DATA,L 0TPT2O

(3END

optional cards if data saved on a file. These will print

the contents of each file.

(3XQT HISTOG.ATOT

execute HISTOG program with relocatable stored as element

ATOT of file HISTOG if plots are to be made.

optional

$CASES NCASE=XX, lNUNIT=XX; NFINE=XX NPUNCH=X, FRT=X $END

NAMELIST card options used in program HISTOG.

@FIN

end card

301
Table 7. Processed Room Survey Data Tape

(Page 1 of 1

)

Output from MAKER

Input to SEEKER

This data is arranged on a room by room basis with two records for each

room.

Record 1 - constant length

• 10 integer words

t Each word is set equal to NBUF, the number of words in record 2,

unless

a) the room was terminated prematurely due to a "fatal" error

in the MAKER input data. In this case, the 10th word is set to zero (integer). i b) this is the end of the tape. In this case, all 10 words

have been set to 999999 (integer).

c) the room data was considered undesirable for some reason and READER was used to make the 10th word

equal to -1 (integer).

Record 2 - variable length V i i • NBUF words long

• Real numbers

• Words 1 to 132 are the room parameters.

a) words 1 to 76 = room descriptors

(1 to 76 of selection code)

b) words 77 to 132 = room totals

(77 to 132 of selection code)

• Words 133 to NBUF are arranged 51 and 11 word groups. Each

group describes one piece of furniture or one free-standing item.

a) 51 word group = furniture descriptors

(133 to 183 of selection code)

b) 11 word group = free-standing objects

(184 to 194 of selection code)

302
Table 8. Mnemonics for Program HISTOG

(Page 1 of 3)

Subroutine HSTART

AVERAG

CASES = Name! i St input to program which gives the value of

NCASES, NUNIT, NFINE, and FRT.

F(20) = The frequency in each group.

FRT = The flag which indicates whether or not fractiles are desired.

I = Do loop counter.

INUNIT = The number of the input unit on which the data for all cases are written (only one unit).

J = Do loop counter.

N = Used in the call to HISTA to have GROUPA called to

group the input data.

NC = Do loop counter equal to the case number.

NCASES = The number of cases to be plotted.

NFINE = The multiple of the number of groups to make the histogram plot have more resolution.

NG = The input number of groups in the case.

N6R0UP = The computed number of groups in the case.

NPUNCH = The flag used when a punched deck is desired from all cases in the run.

NUMBER = The number of data points in a case.

NUNIT = The unit number for a particular case's data,

310 = The step size increment.

SOS = Half the step size increment.

SIGMA = The standard deviation of the data in the case.

303
Table 8. Mnemonics for Program HISTOG

(Page 2 of 3)

STEP = The computed step size of the histogram.

TITLE(13) = The title of the case.

X(IOOOO) = The buffer used to store the data being used for the

hi stogram.

XMAX = The maximum value of the data for this case.

XMIN = The minimum value of the data for this case.

XSTEP = The temporary counter used to determine the step size.

XM . = A dummy name for XMIN.

XMN = A dummy name for XMAX.

XX = A dummy name for XMAX.

304
Table 8. Mnemonics for Program HISTOG

(Page 3 of 3)

Subroutine FRACT

DUM = Temporary storage position for values of X.

FRT = Flag to determine whether a listing of all data in

descending order is desired.

I = Do loop counter.

J

= Do loop counter.

Jl = Do loop delineator.

NOl = Location of lowest 1% fractile.

N05 = Location of lowest 5% fractile.

N95 = Location of upper 95% fractile.

N99 = Location of upper 99% fractile.

NUMBER = Number of data points being considered.

X(IOOOO) - Ttie array of input data.

305
Table 9. Input Data for HISTOG

(Page 1 of 3)

The input data for HISTOG consists of one or two NAMELIST cards and n+1 mass storage files (where n = the number of cases).

The NAMELIST card CASES is described below. All the data is optional,

except NCASES, and can be in any order. All variables defined on this

card must be integers.

$CASES NCASES - "XX", ( INUNIT="XX" ) , (NFINE="XX" ) , (NPUNCH="X" ) , (FRT="X")$E

NCASES = "XX"

(Obi igatory

)

INUNIT = "XX" (Optional

)

NFINE = "XX' (Optional

)

NPUNCH = "X" (Optional

)

= 0

= 1

= 2

FRT = "X" (Optional

)

The number of cases in this run. Each case is a separate set of data for a particular item,

equivalent to a case in SEEKER.

The unit number for the location of the set-up

data that was created by SEEKER when PLTFCG was

set f 0. (The default value is 4).

The multiple by which the number of groups will

be multiplied to produce a second, finer histogram. (The default value is 1; if 1 is used

only one histogram will be printed for each case.)

If NFINE is set to -1 the program reads the number

of groups from NAMELIST card STEPS.

The flag to cause the deck to be punched.

The default value where no cards are punched.

No histograms will be created, but the data file

will be punched in a 6E12.5 format with the first

card as the title.

Both a punched deck and the histograms will be

created.

The flag to determine whether the upper 99% and

95% fractiles and the lower 5% and \% fractiles

will be listed along with the median value.

The default value; no fractiles or median

will be calculated.

306
Table 9. Input Data for HISTOG

(Page 2 of 3)

FRT = 1 Fractiles and median will be calculated.

= 2 Fractiles and median will be calculated along

with the listing in descending order of all the

(Jata points.

NAMELIST card STEPS. Only to be used if NFINE is set to -1 on NAMELIST card

CASES.

$STEPS STEPX = "XX. X" $END

STEPX = "XX. X" The number of groups. Overrides the number of

groups calculated by the program.

Sometimes a SEEKER output data-file may have been made without setting PLTFG

= 0 and it is later decided that a histogram plot is wanted. Then by setting

INUNIT=5 on the CASES NAMELIST card, the set-up data file otherwise created

by SEEKER can be input as punching cards for each case. These cards must be

inserted into the run stream after the NAMELIST data, CASES. One card is

required for each case.

Col. 2-11

Col. 12-13

Col. 14-15

Col. 16-27

Col. 28-39

Col. 40-51

Col. 52-63

NUMBER

(integer)

NG(integer)

NUNIT

(integer)

XMIN

(E format)

XMAX

(E format)

AVERAG

(E format)

SIGMA

(E format)

NOTE: If all that is desired

and NUNIT are the only

The number of data points in this case.

The number of groups if not to be determined by the formula. Number of groups = 3.3. * log(NUMBER) + 1

.

The unit from which the data is to be read.

= The minimum value of the data.

= The maximum value of the data.

= The average value of the data.

= The standard deviation of the data.

is to punch a deck (NPUNCH=1), NUMBER

necessary inputs.

307
Table 9. Input Data for HISTOG

(Page 3 of 3)

The input data is written on a Fortran file. The first line is an alphanumeric title (13A6 format) and the following lines are the data

written in a (10E12.5) format. This file is created with the standard

output options for SEEKER, (OPT = 1 or 3).

308
APPENDIX B.7

PART A - User's Manual and Operating Instructions

1. Card Data Input for Data Reduction Program, READER

A. $INPUT

2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

A. READ

B. WRITER

C. DATAC

2

3. Diagnostic Messages

A. READ

B. DATAC2

4. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

PART B - Program Listing

1 . READ

2. WRITER

3. DATAC2

4. DUMMY

309

I
Table 1. Card Data Input for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 1 of 2)

Namelist Format

A. $INPUT

This card is not required.

LAM = 1 - call WRITER to print first 132 words of room

data

LAf-l = 2 - call WRITER to print all room data

LAM =3 - write on a new tape:

when OPTION = 0, write the exclusion flag on those rooms in RNUM

when OPTION = 1, write all data from input

tape

LAM =4 - print a summary of the room data

LAM =5 - print a one-line summary of each room with

data selected, default value

LAM =6 - write a new tape with only the first 132

words of room parameters on it

LAM = 7 - call DATAC2 to write a data file for multipleregression analysis

LAM =8 - call DUMMY (a subroutine of the user's design)

OPTION =0 - select only those rooms specified in RNUM,

default value

OPTION = 1 - select NQ(j) rooms from NSKIP{j) on the input

tape

NC = - the number of rooms times 3 = the number of

data points, default = 0

NQ = - the number of input binary records to be read,

default values = 90000, 9*0

RNUM = - the building no., floor no., and room no. of

those rooms to be printed or to be flagged

for exclusion

310
Table 1. Card Data Input for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 2 of 2)

NIN = - the input unit (NIN = 9, a tape), default

value = 9

NOUT = - the output unit (NOUT = 10, a tape for NTRAN writing), default value = 11

NSKIP = - the number of rooms to be skipped before data

is to be read counting from the beginning of

the tape

311
Table 2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 1 of 6)

A. Mnemonics for the Main Program. READ

I

II.JI.JJ.JO

LAM

LWBN(50)

LWFN(50)

LWRN(50)

M, MM,

N(20)

NB(IO)

NB (tenth

element)

NBD(IO)

= The NTRAN status word that is checked after every NTRAN

read and write.

= Do loop counters.

Flag which determines the activity of the run.

1 = Call WRITER to print first 132 words of room data,

Call WRITER to print all room data.

Write on a new tape (see OPTION).

Print a summary of the room data.

Print a one- line summary of each room data selected

(default value).

6 = Write a new tape with only the first 132 words of room description.

7 = Call DATAC2 (to write a data file for correlation

analysis)

.

8 = Call DUMMY (a subroutine of the user's design).

= The building number minus 0.1 (see RNUM).

= The floor number minus 0.1 (see RNUM).

= The room number minus 0.1 (see RNUM).

= Do loop counters.

= An integer vector used in writing out the one-line summary.

= The first record of the room data. Each word equals the

length of the second record except for the tenth word

which acts as a flag to specify whether the data is good

or bad.*

= Flag specifying whether data valid or invalid.

-1 = READER has set the flag to ignore the data

0 = MAKER has set the flag to ignore the data

= The first record of the room data which has the tenth

word equal to 132. This is used only when the first

132 words are to be written on the output tape

Each room is described by two records on the data tape. The first

record defines the size of second record and the validity of the

data. The second record contains the data (see Table 7 of Appendix

B.4 for more details).

312
Table 2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 2 of 6)

NC = The number of rooms specified in RNUM.

NDUM = A variable used to identify the location of the occurrence

of an NTRAN call which caused the status word to be in error.

NIN = The input unit (NIN = 9, a tape), default = 9.

NN = The number of non-zero entries in RNUM.

NOUT = The output unit (if NOUT = 10, a tape), default = 11.

NP, NPP = Counters used in writing the one-line summary of room

data.

NQ(IO), NQQ = The number of rooms to be read and analyzed. Up to 10

blocks of rooms can be specified using NQ and NSKIP.

NRD = The number of words to be read. If only the first 132

words are to be used, only 132 words are read from the

second room record.

NSKIP(IO) = The number of rooms to be skipped. These rooms are skipped from the beginning of the tape or from the end

of the last read. A maximum of 10 skips are allowed

(see NQ).

NTOT = The number of words read between NSKIP(JJ)-^NSKIP(JJ)+NQ(JJ)

,

NU = The location in the vector USE of the data for the particular room being printed.

OPTION = Selection flag.

0 = Select only those rooms specified in RNUM, default

value

1 = Select NQ(JJ)rooms starting at the location specified

by NSKIP(JJ).

RNUM(150) = The building number, floor number, and room number of those

rooms to be printed or to be flagged for exclusion. Up to 50 rooms can be specified.

UPBN(50) = The building number plus 0.1 ( see RNUM).

313
Table 2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 3 of 6

)

UPFN(50) = The floor number plus 0.1 (see RNUM).

UPRN(50) = The room number plus 0.1 (see RNUM).

USE(7) = A vector with the alphanumeric abbreviation for the

types of rooms:

1 GEN, General

2 CLE, Clerical

3 . LOB, Lobby

4 CON, Conference

5. FL, File room

6 STO, Storage room

7 LIB, Library

Y(15000) = The room description vector (can be redimensioned to 132

if only the room totals and boundary surface descriptions

are needed)

.

Y39 = The width of the room computed if an open wall is present.

(Otherwise equal to Y(39)).

Y1042 = The total fire weight that is paper and books.

314
Table 2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 4 of 6)

B. Mnemonics for Subroutine WRITER

I,L = Do loop counters used in write statements.

NB, NBT = Counters used in determining place in variable-length

data record.

NBUF = Total number of words in data record, Y(15000).

NR(3) = Room identifiers

1 Building number

2 Floor number

3 Room number

315
Table 2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 5 of 6)

C. Mnemonics for Subroutine DATAC2

I

LOOP

N(7)

NAM(7)

ND

XI (30)

Do loop counter.

Indicator of whether the geographic location is in either

NORTHEAST, NORTH CENTRAL, SOUTH, or WEST.

Integer values of variables being dichotomized.

N(l) = Y(19) Room use N(2) = Y(15) Building vertical load system

N(3) = Y(16) Building material

N(4) = Y(17) Building occupancy type

N(5) = Y(6)/10. + 1 Firm type S.I.C.* code in tens N(6) = Y(9) Surveyor number

N(7) = Y(ll) Geographic location - ZIP code

The abbreviated names of the dichotomized variables

NAM(l) = RM USE Room use NAM(2) = VT SYT Building vertical load system

NAM(3) = BD MAT Building material

NAM(4) = BD OCP Building occupancy type

NAM(5) = FM TYP Firm type

NAM(6) = SUV NO Surveyor number

NAM(7) = GEO LC Geographical location

= Location of each dichotomized variable.

= Output vector for dichotomized data,

Xl(l-6)

Xl(7)

XI (8-10) . Xl(ll-14)

Xl(15-24)

XI (24)

Xl(25-27)

XI (28-30)

Room use Vertical load system

Building material

Building occupancy type

Firm type

Not Used

Geographic area

Not Used

Standard Industrial Code

316
Table 2. Mnemonics for Data Reduction Program, READER

(Page 6 of 6

)

X2(30)

X3(30)

= Output vector for dichotomized surveyor numbers,

Only first 25 locations used.

= Output vector for continuous data.

X3 :i) Floor number

X3 [2) Firm age

X3 :3) Building age

X3 :4) Building height

X3 :5) Number of firms in building

X3 .6) Number of occupants in room

X3 :7) Room area

X3 [8) Room volume

X3 [9) Live load PSF

X3 ;io) Fire load PSF (derated)

X3 [ID Percent of floor area covered

X3 [12) Total number of items in room

X3 [13) Total weight estimated by surveyor

X3 [14) Weight of heaviest item in rooms

X3 [15) Room opening factor

X3 [16) Fire Load PSF (un-derated)

X3 [17-30) Not used

Va lue of all dichotomized variables if the maximum value

is given (= -1).

317
Table 3. Diagnostic Messages

A. Subroutine READ

The diagnostic messages included in READ note

the occurrence of improper input data, either

on card input or on the input data tape. These

messages are listed below:

'THERE IS SOMETHING WRONG WITH THE NAMELIST INPUT'

Conditions (LAM - 8 or LAM < 1 or OPTION > 1 or OPTION < 0) or

(NC = 0 and OPTION - 0) or (RNUM(NN) < .1 and NC / 0)

I = ', I, "AT LINE' NOUM

Conditions (NOUM =10 and I / 10) or (NOUM = 20 and I < 1 ) or (NOUM =30 and 1/05) or (NOUM = 40 and I/NB(5)) or (NOUM = 50 and I / 10) or (NOUM = 60 and I / 132)

B. Subroutine DATAC2

The diagnostic messages in DATAC2 note occurrence

of data that cannot be dichotomized

'A NAM(ND ) ' WITH A VALUE OF ' NC(ND )' WHICH IS OUT OF RANGE

'BUILDING', Y(2) , 'FLOOR', Y(3T7~^R00M' Y(4)

Conditions (N(l ) > 7 or N( 1 ) < 1 ) or

(N(2) > 2 or N(2) < 1 ) or

(N(3) > 4 or N(3) < 1 ) or

(N(4) > 7 or N(4) < 1 ) or

(N(5) > 10 or N(5) < 1 ) or

(N(7) > 99999 or N(7) < 0)

'ROOM DATA FOR BL' Y(2) , 'FL' Y^) , 'RM' Y_(4) 'NOT PROCESSED BY DATAC2

'

Condition (Y(125) < -.001 ) or (NB < 0)

318
Table 4. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

(Page 1 of 2)

mn (etc.) use to start run. The options, priority, and other information are site dependent .

(3MSG PLEASE MOUNT TAPE NO. iii WITHOUT WRITE RING

@ASG,T INTAPE,T,iii

use 2 and 3 to mount and assign input tape file, iii is the

tape number at that site and INTAPE is the name of the temporary file assigned to the tape.

(3USE 9, INTAPE use 4 to indicate that unit number 9 is data file INTAPE. Program READER uses Unit 9 as the input data. (See NIN

on namelist input card, 9 is the default value of NIN).

@MSG PLEASE MOUNT TAPE NO. jjj WITH WRITE -RING

@ASG,T OUTAPE,T,jjj

@USE ICOUTAPE

use 5 and 6 to mount and assign a magnetic tape for output.

Tape number jjj is given the local name OUTAPE.

Use 7 to indicate that unit number 10 will be output file,

OUTAPE. Unit 10 is only used for NTRAN writes on tape (see

NOUT on namelist input card, 10 is not the default value of

NOUT).

(BASG.UP 0UT.F2///500

@USE n,0UT

use 8 and 9 to assign a new FASTRAND file OUT, for output,

and to assign unit number 11 to that file. This file is used

for both NTRAN and formatted output (see NOUT on namelist

input card, 11 is the default value of NOUT).

@XQT READER. TOTAL

execute program with relocatable stored as element TOTAL of

file READER.

$INPUT (data) SEND

optional NAMELIST input file that specifies various operational

parameters. If not used, program uses default values (see

Table 1 ).

319
Table 4. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

(Page 2 of 2)

NO.

Repeat 10 and 11 for as many cases as desired.

12 @FIN

end card

13 00

320
APPENDIX B.8

Part A - User's Manual and Operating Instructions

1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 2 (Floor Plan Data)

2. Card Data Input for BUILDER

A. $INPUT1

B. $TEST1

C. Data for Surveyed Rooms

D. $TEST2

E. $TEST3

F. @EOF

3. Mnemonics for Building Reconstruction Program (BUILDER)

4. Limit and Error Messages

5. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC. 8, 1975

321
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 2 (The Unprocessed

Room Plan Data) Input for Building Reconstruction Program

(Page 1 of 2)

Building Characteristics (Record 1)

ITEM LENGTH

NO. (Words) DESCRIPTION

1 3 Surveyor code (001-999)

2 3 Building number (001-200)

3 2 State code (01-51

)

4 5 Zip code (0001-99999)

5 4 Year building built (1700-1974)

6 2 No. of stories above ground level (00-99)

7 1 Vertical load resisting system

1 = Column

2 = Bearing wall

8 1 ' Building material

1 = Concrete

2 = Steel

3 = Masonry

4 = Wood

9 1 Occupancy type

1 = Federal Government

2 = State Government

3 = Local Government

4 = Private

5 = Private and Government

10 3 Number of firms in building (001-999)

Firm Data (Record 2)

ITEM LENGTH

NO. (Words) DESCRIPTION

11 -3 Firm number (001-999)

12 2 Firm type (00-99)

13 3 Firm age (000-200)

Items n, 12, 13 are repeated for the number of firms in item 10. Record 2 length = 8*(Item 10). Tape must be odd parity and high density

(800 BPI).

322
Table 1. Data Sequence and Format for Tape 2 (The Unprocessed

Room Plan Data) Input for Building Reconstruction Program

(Page 2 of 2)

Room Usage and Plans (Record 3 and Subsequent)

ITEM

NO.

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

2122

23

24

LENGTH

(Words)

3

2

3

3

1

DESCRIPTION

Building number (000-200)

Floor number (00-99)

Room number (000-999)

Firm number (000-999)

Subtraction flag

0 Calculated area is to be added

1 Calculated area is to be subtracted

e

1 General

2 Clerical

3 Lobby

4 Conference

5 File

6 Storage

7 Library

8 Stai rway

9 Elevator

10 Corridor

11 Other

12 Vacant

West coordinate from building origin (tenths of feet)

East coordinate from building origin (tenths of feet)

North coordinate from building origin (tenths of feet)

South coordinate from building origin (tenths of feet)

Spare field

323
Table 2. Card Data Input for Building

Reconstruction Program, BUILDER

(Page 1 of 3)

Name! i St Format Except for Item C

-A. $INPUT1

This card is always required. The format of this card, or these cards,

must follow the standard conventions for Fortran IV Namelist data.

WRT = .TRUE.

WRT =

CDDTI

CDDTI

FILEI

FILEI

CDDTO =

CDDTO =

FILED =

FILED =

SURDAT

.FALSE.

= .TRUE.

= .FALSE.

= .TRUE.

= .FALSE.

= .TRUE.

= .FALSE.

= .TRUE.

= .FALSE.

.TRUE.

SURDAT = .FALSE.

FILEFl = .TRUE.

- write the building and room data (including

the load data) on the printer

- do not write the building and room data on on the printer, default value

- read building and room-plan data from magnetic

tape or FASTRAND file

- read building and room-plan data from cards

(namelist format), default value

- use magnetic tape for building and room-plan

data

- use FASTRAND file for building and room-plan

data, default value

- write the building and room data on magnetic

tape or FASTRAND file

- do not write the building and room data on magnetic tape or FASTRAND file, default value

- use magnetic tape for output file

- use FASTRAND file for output, default value

- use data for surveyed rooms (from cards),

default value

- do not use data for surveyed rooms (no

cards required)

- if several buildings are being processed on one run and all the surveyed data is on one file, set this variable to true. If the data

is on separate files or only one building is

being processed, set the variable to false.

False is the default value.

FILEF2 = .FALSE. - see above

324
Table 2. Card Data Input for Building

Reconstruction Program, BUILDER

(Page 2 of 3)

NUMBL - number of building to be processed--Defaul t = 1000, in which case run terminates on reading

the second end-of-file.

PUNCH = .TRUE. - punch the room data (including the load data),

default value = .FALSE.

B. $TEST1 Need only if CDDTI = .FALSE, (see $INPUT1)

X = building characteristic data

II = number of words of data = 25

C. Data for Surveyed Rooms Card 1 = Title (78 columns, alphanumeric)

Card 2 = Headings (78 columns, alphanumeric)

Card 3 (and subsequent) = Room data (IH ,3F10.0,4E12.6)

Field Item

1 Building No.

2 Floor No.

3 Room No. 4 PSF Live Load

5 PSF Live Load - sd

6 PSF Fire Load

7 PSF Fire Load - sd

End card = @E0F

Surveyed data for one or more buildings may be placed on the same

file. However, only two alphanumeric cards are required and allowed

per file.

If the room-plan data is read from cards (using $TEST1 , $TEST2, and

$TEST3), each set of surveyed data must be separate as indicated by

the required sequence. The sequence of buildings in the surveyed

data must match the building sequence in the room-plan data.

D. $TEST2 Need only if CDDTI = .FALSE, (see $INPUT1)

XI •= firm data

II = number of words of data

325
Table 2. Card Data Input for Building

Reconstruction Program, BUILDER

(Page 3 of 3)

E. $TEST3 Need only if CDDTI = .FALSE, (see $INPUT), need one file

for each room

X = room usage and plans

II = number of words of data = 34

F. @EOF

End of file card required after each building when

CDDTI = .FALSE.

Repeat items B through F for each building being processed.

A second end of file card must follow the last building if

CDDTI = .FALSE. Items 8 through E must follow the standard conventions for Fortran IV NAMELIST data.

326
Table 3. Mnemonics for Building

Reconstruction Program > BUILDER

(Page 1 of 5)

BLDG1 = Total live load in one building - lb

BLDG2 = Total fire load in one building - lb

BLDG3 = Total floor area in one building - sq. ft.

BLDG4 = Total surveyed area in one building - sq. ft.

BLDG5 = Total area of halls, corridors, elevators, stairways,

and other

BLDG6 = Total live load determined from surveyed data for

subject building - lb

BLDG7 = Total fire load determined from surveyed data for

subject building - lb

BLDG(IO) = Building characteristic data

1 Surveyor no.

2 Building no. (also BUILDN)

3 State no. 4 ZIP code (also NZIP)

5 Year built

6 Number of stories above ground level

7 Vertical load resisting system (1 to 2)

8 Building material (1 to 4)

9 Occupancy type (1 to 5)

10 Number of firms in building

BUILDN, NBLDG,

NX21 = Building no. (also BUILD(2))

CDDTI, FILEI = Flags for specifying whether room-plan data on cards,

tape, or FASTRAND file

DATAl (500,3) = Data on surveyed rooms (integer)

1 Floor no.

2 Room no.

3 Blank

327
Table 3. Mnemonics for Building

Reconstruction Program BUILDER

(Page 2 of 5)

DATA2(500,4) = Data on surveyed rooms (real)

1 PSF live load

2 Standard deviation of PSF live load

3 PSF fire load

4 Standard deviation of PSF fire load

DUMl , DUM2 = Temporary storage locations.

ERR = Flag to signal erroneous input data.

FILEI = Flags for specifying whether room-plan data on cards,

tape, or FASTRAND file.

FILEFl = Flag to describe whether more than one building is

included in the surveyed-data data fileFILEF2 = Flag used in reading the surveyed-data data fileFIRELD = Total fire load on one floor - lb; or fire load in one room - psf

FIRMNO = Firm no.

FIRMT(IOO) = Flags defining acceptable firm types

FLAREA = Total floor area - sq. ft.

FLFLAG = Flag to signal when building is complete

FRLDSY = Total fire load determined from surveyed data for

subject floor

HEAD(13) = Alphanumeric title read from cards with surveyed

data

HAAREA = Total area of halls, corridors, elevators, and other

on one floor - sq. ft.

11,10 = NTRAN status word

I,J,K,M,N2 = Do-loop indices

J,K,M,N2,I = Do-loop indices

328
Table 3. Mnemonics for Building

Reconstruction Program, BUILDER

(Page 3 of 5)

K,I,J,M,N2 = Do-loop indices.

K3 = Amount of firm data to be read or firm type.

LIVELD = Total live load on one floor - lb; or live load in one room - psf

LVLDSY = Total live load determined from surveyed data for

subject floor

M,I,J,N2,K = Do-loop indices

M0D£L(10,600) = Output ( integer )

.

1 Floor no.

2 Room no.

3 West coordinate

4 East coordinate

5 North coordinate

6 South coordinate

7 Flag*

8 Firm type (also NFT)

9 Firm age

10 Room use (also NRU)

M0DEL2(5,600) = Output (real).

1 PSF live load

2 Standard deviation of PSF live load

3 PSF fire load

4 Standard deviation of PSF fire load

5 Room area

N2,I,J,K,M = Do-loop indices

NBLDG, BUILDN,

NX21 = Building no. (also BUILD(2))

*Flag = 0 add area, not surveyed

= 1 subtract area, not surveyed

= 2 add area, surveyed

= 3 subtract area, surveyed

329
Table 3. Mnemonics for Building

Reconstruction Program, BUILDER

(Page 4 of 5)

NFL, NFLOOR = Floor no.

NFT = Firm type (also M0DEL(8, I)).

NOFILE = Number of files (i.e., buildings) processed.

NORECD = Number of records processed in subject building.

NR = Room no.

NRU = Room use (also M0DEL(10, I)).

NRS = Number of rooms surveyed in subject building

NUMBL = Number of buildings to be processed,

NWTAPE = Flag to signal when output magnetic tape is full.

NX21 , BUILDN,

NBLDG = Building no. (also BUILD(2))

NZIP = Building ZIP code (also BUILD(4)).

PUNCH = Flag for generating punch card output.

RMFIRM(3,1000)= Firm data.

1 Firm no.

2 Firm type

3 Firm age

ROOM(IO) = Room data.

1 Building no. 2 Floor no.

3 Room no. 4 Firm no.

5 Substitution flag (0 = add, 1 = subtract)

6 Room use

7 West coordinate

8 East coordinate

9 North coordinate

10 South coordinate

RUSE(12) = Area on floor given to each of the 12 designated uses .

SRAREA = Total surveyed area on floor - sq. ft.

SURDAT = Flag to signal whether data from surveyed rooms is being

used

.

TEMPI to TEMPIO = Temporary storage locations for MODEL( I ,600) , I = 1 to 10.

330
Table 3. Mnemonics for Building

Reconstruction Program, BUILDER

(Page 5 of 5)

TEMP(15) = Temporary storage locations for M0DEL(10,600) and

M0DEL2(5 ,600) during output operation.

TEMPT = Temporary storage location.

TITLE(13) = Alphanumeric title read from cards with surveyed data.

USEB(12) = Area in building given to each of the 12 designated uses.

WRT = Flag for writing output on printer.

X(30) = Temporary storage locations.

Xl(lOOOO) = Temporary storage locations for firm data.

X2(7) = Temporary storage location for survey data.

XB(7) = Live load constant

XBI(7) = Standard deviation of live load constant

XC(7) = Live load area coefficient

XCI(7) = Standard deviation of live load area coefficient

XD(7) = Fire load constant

XDI(7) = Standard deviation of fire load constant

XE(7) = Fire load area coefficient

XEI(7) = Standard deviation of fire load area coefficient

331
Table 4. Limit and Error Messages*

(Page 1 of 3)

Format No.

100 'BUILDING NUMBER IS TOO LARGE,' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD(2) > 101

'

101 'IMPOSSIBLE STATE NUMBER; BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD(3) > 51 or < 1

102 'IMPROBABLE CONSTRUCTION DATE; BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD{5) > 1975 or < 1800

103 'IMPROBABLE HEIGHT; BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD(6) > 100

104 'IMPOSSIBLE VERTICAL LOAD RESISTING SYS; BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD{7) > 2 or < 1

105 'IMPOSSIBLE BUILDING MATERIAL; BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD(8) > 4

106 'IMPOSSIBLE OCCUPANCY CODE; BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD(9) > 5 or < 1

107 'THE NUMBER OF FIRMS IS OUTSIDE ACCEPTABLE RANGE;

BUILDING' BUILDN

cond. If BUILD(IO) > 1000 or < 1

108 'FIRM J BUILDING BUILD(2) HAS AN IMPOSSIBLE TYPE NO.' cond. If FIRM(K3) not in Standard Industrial Classification

109 'BUILDING NO. AND BUILDING NO. WITH ROOM NOT CONSISTENT BUILDING RQ0M(1

)

FLOOR (R00M(2 ) ROOM

' R00M(3 )' cond. If R00M{1) ^ BUILD(2)

110 'THIS FLOOR NUMBER IS TOO LARGE, FLOOR NO.' Xi2)

cond. If DATA1(NRS,2) > BUILD(6)

113 'CARD DATA FOR DIFFERENT BUILDING, PROGRAM STOPPED'

cond. If Building No. on Room Surveyed Data / BUILD(2)

115 'FLOOR NO. GREATER THAN NO. OF STORIES, FLOOR NO =' R00M(2 ) cond. If R00M(2) > BUILD(6)

116 'SUBSTITUTION FLAG INVALID, FLAG =' R00M(5)

cond. If R00M(5) ^ 0 or ]

Underlining indicates a program mnemonic. These are all defined in Table 3.

332
Table 4. Limit and Error Messages

(Page 2 of 3)

Format No.

117 'ROOM USE CODE INVALID. U$E=' RQ0M(6)

cond. If R00M(6) > 11 or < 1

118 'FLOOR CANNOT BE PROCESSED BECAUSE ERR = TRUE. STOP'

cond. Self explanatory

121 'ERROR TERMINATION WHEN WRITING BLDG CHAR DATA WITH

NTRAN INDEX =' XO

cond. If 10 < -1

123 'ERROR TERMINATION WHEN WRITING ROOM DATA WITH NTRAN

INDEX =' 10 FLOOR = M0DEL(1 ,NRM ) ROOM = M0DEL(2,NRM ) cond. If IQ < -1

135 'THIS MESSAGE SHOULD NEVER BE PRINTED. LINE N0= ' IDUM

cond. Indicates program error at Fortran Line indicated.

136 'SURVEY DATA IS FOR A NON-OFFlCE, FLOOR' M0DEL(1 .1)

ROOM M0DEL(2,I)

cond. Room use for surveyed room =8, 9, 10, or 11

188 'TOO MANY SURVEYED ROOMS.'

cond. If NRS > 500

189 'END-OF-FILE FOUND WHEN READING INPUTl.'

cond. Self explanatory

190 . 'FIRM NO. IS RMFIRM(1 ,J ) FOR J TH FIRM BUILDING BUILD(2 )' cond. If RMFIRM(1,J) > 1000

191 'FIRM TYPE IS RMFIRM(2,J ) FOR J TH FIRM BUILDING BUILD(2 )' cond. If RMFIRM(2,J) > 100

192 'FIRM AGE IS RMFIRM(3,J ) FOR J TH FIRM BUILDING BUILD(2) ' cond. If RMFIRM(3,J) > 200

193 'DEVICE ERROR, TRANSMISSION ABORT, OR END-OF-FILE

FOUND WHILE TRYING TO READ FIRM DATA.'

cond. If II < -1

194 'DEVICE ERROR OR TRANSMISSION ABORT ON READING FIRST ROOM'

cond. If II < -2

195 'DEVICE ERROR OR TRANSMISSION ABORT ON READING SUBSEQUENT

ROOMS. 'II =' 11 ROOM NO. ' , NRM

cond. If II < -2

197 'END OF FILE FOUND AT 400. NO. BUILDINGS PROCESSED =' cond. If II = -2

333
Table 4. Limit and Error Messages

(Page 3 of 3)

Format No.

198 'FLOOR M0DEL(1 ,1) ROOM MODEL (2, I) FLMOD FOUND

ROOM USE OUT OF RANGE, ALL ROOM USE VARIABLES

SET TO ZERO.

'

cond. If NFT < 1 or NFT > 99

199 'FLOOR M0DEL(1 .1) ROOM M0DEL(2,I) FLMOD FOUND

FIRM TYPE OUT OF RANGE, ALL FIRM TYPE VARIABLES

SET TO ZERO.

'

cond. If NRU < 1 or NRU > 7

334
Table 5, Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

(Page 1 of 2)

(3RUN (etc.)

use to start run

@MSG PLEASE MOUNT TAPE NO. iii WITHOUT WRITE RING

@ASG,T NAMEl,T,iii

use 2 and 3 to mount and assign tape file when room-plan

data on magnetic tape

@ASG,A NAMEl use 4 when room-plan data on a FASTRAND file

SUSE 8, NAMEl use 5 to assign program unit number to magnetic tape or FASTRAND file on input

(3MSG PLEASE MOUNT TAPE NO. jjj WITH WRITE RING

@ASG,T NAME2,T.jjj

use 6 and 7 to mount and assign magnetic tape for output

(3ASG,A NAME2,F2///500

use 8 when output is to be put on a FASTRAND file already

catalogued.

(3ERS NAME2

use 9 to clear output FASTRAND file

@USE 9,NAME2

use 10 to assign program unit number 9 to magnetic tape or FASTRAND fi le on output

(aXQT BUILDER. TOT

execute program with relocateable stored as element TOT

of file BUILDER

$INPUT1 (data) SEND

required NAMELIST input file (see Table 2)

$TEST1 (data) $END NAMELIST input data, for test case only

335
Table 5. Run Cards for UNIVAC 1108, EXEC 8, 1975

(Page 2 of 2)

14 Data for surveyed rooms

15 ' (3E0F

end of file for surveyed-room data

16 $TEST2 (data) SEND \ $TEST3 (data) SEND

namELIST input data, for test case only

$TEST3 (data) SEND

)

17 @EOF

end of file after each building, test case only

18 @EOF

second end of file after last building, test case only

19 QFIN

end card .

,

20 @@ 1

336
NBS-114A (REV. 7-73>

U.S. DEPT. OF COMM. j ], PUBLICATION OR RHPORT NO. 1 2. Gov't Accession

BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA | No. SHEET 1 NBSIR 76-982

j

3. Recipient's Accession No.

4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE

Data Processing and Data Analysis Procedures for Fire

Load and Live Load Survey Program

5. Publication Date January 1976

6. Performing Organization Code

460.03

7. AUTHOR(S)

Robert McCabe, Charles Culver, Larry Lee, Joseph Hirschberg

8. Performing Organ. Report No.

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20234

10. Project/Task/Work Unit No. 4605506

11. Contract/Grant No.

BRAB 27-73-53

12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Complete Address (Street, City, State, ZIP)

National Academy of Sciences

Building Research Advisory Board

2100 Pennsylvania Avenue

Washington, DC 20418

13* Type of Report & Period Covered ^ ^ _ _ June 1973 - Dec. 1975

14. Sponsoring Agency Code

Bldq. Research Advisorv

i 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES Board

16. ABSTRACT (A 200-word or less factual summary of most significant information. If document includes a significant

bibliography or literature survey, mention it here.)

Data collection and data processing procedures utilized in connection with a nationwide

fire load and live load survey program are described. The techniques developed for

transferring the field survey data to a form suitable for computer processing are discussed. Procedures adopted for data analysis are included. Documentation of the

computer programs developed for this purpose is also presented.

17. KEY WORDS (six to twelve entries; alphabetical order; capitalize only the first letter of the first key word unless a proper name; separated by semicolons)

buildings; computers; data processing; fire loads; load surveys.

18. AVAILABILITY Unlimited

I I For Official Distribution. Do Not Release to NTIS

I

I Order From Sup. of Doc, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402, SD Cat. No. C13

I ! Order From National Technical Information Service (NTIS)

Springfield, Virginia 22151

19. SECURITY CLASS

(THIS REPORT)

UNCLASSIFIED

20. SECURITY CLASS

(THIS PAGE)

UNCLASSIFIED

21. NO. OF PAGES

336

22. Price

USCOMM-DC 29042-P74